株探米国株
英語
エドガーで原本を確認する
00008271872024FYfalseoneoneP5YP3Y0.0iso4217:USDxbrli:sharesiso4217:USDxbrli:sharessnbr:reporting_unitxbrli:puresnbr:segmentsnbr:lease_commitment00008271872023-12-312024-12-2800008271872024-06-2900008271872025-01-2500008271872024-12-2800008271872023-12-3000008271872023-01-012023-12-3000008271872022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-01-010000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-01-010000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-01-0100008271872022-01-010000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-12-310000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-12-310000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-12-3100008271872022-12-310000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:AccountsPayableCurrentMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:AccountsPayableCurrentMember2023-12-300000827187srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:MachineryAndEquipmentMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:MachineryAndEquipmentMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MinimumMembersnbr:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMembersnbr:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MinimumMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:SleepIQTechnologyMembersrt:MinimumMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:SleepIQTechnologyMembersrt:MaximumMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:TimeBasedStockAwardsMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMembersrt:MinimumMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMembersrt:MinimumMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMembersrt:MinimumMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMembersrt:MaximumMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMembersrt:MaximumMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMembersrt:MaximumMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2023-12-300000827187snbr:MachineryAndEquipmentComputerHardwareSoftwareMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:MachineryAndEquipmentComputerHardwareSoftwareMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:TradeNamesMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:TradeNamesMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:PatentsMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:PatentsMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:PatentsMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:PatentsMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:PatentsMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-09-300000827187us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-09-300000827187us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-022023-11-020000827187snbr:DebtInstrumentAgreementPeriodOneMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187us-gaap:DebtInstrumentRedemptionPeriodTwoMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodOneMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodTwoMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodThreeMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodFourMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodFiveMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2023-11-020000827187us-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2025-03-030000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodOneMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-03-030000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodTwoMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-03-030000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodThreeMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-03-030000827187snbr:DebtCovenantPeriodFourMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-03-030000827187us-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2025-03-032025-03-030000827187srt:MinimumMembersnbr:RetailStoreLeasesMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMembersnbr:RetailStoreLeasesMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMembersnbr:OfficeAndManufacturingLeasesMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MinimumMembersnbr:LeaseVehiclesAndCertainEquipmentUnderOperatingLeasesMember2024-12-280000827187srt:MaximumMembersnbr:LeaseVehiclesAndCertainEquipmentUnderOperatingLeasesMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:TimeBasedPerformanceBasedAndMarketBasedStockAwardsMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:TimeBasedPerformanceBasedAndMarketBasedStockAwardsMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187snbr:TimeBasedPerformanceBasedAndMarketBasedStockAwardsMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2023-12-300000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:PerformanceBasedStockAwardMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:StockCompensationPlanMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:StockCompensationPlanMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:StockCompensationPlanMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:OtherCurrentAssetsMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:OtherCurrentAssetsMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:OtherCurrentLiabilitiesMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:OtherCurrentLiabilitiesMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember2023-12-300000827187snbr:TimingOfTransferOfGoodsOrServicesConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:TransferredAtPointInTimeMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187snbr:TimingOfTransferOfGoodsOrServicesConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:TransferredAtPointInTimeMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:TimingOfTransferOfGoodsOrServicesConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:TransferredAtPointInTimeMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:RetailMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:RetailMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:RetailMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187snbr:OnlineChatAndPhoneMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:OnlineChatAndPhoneMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187snbr:OnlineChatAndPhoneMember2022-01-022022-12-3100008271872023-10-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:ContractTerminationMembersrt:MinimumMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:ContractTerminationMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:ContractTerminationMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:ContractTerminationMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:EmployeeSeveranceMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:EmployeeSeveranceMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187snbr:ProfessionalFeesMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:ProfessionalFeesMember2023-01-012023-12-3000008271872024-09-292024-12-280000827187us-gaap:ContractTerminationMember2024-09-292024-12-280000827187us-gaap:EmployeeSeveranceMember2024-09-292024-12-280000827187snbr:ProfessionalFeesMember2024-09-292024-12-280000827187us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2024-12-280000827187snbr:ReportableSegmentMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187snbr:ReportableSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187snbr:ReportableSegmentMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:PurchaseCommitmentMembersrt:RetailSiteMember2024-12-280000827187us-gaap:PurchaseCommitmentMembersrt:MinimumMembersrt:RetailSiteMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:PurchaseCommitmentMembersrt:MaximumMembersrt:RetailSiteMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2023-12-300000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2022-12-310000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2022-01-010000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2023-12-312024-12-280000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2023-01-012023-12-300000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2022-01-022022-12-310000827187us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2024-12-28
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
☒    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _________ to _________
Commission file number 000-25121
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Minnesota
 
41-1597886
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1001 Third Avenue South
 
Minneapolis
,
    Minnesota
55404
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (763) 551-7000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Trading Symbol(s)
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
SNBR
 
Nasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐   No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes ☒   No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes
☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit
report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing
reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by
any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 2024, was $206,568,000 (based on the last reported sale
price of the registrant’s common stock on that date as reported by Nasdaq).
As of January 25, 2025, there were 22,389,000 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be furnished to shareholders in connection with its 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by
reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
i | 2024 FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2 |  2024 FORM 10-K
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Sleep Number®, SleepIQ®, Sleep Number 360®, 360®, the Double Arrow logo, Select Comfort®, AirFit®,
Climate360®, Comfortaire®, DualTemp®, the DualTemp logo, the DualAir Technology Inside logo, FlexTop®,
HealthIQ®, IndividualFit®, Know Better Sleep®, Pillow[ology]®, PillowFit®, Responsive Air®, Sleep Is Training®, Sleep
Number Inner Circle®, Sleep30®, Tech-e®, This Is Not A Bed®, We Make Beds Smart®, WhisperFlo®, Auto Snore™,
BreatheIQ™, BreatheIQ+™, the BreatheIQ logo, the BreatheIQ+ logo, ClimateCool™, EnviroIQ™, FlexFit™, HeartIQ™,
Individualized Sleep Experiences™, RespiratoryIQ™, Smart SleeperSM, WellnessIQ™, ActiveComfort™, Clima-Temp™,
ClimateSeries™, Comfort Service™, ComfortFit™, CoolFit™, Coolgenex™, Create Your Perfect Comforter™, Create
Your Perfect Pillow™, Does Your Bedding Do that?™, Does Your Pillow Do That?™, DownComfort™, DualAir™,
ExactFit™, Firmness Control™, FlexTop™, In Balance™, Knows You. Senses You. Adjusts to You™, Logic™ Label,
LuxWarmth™, NaturalFit™, No Shift™, Partner Snore™, PlushComfort™, Relaxation™, ResponseFit™, Rest&Read™,
Sleep Better Together™, Sleep Number Does That™, Smart™ Skirt, Smart Button™, SmartFit™, Smart Temp™, Smart
Sleeper™, The Best Bed for Couples™, ThermaLux™, True Temp™, VariaCool™, Winter Soft™, its bed model names,
and the Company’s other marks and stylized logos are trademarks and/or service marks of Sleep Number. This Form
10‑K may also contain trademarks, trade names and service marks that are owned by other persons or entities.
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31, and, unless the context otherwise requires, all
references to years in this Form 10-K refer to its fiscal years. The Company’s fiscal year is based on a 52- or 53-week year.
All years presented in this Form 10-K are 52 weeks.
Forward-looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains or incorporates by reference certain forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. For this purpose, any statements contained in or
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact may be
deemed to be forward-looking statements, including but not limited to projections of revenues, results of operations,
financial condition or other financial items; any statements of plans, strategies and objectives of management for future
operations; any statements regarding proposed new products, services or developments, including potential features of
Sleep Number’s products that may be developed in the future; any statements regarding future economic conditions,
prospects or performance; statements of belief and any statement or assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. In
addition, the Company or others on its behalf may make forward-looking statements from time to time in oral
presentations, including telephone conferences and/or Webcasts open to the public, in press releases or reports, on the
Company’s website or otherwise. The Company tries to identify forward-looking statements in this report and elsewhere
by using words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,”
“project,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these or similar terms.
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and by their nature involve substantial risks and
uncertainties. The Company’s actual results may differ materially depending on a variety of factors, including the items
discussed in greater detail below under the caption “Risk Factors.” These risks and uncertainties are not exclusive and
further information concerning the Company and its business, including factors that potentially could materially affect its
financial results or condition, may emerge from time to time, including factors that it may consider immaterial or do not
anticipate at this time.
The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and to recognize
that forward-looking statements are predictions of future results, which may not occur as anticipated. Sleep Number
assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results or changes in factors or
assumptions affecting such forward-looking statements. The Company advises you, however, to review and consider any
further disclosures it makes on related subjects in its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8‑K
that it files with or furnishes to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
3 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Sleep Number is a wellness technology company and market leader in the design, manufacturing, marketing and
distribution of highly innovative sleep solutions. The Company’s purpose is to improve the health and wellbeing of
society through higher quality sleep; to date, it has improved the lives of approximately 16 million people. Sleep
Number’s Smart Sleepers benefit from individualized sleep experiences, night after night, and are experiencing the
physical, mental and emotional benefits of life-changing sleep.
Sleep Number’s life-changing, differentiated smart beds combine physical and digital innovations, integrating
unparalleled physical comfort with a highly advanced technology platform. The smart beds offer the Company’s
signature firmness adjustability, enabling each sleeper adjustable comfort. Embedded digital sensors learn the sleep
needs of each individual; “sense and do” technology uses the sensed data to automatically adjust the smart bed to keep
the sleeper comfortable throughout the night. Active temperature balancing technology supports the ideal climate for
each sleeper and solves a prevalent sleep challenge. Additionally, the smart beds are an exceptional value, with
personalized sleep insights delivered daily, new features regularly added to all smart beds through over-the-air updates
and prices to meet most budgets. Sleep Number® smart beds provide unmatched features, benefits and comfort that
can lead to improved sleep health and wellness for both sleepers.
The Company’s advantaged business model is supported by its consumer innovation strategy: an individualized, digital
sleep wellness platform, a network of highly engaged Smart Sleepers, a vertically integrated operating model and a
culture of individuality, with an ambitious vision to become one of the world’s most beloved brands. Sleep Number’s
exclusive distribution meets its customers whenever and wherever they choose – through digital and in-store touchpoints
– to provide an exceptional experience and a lifelong relationship. The Company partners with world-leading institutions
to bring the power of 31 billion hours of longitudinal sleep data to sleep science and research. And Sleep Number’s
3,700 purpose-driven team members are dedicated to the Company’s mission of improving lives by individualizing sleep
experiences.
The bedding industry has been in a sector level recession for three years with mattress industry unit volumes returning to
an estimated 24 million units in 2024, the lowest level since 2015. Consumer sentiment remains well below historical
averages, and high interest rates are putting ongoing pressure on the housing market. Consumers continue to scrutinize
spending, with inflation and other factors weighing on their purchasing power. Since initiating the Company’s operating
model transformation in the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company has executed structural changes to reduce fixed
expenses, while prioritizing improving margins and generating cash to create greater financial resilience across market
cycles.
Financial Highlights
In the face of the ongoing mattress industry recession the Company has taken decisive actions to build a more durable
operating model, while also positioning itself for accelerating returns when the demand environment improves. For
2024, the ongoing recessionary environment contributed to an 11% net sales decline for the Company. Against this
recessionary backdrop, the Company continued to focus on improving gross margins and streamlining it’s cost structure
to optimize Adjusted EBITDA and cash flow generation. For 2024, the Company delivered a 190 percentage point
increase in gross margin rate, which was nearly double the original target for the year of a 100 percentage point
improvement. The Company also executed an additional $88 million of operating cost reduction actions for 2024, prior
to restructuring costs, which was double the original target for the year of $40 to $45 million. This brings the cumulative
operating cost reduction over the last two years to $173 million. These actions resulted in full-year Adjusted EBITDA of
$120 million, with an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 7.1%, up 40 percentage points versus the prior year, despite
deleverage from the year-over-year net sales decline. The Company also delivered positive free cash flow in 2024, with
free cash flow up $70 million versus the prior year.
4 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Integrated Sleep Solutions
Smart Bed
With a relentless focus on the consumer, Sleep Number has continued to advance its award-winning Sleep Number®
smart bed. Enhancing its trademark comfort, adjustability and highly accurate detection of sleep and biosignal data, the
smart bed has evolved into a progressive and adaptive wellness technology platform.
The combination of physical and digital innovation enables the Sleep Number smart bed’s proprietary “sense and do”
technology, which digitally responds to each sleeper’s movements, effortlessly adjusting firmness, comfort and support
to relieve pressure points. Through the analysis of sleeper-generated sleep and biosignal data, the smart bed can deliver
both real-time interventions – including automatic comfort adjustments during the night, with no action required by the
sleeper – and personalized sleep insights through its accompanying app. By combining artificial intelligence (AI) and
machine learning (ML) technology, which "learn” from each sleeper over time, the Sleep Number smart bed allows
sleepers to understand metrics related to health and wellbeing during sleep. These data may ultimately enable the
Company’s Smart Sleepers to take preventative and proactive wellness actions. Additionally, the longitudinal data
generated from Sleep Number’s wellness technology platform can be shared with sleepers’ physicians through a
monthly HealthIQ® report, leading to insights that may guide health-provider diagnostics.
Sleep Number’s product innovation roadmap is driven by proprietary data from its millions of Smart Sleepers and sleep
science. This allows the Company to address some of the most pressing sleep health needs and differentiate itself
among mattress brands as one that consumers perceive to improve their health and wellbeing.
In October 2022, the Company introduced its award-winning Sleep Number Climate360® smart bed, which actively
adjusts warming and cooling to keep both sleepers at their ideal temperature, solving a sleep challenge that 80% of
couples face. In 2024, the Company expanded the ClimateSeries™ of products with the ClimateCool® smart bed, which
actively cools and effortlessly adjusts to both sleepers – ideal for couples with different sleep needs and preferences. The
new offering gave sleepers climate-related choices to fit their individual needs at varying price points to fit more
budgets.
Smart Adjustable Bases
Sleep Number’s smart bed ecosystem includes a full line of exclusive FlexFit™ smart adjustable bases that seamlessly
integrate with Sleep Number smart beds for an individualized sleep experience that is proven to deliver more restful
sleep per night. The Company’s industry-leading smart bases offer endless adjustability by raising the head and feet for
ultimate relaxation. Additional features include Partner Snore™ technology, which allows a sleeping partner to
temporarily relieve mild snoring by raising the companion’s head at the touch of a button; Foot Warming, which is
designed to help an individual fall asleep faster; and under-bed lighting, for nighttime visibility.
The exclusive Sleep Number® bedding collection and upholstered furniture line are designed to improve sleep comfort
and quality, including pillows designed to fit each individual’s sleeping position. The Sleep Number® Lifestyle Collection
furniture enhances the sleep environment and supports the health and wellness benefits of the Sleep Number smart bed
and FlexFit smart adjustable bases. The Lifestyle Collection also provides an integrated sleep experience with
accessories for aging and recovery, providing comfort, aiding in mobility and helping maintain independence at home.
Sleep Number Proprietary Ecosystem
Sleep Number builds lifelong relationships with its customers. The proprietary ecosystem of over 3 million Smart
Sleepers with an average monthly engagement rate of 80 percent is best-in-class for digital products. This high
engagement with the Company’s sleep wellness platform increases customer lifetime value and drives efficient customer
acquisition through advocacy and referrals. The Company measures its repeat and referral, which accounts for
approximately 50% of sales. The Company’s innovation roadmap supports ongoing engagement initiatives within this
ecosystem for future growth.
An important part of the smart bed ecosystem, the Sleep Number app, puts the “brand in the hand” of the Company’s
loyal Smart Sleepers every day. It enables control of the smart bed and smart adjustable base from one’s mobile device.
5 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
It also provides a nightly score – a SleepIQ® score – that indicates how sleepers slept against their personal best metrics
and goals. Paired with personalized insights and details about each sleeper’s heart rate, breath rate, heart rate variability,
circadian rhythm and more, the Sleep Number app is an invaluable tool in helping Smart Sleepers better understand
how to improve their sleep health and wellbeing. A monthly summary report – the HealthIQ® report – comes to the
inbox of each sleeper for a monthly assessment of how they slept; this report can be downloaded to be shared with
health professionals and caregivers.
Sales and Marketing
Brand Communications
Sleep Number continues to invest in its brand and demand drivers for near- and long-term performance. The mattress
industry is a highly commoditized, competitive low-interest category. The Sleep Number brand strategy focuses on
brand amplification to drive awareness and consumer benefits to drive consideration. The Company has several highly
visible strategic partnerships; it engages consumers seamlessly across multiple touchpoints, with an emphasis on digital;
and it creates lifelong customer relationships and brand advocacy by delivering an unparalleled sleep experience.
Together, these actions result in strong brand health, increased brand interest, heightened consumer consideration,
customer engagement and authentic advocacy for Sleep Number’s brand, innovations and services.
The Company leverages a sophisticated media mix to drive its performance marketing and advertising, with emphasis on
digital and aligned with consumer consumption, contributing to improved media return on investment. High-profile
video, including television and online streaming, is its most efficient media, followed by digital and social platforms.
Sleep Number’s in-house digital capabilities, content marketing, online user experience and data-driven tools give it the
flexibility to pivot quickly and optimize media investment, messages and audience by platform in real-time. The
Company’s promotional strategy focuses on simplicity and relevance, driving consumers to the brand at the time when
they are seeking a sleep solution.
The Company’s individualized messaging and brand marketing strategies are designed to emotionally connect with
consumers while highlighting the value and relevancy of Sleep Number’s innovations to help solve consumers’ most
pressing sleep challenges. In 2024, as consumers became more financially conservative and discerning of major
purchases, Sleep Number aligned its brand messaging to support these changing consumer preferences and be
distinctive on the most important differentiator of our smart beds, effortlessly adjusting firmness, position and
temperature for proven high-quality sleep. The Company pivoted to focus on the benefits of smart beds first before
communicating the additional benefits of the total sleep solutions. For example, Sleep Number increased its messaging
that its Smart Sleepers can get 28 minutes more restful sleep each night*. Additionally, the Company honed its
messaging on meeting the needs of couples who crave individualized temperature and comfort preferences to “Sleep
Better Together™.” These actions ensure consumers clearly understand the brand’s differentiators and the value of the
smart bed. Brand health metrics indicate that despite significant headwinds in 2023 and 2024 – including low levels of
consumer sentiment – Sleep Number continues to be thought of as a sleep innovation, sleep health and sleep science
leader.
*Based on average SleepIQ® data from sleepers who engaged with their Sleep Number® setting, SleepIQ® data and FlexFitTM adjustable base versus
sleepers who had those same features but did not similarly engage with them.
The Sleep Number® Rewards loyalty program drives significant brand engagement. After the launch of the program, the
Company welcomed over one million members who participated in over 5 million engagements with over 1,100
activities on its digital platform. The Company’s most dedicated Smart Sleepers regularly interact with branded content –
including video, web, email and blog content – which educates them about Sleep Number® products and sleep
expertise, adding value to their investment. They actively write product reviews and post on social media, further
activating the marketing flywheel and advancing the Company’s purpose.
Exclusive Direct-to-Consumer Distribution
Sleep Number’s exclusive, direct-to-consumer distribution model supports lifelong relationships with its customers.
Across its customer touchpoints, defined as Total Retail (Stores, Online, Phone and Chat), it delivers a value-added retail
experience that seamlessly integrates Sleep Number’s digital and physical experiences to meet customer needs. The
Company offers an engaging and dynamic online experience to educate consumers and advance their purchase path,
6 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
driving highly-qualified traffic to all of its retail touchpoints. Sleep Number’s mission-driven sleep experts use digital
technology and a best-in-class, relationship-based selling process, which is continually tested and refined to meet the
changing consumer priorities. Processes are designed to match the right sleep solutions and right price point for its
customers – wherever and whenever they want to shop. This “sell-from-anywhere” model supports customers’ shopping
preferences and results in new customer acquisition, sustained repeat and referral, high conversion and strong revenue
per smart bed unit – all of which drive future sales and profitable growth.
As the exclusive distributor of Sleep Number® products, the Company has a nationwide portfolio of retail stores. The
Company targets high-quality, convenient and visible store locations based on several factors, including each market’s
overall sales and profit potential, store geography, demographics and proximity to other brand experiences. Since 2010,
the Company has invested to reposition a large percentage of its mall stores to stronger, optimally-sized, non-mall
locations, adding stores in both existing and new markets. As of December 28, 2024, the Company operated 640 Sleep
Number® stores, with locations in all 50 states. More than 30% of its stores (including remodels) are less than five years
old and approximately 50% are less than seven years old.
The Company’s Stores accounted for 88% of net sales in 2024. Average annual net sales per store in 2024, based on
Total Retail, was $2.6 million. In 2024, 57% of Stores open for a full year generated net sales of greater than $2 million,
and 18% of Stores open for a full year generated more than $3 million in net sales. In 2024, Online, Phone, Chat and
Other sales accounted for 12% of net sales.
Operations
Integrated Sourcing and Logistics
The Company completed a multi-year evolution of its supply chain network in 2022. Now, 100% of its smart beds are
pre-assembled in its assembly distribution centers prior to delivery versus being assembled in customers’ homes by
Sleep Number delivery technicians. Sleep Number's evolved network delivers improved visibility, efficiency and waste
reduction. Bedding fulfillment is centralized to leverage improved logistics costs and to serve the entire United States
from Ohio. Sleep Number continues to advance its outbound logistics network by evolving its mix of truckload carriers
and dedicated cross docks to reduce product handling, hand-offs, damage and costs while in transit to customers’
homes. This new network design enables scale and provides a superior and reliable experience for customers.
In addition to a network of global suppliers, Sleep Number operates a dedicated cut and sew facility for cover
production in Irmo, SC and an advanced engineering and prototyping facility in Salt Lake City, UT. Each of these facilities
are combined with an assembly distribution center. There are five additional assembly distribution centers (Ontario, CA;
Tampa, FL; Minneapolis, MN; Cincinnati, OH; and Dallas, TX). The assembly distribution centers fulfill customer orders
that are made-to-order daily and assemble final mattress and order kitting with bases and accessories for shipment. The
Company also operates a bedding fulfillment center at the same location as its Cincinnati, OH assembly distribution
center.
The Company sources the raw materials and components used in its products from third parties. The Company has
taken, and continues to take, various measures to mitigate the potential impact of supply disruptions, including
strengthening relationships with primary suppliers, identifying new alternate suppliers, redesigning products, exploring
alternative components and maintaining safety stocks. Sleep Number is leveraging the flexibility, visibility and resilience
of its vertically-integrated model to respond nimbly as conditions change.
Home Delivery Service
Sleep Number’s home delivery teams are another direct touchpoint with its customers. Sleep Number smart beds are
delivered and installed by Sleep Number delivery technicians or by trained third-party service providers. This blended
model enables the Company to efficiently deliver a strong customer experience.
Customer Service
Sleep Number provides comprehensive post-purchase support that improves Smart Sleepers’ experience and supports
its business. Through ongoing interactions with customers via phone, email, chat and social media, the customer service
team also provides a unique opportunity to benefit from insights that help the Company continuously improve its
7 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
products and strengthen its service quality and innovation. This integration enables operational synergies and
organizational efficiencies. In 2024, Sleep Number outsourced a portion of its customer service operations for greater
efficiency.
Innovation
Sleep Number’s global research and development (R&D) team is comprised of onshore teams in Minneapolis, MN and
San Jose, CA and offshore teams in Europe and Asia. Together, these teams are the driving force of the entire smart bed
ecosystem including all smart beds, adjustable base designs and bedding solutions, and are comprised of experts in
mechanical engineering, comfort, adjustability, temperature, anthropometrics and test systems. The Company’s research
and development expenses were $45 million in 2024 compared to $56 million in 2023.
With over 900 patents and patent applications pending worldwide, Sleep Number’s innovation pipeline is robust. The
combination of trademark individualized comfort and adjustability features – with AI, biometric analysis and other digital
tools – creates the sleep wellness platform, which is the foundation of a long-term value proposition. Paired with millions
of connected sleepers with 80% monthly average smart bed user engagement and high customer lifetime value, the
Company believes in the potential for expanded market relevance beyond the traditional mattress space into wellness
technology and data, where there are many untapped consumer opportunities to solve persistent sleep issues.
Sleep Number is redefining the standards for monitoring sleep for research and health, and its smart bed ecosystem
offers a non-invasive, real-world and accurate method to conduct sleep research. The Company’s wellness technology
platform generates longitudinal sleep and biosignal data through a research-grade, multi-sensor ecosystem including
ballistocardiography and AI/ML algorithms. This platform leverages high-resolution, full-body, continuous sensor
recordings, as well as utilizing signal processing and machine-learning methods. Cloud infrastructure enables scale for
one-to-many security and data sharing capabilities. Cloud intelligence and edge intelligence engines deliver advanced
AI and analytics to generate a physical and digital immersive, adaptive and effortless sleep experience for each sleeper.
Sleep Number’s wellness technology platform automatically collects and analyzes billions of data points from millions of
Smart Sleepers, conducting one of the largest sample sizes of sleep studies every night. To date, the Company has
leveraged and learned from more than 31 billion hours of sleep data gathered from over 3 billion real-world sleep
sessions, generating comprehensive longitudinal and ecologically-valid data to improve sleep quality. More than
506,000 individuals in its Smart SleeperSM Community — and counting — have opted in to participate in ongoing sleep
research and advance the science of sleep and health. This participation has led to rapid enrollment in Institutional
Review Board (IRB)-approved studies, which combine the power of Sleep Number’s broad sleep database with
subjective understanding of sleeper behaviors to understand real-world outcomes. The smart bed ecosystem is helping
to advance the linkage of quality sleep to health, bringing significant benefits to real-world sleepers.
Sleep Number is pairing data and innovations with meaningful collaborations with world-leading partners in sleep,
leveraging the potential of the Company’s research and technology to advance sleep science and to develop new
products, services and synergistic interactions.
Partnerships and Collaborations
Strategic partnerships amplify the effectiveness, impact and scale of Sleep Number’s brand and marketing efforts.
National Football League (NFL)
As the Official Sleep and Wellness Partner of the NFL since 2018, the partnership broadens Sleep Number’s brand reach,
deepens its brand relevance and amplifies the benefits of its proprietary innovations. The partnership has led to
unparalleled product adoption: 83% of NFL players have a Sleep Number smart bed*. With the extension of the
partnership through 2027, Sleep Number expects to continue to actively support players and team personnel with their
performance and recovery programs through sleep assessments, new innovations and more. As the NFL is expanding its
schedule of international games, Sleep Number works directly with team training staff on integrating sleep into the
teams’ schedule to ensure best on-field performance during and after international travel. Additionally, the Company
also offers 1:1 coaching for players, deepening their engagement with their smart bed and quality sleep.
*Based on the number of active roster players eligible for the NFL player Sleep Number® bed program who purchased a bed between 7/23/18 and
12/13/24.
8 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Sleep Number’s NFL partnership also includes partnership with the NFL Players Association (NFLPA) and the Professional
Football Athletic Trainers Society (PFATS), which helps drive greater engagement on and off the field. Through Sleep
Number content, seminars and team sleep education meetings, the trainers and football medical personnel qualify for
continuing education credits, the only education of its kind for this community.
In 2024, Sleep Number had partnerships with four clubs — Super Bowl LIV, LVII and LVIII Champion Kansas City Chiefs,
Super Bowl LVI Champion Los Angeles Rams, the Dallas Cowboys, and the Minnesota Vikings — which add to its
national media and community-activation efforts. These partnerships allow for focused communications in some of Sleep
Number’s most important markets.
Additionally, the Company leverages the NFL audience to further support American Cancer Society (ACS), being
recognized as “an Official Partner of Crucial Catch” and a presenting sponsor of the Defender, an online tool developed
by ACS and the NFL to provide cancer prevention, screening and support. The Company included ACS in its brand
communications to Smart Sleepers, in its work with the NFL, across its social media and more. Together, Sleep Number
and ACS won the “Golden Halo Award” for Best Intersectional Initiative in 2024.
In 2022, Sleep Number formed a partnership with the ACS to study the connection between cancer and sleep quality,
with the goal of developing the first-ever sleep strategies and guidance for cancer patients and survivors. With
contributions from Sleep Number’s proprietary sleep data, ACS will conduct research over six years, which may lead to
improved sleep outcomes for cancer patients and survivors. Additionally, Sleep Number supports cancer patients and
caregivers through donations of sleep solutions to ACS’s Hope Lodges across the country. And, as part of the Crucial
Catch partnership, Sleep Number inspired tens of thousands of NFL fans to learn more about cancer risks and prevention
by driving activation of The Defender. In 2023, Sleep Number was named American Cancer Society’s Corporate Partner
of the Year and won the 2024 “Golden Halo Award” for Best Intersectional Initiative.
Health & Research Institutions
Through partnerships with world-leading health and wellness institutions, Sleep Number is advancing sleep science with
its highly accurate, longitudinal sleep data. This data serves as the foundation for groundbreaking research on various
health-related issues.
By enabling a longitudinal view of sleep habits for organizations that otherwise may not have access, Sleep Number
believes current partnerships and collaborations with physicians, researchers and institutions – including the Mayo Clinic,
ACS, Northwestern University, University of Pittsburgh and Sleep Number’s own Scientific Advisory Board – will deliver
meaningful health solutions.
These partnerships will provide society with a comprehensive, accurate picture of how sleep affects health. In 2020,
Sleep Number announced a collaboration with Mayo Clinic. Sleep Number is advancing the science of sleep by funding
several Mayo Clinic research projects, including:
•Research to investigate the prevalence of disordered sleep (sleep apnea, insomnia and short sleep) in patients
with Somali heritage and the implications for cardiovascular risk;
•Research to explore the relationship between disrupted sleep and markers of aging (telomeres,
senescence, chronological EKG based on AI); and
•Research to explore excessive daytime sleepiness (EDS) and its cardiovascular implications.
Intellectual Property
As a result of the Company’s R&D and strategic efforts, Sleep Number has continued to strengthen its patent portfolio,
with a particular focus on smart features that improve sleep quality and thermal solutions to solve temperature
disruptions to sleep. The Company holds various U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications regarding certain
elements of the design and function of Sleep Number products, including air control systems, remote control systems,
air chamber features, mattress construction, foundation systems, sensing systems, automated adjustments, in-bed
temperature control, as well as other technology. Sleep Number has numerous U.S. patents expiring at various dates
between November 2025 and December 2042, and numerous U.S. patent applications pending. The Company also has
9 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
numerous foreign patents expiring at various dates between September 2026 and June 2047, and foreign patent
applications pending. Notwithstanding these patents and patent applications, the Company cannot ensure that these
patent rights will provide substantial protection or that others will not be able to develop products that are similar to, or
competitive with, Sleep Number products.
Sleep Number has a number of trademarks and service marks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office,
including Sleep Number®, SleepIQ®, Sleep Number 360®, 360®, the Double Arrow logo, Select Comfort®, AirFit®,
Climate360®, Comfortaire®, Dreamaire® , DualTemp®, the DualTemp logo, the DualAir Technology Inside logo,
FlexTop®, HealthIQ®, IndividualFit®, Know Better Sleep®, Pillow[ology]®, PillowFit®, Responsive Air®, Sleep Is Training®,
Sleep Number Inner Circle®, Sleep30®, Smart SleeperSM,Tech-e®, This Is Not A Bed®, We Make Beds Smart®, and
WhisperFlo®. The Company has several trademarks that are the subject of pending applications, including Auto
Snore™, BreatheIQ™, BreatheIQ+™, the BreatheIQ logo, the BreatheIQ+ logo, ClimateCool™, EnviroIQ™, FlexFit™,
HeartIQ™, Individualized Sleep Experiences™, RespiratoryIQ™, and WellnessIQ™. Each registered mark is renewable
indefinitely as long as the mark remains in use and/or is not deemed to be invalid or canceled. The Company also has a
number of common law trademarks, including Clima-Temp™, ClimateSeries™, Comfort Service™, ComfortFit™,
CoolFit™, Coolgenex™, Create Your Perfect Comforter™, Create Your Perfect Pillow™, Does Your Bedding Do that?™,
Does Your Pillow Do That?™, DownComfort™, DualAir™, ExactFit™, Firmness Control™, FlexTop™, In Balance™,
Knows You. Senses You. Adjusts to You™, Logic™ Label, LuxWarmth™, NaturalFit™, No Shift™, Partner Snore™,
PlushComfort™, Relaxation™, ResponseFit™, Rest&Read™, Sleep Better Together™, Sleep Number Does That™,
Smart™ Skirt, Smart Button™, SmartFit™, Smart Temp™, Smart Sleeper™, The Best Bed for Couples™, ThermaLux™,
True Temp™, VariaCool™, Winter Soft™, and the Company’s bed model names.
Several of the Company’s trademarks have been registered, or are the subject of pending applications for registration, in
various foreign countries. Sleep Number also has other intellectual property rights related to its products, processes and
technologies, including trade secrets, trade dress and copyrights. The Company protects and enforces its intellectual
property rights, including through litigation, as necessary.
Industry and Competition
Up to 50% of the developed world’s population experiences sleep deficiencies. In the United States, sleep disorders
have been declared a public health epidemic by the U.S. Center for Disease Control. Sleep Number is focused on
innovations that will address this growing problem. The total U.S. sleep-health economy was estimated to be over $30
billion in a 2017 report published by McKinsey & Company. This reflects the traditional view of the bedding industry,
which includes the sales of mattresses and foundations, as well as emerging solutions for insufficient sleep such as
routine modifications and therapeutic treatments. As the sleep-health economy continues to evolve, Sleep Number
intends to play a role in the digital health market as consumers look for products and reliable data sources to address
their overall wellbeing. The digital health market is estimated at $81 billion in the U.S. alone; $241 billion globally with
markets expecting to expand by 4x by 2030.
The traditional view of the U.S. bedding industry, including mattresses and foundations (static and adjustable), is
measured through data provided by the International Sleep Products Association (ISPA). According to ISPA*, the industry
has grown by approximately 4% annually over the last 20 years. According to ISPA* and the Company’s estimates,
industry wholesale shipments of mattresses and foundations (including imported products and adjustable bases) were
approximately $11 billion in 2023 (approximately $22 billion at retail). The U.S. bedding industry has experienced
recessionary demand levels for the past three years. After peaking at 33 million mattress units in 2020, the U.S. bedding
industry has experienced an estimated 28% decline in units to end 2024 at an estimated 24 million mattress units. The
2024 U.S. mattress unit levels are the lowest annual levels since 2015 and per capita spending on mattresses is also at
historic lows approaching levels not seen since the 2008/2009 great recession. These data points signal the potential for
pent-up demand as the sector recovers.
The retail bedding industry is commoditized and highly competitive. Sleep Number competes against regional and local
specialty bedding retailers, bedding manufacturers, home furnishing stores, mass merchants, national discount stores
and online marketers. Furniture Today, a furniture industry trade publication, has ranked Sleep Number as the third
largest U.S. bedding retailer and e-tailer for 2023, with an estimated 8% market share of industry retail revenue. Sleep
Number’s consumer innovation strategy with proprietary sleep innovations and exclusive direct-to-consumer distribution
is highly differentiated resulting in lifelong customer relationships.
*2024 ISPA industry information had not been published at the time of this report.
10 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Manufacturers in the bedding industry mostly compete through national and regional retail partners, regional
manufacturing verticals and online direct-to-consumer. Price, quality, brand name recognition, product availability and
product performance are the primary ways manufacturers differentiate themselves. There is a high degree of
concentration among manufacturers who produce innerspring, memory foam and hybrid beds under nationally
recognized brand names, including Tempur-Pedic, Sealy, Stearns & Foster, Serta and Simmons. National manufacturers
still dominate the bedding industry. Newer brands like Purple, Casper and Nectar, which started online have now moved
into traditional retail channels for growth.
Seasonality
The Company’s business is modestly impacted by seasonal influences inherent in the U.S. bedding industry and general
retail shopping patterns. The U.S. bedding industry generally experiences lower sales demand in the second quarter of
the calendar year and increased sales demand during selected holiday or promotional periods.
Working Capital
The Company is able to operate with minimal working capital requirements because it sells directly to customers, utilizes
both “make-to-order” and “make-to-stock” production processes and operates retail stores that serve mainly as
showrooms. Sleep Number has historically generated sufficient cash flows to self-fund operations through an accelerated
cash-conversion cycle. The Company’s Credit Agreement provides a revolving credit facility for general corporate
purposes with net aggregate availability of $678 million. The Credit Agreement contains an accordion feature that allows
the Company to increase the amount of the credit facility from $678 million up to $1.0 billion in total availability, subject
to Lenders’ approval. The Credit Agreement matures in December 2026.
Qualified customers are offered revolving credit to finance purchases through a private-label consumer credit facility
provided by Synchrony Bank. Approximately 45% of net sales in 2024 were financed by Synchrony Bank. The Company’s
current agreement with Synchrony Bank expires December 31, 2028, subject to earlier termination upon certain events.
The Company pays Synchrony Bank a fee for extended credit promotional financing offers. Under the terms of the
agreement, Synchrony Bank sets the minimum acceptable credit ratings, interest rates, fees and all other terms and
conditions of the customers’ accounts, including collection policies and procedures. As the receivables are owned by
Synchrony Bank, at no time are the receivables purchased or acquired from the Company. Sleep Number is not liable to
Synchrony Bank for its customers’ credit defaults. In connection with all purchases financed under these arrangements,
Synchrony Bank pays the Company an amount equal to the total amount of such purchases, net of promotional related
discounts, upon delivery to the customer.
Information Systems
The Company uses information technology systems to operate, analyze and manage its business, to reduce operating
costs and to enhance its customers’ experience. The Company’s major systems include an order entry system, a
customer relationship management system, a payment processing system, inbound and outbound telecommunications
systems for direct marketing, delivery scheduling and customer service systems, e-commerce systems, a data warehouse
system and an enterprise resource planning system. These systems are primarily comprised of packaged applications
licensed from various software vendors plus a limited number of internally developed programs and digital solutions.
See “Part 1, Item 1C. Cybersecurity” for further information regarding the Company’s cybersecurity risk management
program.
Governmental Regulation and Compliance
As a vertically integrated manufacturer and retailer, the Company is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and
regulations affecting all aspects of its business. As a manufacturer, Sleep Number is committed to product quality and
safety, including adherence to all applicable laws and regulations affecting the Company’s products and services.
Compliance with health, safety and environmental laws and regulations, including the federal fire retardant standards
developed by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, which requires rigorous and costly testing, has increased
the cost and complexity of manufacturing the Company’s products and may adversely impact the speed and cost of
product development efforts. Further, the Company’s manufacturing, distribution, delivery and other business operations
and facilities are subject to additional federal, state or local laws or regulations including supply chain transparency,
11 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
conflict minerals sourcing and disclosure, end-of-life disposal, recycling and packaging requirements, transportation,
electrification of the Company’s vehicle fleet and other laws or regulations relating to environmental protection and
health and safety requirements.
As a retailer, the Company is subject to additional laws and regulations that apply to retailers generally and govern the
marketing and sale of the Company’s products and the operation of both Sleep Number retail stores and e-commerce
activities. Many of the statutory and regulatory requirements that impact the Company’s retail and e-commerce
operations are consumer-focused and pertain to activities such as the Company’s promotions, advertising claims,
marketing practices, pricing, consumer credit offerings, truth-in-advertising, consumer privacy, “do not call/mail”
requirements, text messaging requirements, warranty disclosure, delivery timing requirements, accessibility and similar
requirements.
The Company’s operations are subject to federal, state and local labor laws including, but not limited to, those relating
to occupational health and safety, employee privacy, wage and hour, overtime pay, pay transparency, harassment and
discrimination, equal opportunity and employee leaves and benefits. The Company is also subject to existing and
emerging federal and state laws relating to insider trading, data security, privacy, cybersecurity disclosure, clawback
policy disclosures and greenhouse gas measurement and climate impact disclosure.
It is Sleep Number’s policy and practice to comply with all legal and regulatory requirements. The Company’s
procedures and internal controls are designed to promote such compliance.
Human Capital
Grounded in Sleep Number’s shared values of passion, integrity, innovation, courage and teamwork, and guided by its
purpose to improve society’s health and wellbeing through higher quality sleep, the Company’s team members are
highly engaged and make a difference in the world every day. With sleep at the center, Sleep Number’s culture supports
the wellbeing of its team members across the pillars of physical, emotional, financial, career and community, and
connects their work to the Sleep Number mission and goals. Sleep Number embraces every individual’s unique talents,
perspectives and experiences, and strives to create an environment where team members can each be their best self,
which fuels innovation and teamwork.
At December 28, 2024, Sleep Number employed a total of 3,654 team members, of which 67 were classified as part-
time and 7 were employed on a temporary basis. The breakdown of team members by area was as follows: 2,059 in
retail sales and support, 421 in field services, 147 in customer service, 365 in manufacturing and logistics, and 662 in
technology, corporate, management and administrative positions. Forty percent of team members are racially diverse
and 38% are women.
Attracting, motivating and retaining the right talent is critical to Sleep Number’s success, which is why it is unyielding in
its commitment to its team members’ wellbeing, connection to one another and sense of belonging. The Company
strives to create and sustain a culture in which all team members feel welcomed and valued and can bring their authentic
and whole selves to work every day and it reinforces this commitment through investment in programs and initiatives
including:
•Career Wellbeing:  The Company’s Learning and Development programs enhance team member capabilities,
driving personal growth, mentoring opportunities and organizational performance. During 2024, team members
completed an estimated 200,000 hours of learning and development activities;
•Financial, Emotional and Physical Wellbeing:  Sleep Number’s compensation practices and comprehensive benefits
highlight its commitment to improving its team’s economic opportunity and promoting their physical and emotional
stability. The Company annually benchmarks its total rewards programs to ensure market competitiveness and offers
all team members a form of variable compensation tied to performance in addition to their base pay. To support
emotional wellbeing, Sleep Number offers all team members mental health resources in addition to flexible time off
benefits;
•Health and Safety Policies:  Sleep Number establishes clear expectations for all team members to ensure a physically
and psychologically safe environment. As part of the Company’s effort to improve safety, it collects and analyzes
workplace injury and accident information across all locations and takes steps to reduce incident rates. The Company
12 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
actively evolves its health and safety policies during the year to ensure the safety of its team members and
customers; and
•Community Engagement:  Sleep Number fosters a strong sense of belonging, connection and service through Team
Member Resource Groups, Team Member Support Fund and Team Member Volunteer opportunities. Sleep Number
actively supports eight Team Member Resource Groups. In 2024, team members contributed more than $21,000 to
help their teammates in need through the Team Member Support Fund and reported 3,800 hours dedicated to
volunteering.
Commitment to Sustainability
Guided by the Company’s purpose to improve the health and wellbeing of society through higher quality sleep, Sleep
Number is committed to sustainability through initiatives that support the resilience of its business. The Company’s
efforts focus on aligning and integrating environmental stewardship and social progress with its pursuit of long-term
shareholder value creation.
Sleep Number takes seriously its responsibility to its stakeholders, including team members, consumers, community,
suppliers and shareholders. To continue to earn their trust, the Company proactively advances and discloses practices,
priorities and metrics that demonstrate its accountability and commitment to sustainability.
•Sleep Number is strengthening systems and processes that reinforce sound governance, high integrity decision-
making and transparent, consistent reporting practices.
•To attract and retain highly engaged team members, the Company continues to prioritize programs that promote
well-being, provide opportunities for professional development and reward strong performance.
•Through volunteerism, financial and in-kind support, and meaningful contributions to sleep science, research and
sleep innovations, Sleep Number is improving millions of lives – delivering significant value to consumers and their
communities.
•Recognizing the benefit of collaboration in achieving the Company’s goals, Sleep Number is strengthening its
relationships with suppliers and engaging with them to increase its operating model durability and sustainability.
•And the Company is monitoring – and taking responsible actions to control – its greenhouse gas emissions, waste
and other environmental outputs, including through improved network design, transportation optimization and
innovations that extend the useful life of product components.
Additional information is available in the Company’s Corporate Sustainability Report, posted within the Investor Relations
section of the Sleep Number website at http://ir.sleepnumber.com. Select the “ESG” link and then “Sustainability
Reports.” The information contained on the Company’s website or connected to its website is not incorporated by
reference into this Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this report.
13 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Information about the Company’s Executive Officers
SHELLY R. IBACH, 65
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer (Joined the Company in April 2007, was promoted to President and CEO in
June 2012 and became Chair of the Board of Directors in May 2022)
Shelly R. Ibach, Sleep Number® setting 40, serves as the Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) for Sleep
Number (Nasdaq: SNBR). From June 2011 to June 2012, Ms. Ibach served as the Company’s Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating Officer and from October 2008 to June 2011, she served as Executive Vice President, Sales and
Merchandising. Ms. Ibach joined the Company in April 2007 as Senior Vice President of U.S. sales for Company-owned
channels. Before joining the Company, Ms. Ibach was Senior Vice President and General Merchandise Manager for
Macy’s home division. From 1982 to 2005, Ms. Ibach held various leadership and executive positions within Target
Corporation.
FRANCIS K. LEE, 53
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Joined the Company in August 2023)
Francis K. Lee, Sleep Number® setting 45, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr Lee leads
the Company’s teams to drive sustainable, profitable growth and strengthen total shareholder return. Mr. Lee is a global
finance and strategy leader with extensive experience across consumer product, retail, and technology companies.
Formerly the CFO at Wyze Labs, a smart home products company, from 2021 to 2023, Mr. Lee increased cash flow and
profitability through a business model evolution, adding a software recurring revenue stream. From 2007 to 2020, Mr.
Lee served at Nike, Inc., an athletic footwear and apparel company, in several corporate and operating unit leadership
positions, including CFO of Nike Japan and executive roles in global finance. Mr. Lee also worked at Gap Inc., leading
long-range planning across the company on the Corporate Strategy and Development team. After completing his MBA
at Northwestern University Kellogg School of Management, Mr. Lee served as a consultant to Fortune 500 companies at
Marakon Associates.
MELISSA BARRA, 53
Executive Vice President and Chief Sales and Services Officer (Joined the Company in 2013 and was promoted to
current role in December 2020)
Melissa Barra, Sleep Number® setting 30, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Sales and Services Officer. Ms.
Barra leads the Company’s customer-focused strategy and its sales, real estate, field services, customer relationship, and
corporate technology teams. From June 2019 to December 2020, Ms. Barra was Senior Vice President, Chief Sales,
Services and Strategy Officer. Ms. Barra was Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy and Customer Relationship Officer
from January 2015 to June 2019 and Vice President, Consumer Insights and Strategy from February 2013 to January
2015. Prior to joining Sleep Number in February 2013, Ms. Barra held leadership positions in the U.S. and internationally
in process reengineering, finance, strategic alliances and corporate development for Best Buy, Grupo Futuro S.A.,
Citibank and GE Capital.
ANDREA L. BLOOMQUIST, 55
Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer (Joined the Company in 2008 and was promoted to current role in
December 2020)
Andrea L. Bloomquist, Sleep Number® setting 25, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer. Ms.
Bloomquist leads the Company’s sleep innovation strategy, including research and development of its physical and
digital smart bed ecosystem, digital engagement with its Smart Sleeper community, and strategic partnerships to further
sleep science, health and wellbeing. Ms. Bloomquist was the Senior Vice President and Chief Product Officer from June
2012 to December 2020 and Chief Merchandising Officer from June 2011 to June 2012. Ms. Bloomquist joined Sleep
Number in May 2008 as Vice President and General Merchandise Manager. Prior to Sleep Number, Ms. Bloomquist held
leadership positions in general management, sourcing, buying, development and planning at Macy’s and The
Department Stores for Target Corporation.
14 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
KEVIN K. BROWN, 56
Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer (Joined the Company in 2014 and was promoted to current role in
December 2020)
Kevin K. Brown, Sleep Number® setting 40, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Brown
leads all brand marketing and communications strategies for the Company, including brand storytelling; strategic brand
partnerships; paid, earned and social media; and loyalty and advocacy with the Company’s millions of Smart Sleepers.
He joined the Company in 2014 as Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Before joining Sleep Number in
2014, Mr. Brown served in executive leadership roles at Meijer, Inc.; Sears Holdings Corporation; Jo-Ann Stores, Inc. and
Accenture.
SAMUEL R. HELLFELD, 46
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Risk Officer and Secretary (Joined the Company in 2013 and was
promoted to current role in March 2022)
Samuel R. Hellfeld, Sleep Number® setting 65, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Risk Officer and
Secretary and leads legal, internal audit, corporate security and asset protection. From September 2018 to March 2022,
Mr. Hellfeld served as Senior Vice President and Chief Legal and Risk Officer. From October 2015 to September 2018,
Mr. Hellfeld served as Vice President, Associate General Counsel. Mr. Hellfeld joined Sleep Number in March 2013 as
Corporate Counsel. Prior to joining Sleep Number, Mr. Hellfeld was a Partner in the law firm of Fox Rothschild LLP (fka
Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly LLP), practicing in the areas of intellectual property and litigation. Prior to 2010, Mr.
Hellfeld was an Associate at several law firms and also served as Law Clerk in the United States Court of Appeals for the
Ninth Circuit and the United States District Court, Southern District of California.
CHRISTOPHER D. KRUSMARK, 45
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer (Joined the Company in 2005 and was promoted to Chief
Human Resources Officer in July 2020)
Christopher D. Krusmark, Sleep Number® setting 55, serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources
Officer, where he leads all human resources, training and learning functions. From January 2023 through August 2023,
Mr. Krusmark also served as Interim CFO. Prior to being promoted to his Chief Human Resources Officer role in July
2020, Mr. Krusmark served as Sleep Number’s Vice President of Sales Operations, Field Services and Training where he
led retail and home delivery operations and wholesale business development. From June 2005 to October 2015, Mr.
Krusmark held a variety of leadership roles in finance at Sleep Number supporting sales, real estate, marketing and
product. Prior to joining Sleep Number, Mr. Krusmark worked on the financial audit staff of EY and Arthur Andersen.
15 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Available Information
Sleep Number is subject to the reporting requirements of the the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(Exchange Act) and its rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires the Company to file reports, proxy statements
and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Sleep Number’s corporate website is www.sleepnumber.com. Through a link to a third-party content provider, the
corporate website provides free access to its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current
reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material
with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. These documents are posted on the corporate website at www.sleepnumber.com: select
the “Investors” link, the “Financials” link, and then the “SEC Filings” link. The information contained on the Company’s
website or connected to its website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K and should not be considered
part of this report.
The Company also makes available, free of charge on its website, the charters of the Audit Committee, Management
Development and Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as well as its
Code of Business Conduct (including any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of its Code of Business Conduct)
adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors (Board). These documents are posted on the Company’s website: select
the “Investors” link, the “Governance” link and then the “Governance Documents” link. The information contained on
the Company’s website or connected to its website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K and should not
be considered part of this report.
Copies of any of the above-referenced information will also be made available, free of charge, upon written request to:
Sleep Number Corporation
Investor Relations Department
1001 Third Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55404
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in Sleep Number’s common stock involves a high degree of risk. Stakeholders should carefully consider
the specific risks set forth below and other matters described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K before making an
investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional
risks and uncertainties, including risks and uncertainties that impact the business environment generally, those not
presently known to the Company, or those that it currently sees as immaterial, may also harm its business. If any of these
risks occur, the Company’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be materially and
adversely affected.
Economic Conditions, Consumer Sentiment and the Availability of Credit
Adverse changes in general economic conditions have reduced, and could continue to reduce discretionary
consumer spending and, as a result, have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect the
Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition.
The Company’s success depends significantly upon discretionary consumer spending, which is influenced by a number
of general economic factors, including without limitation economic growth, consumer confidence and sentiment,
consumer disposable income, the housing market, employment, fuel prices, income and debt levels, interest rates,
inflation, taxation, consumer shopping trends and the level of customer traffic in malls and shopping centers, political
conditions and uncertainty with respect to the new presidential administration, inclement weather, natural disasters,
recession and fears of recession, civil unrest and disturbances, terrorist activities, war and fears of war, as well as
perceptions of personal wellbeing and security, health epidemics or pandemics. Adverse trends in these general
economic factors and reduced consumer spending have and may continue to adversely affect the Company’s sales,
profitability, cash flows, financial condition, availability of credit, including with respect to the Company’s current credit
facility, its ability to service and pay down debt, and any potential new or replacement sources of credit, or cause the
16 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Company to breach covenants or other terms contained in its Credit Agreement, which could materially adversely affect
the Company’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Although previously high inflation subsided somewhat in 2024, it may again increase due to various economic factors,
such as the imposition of increased tariffs or other inflationary economic policies, and adversely affect the Company’s
business operations and financial results by increasing the costs of fuel, shipping, raw materials, labor, commodity, and
other costs. While the Company has historically been able to pass along some cost increases to its customers, it has not
and may not be able to offset such higher costs through price increases or other means, and its margins, profitability,
cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition have been and could continue to be adversely impacted.
The Federal Reserve significantly increased the federal funds rate in 2023. Although the Federal Reserve lowered the
federal funds rate in September, November and December 2024, the federal funds rate remains relatively high,
adversely affecting customer purchasing behavior. It is uncertain whether the Federal Reserve will hold, reduce, or
increase the rate going forward and such uncertainty, as well as any Federal Reserve action or non-action with respect to
the rate, has and may continue to negatively affect customer purchasing behavior, which has and may continue to
adversely affect the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows, credit availability and financial condition.
The United States debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades,
economic slowdowns, or a recession in the United States. There remain increased risks of a government shutdown or
sovereign default if the spending bills necessary to fund the government through 2025 are not passed by Congress.
Whether or not these concerns materialize, growing uncertainty may reduce consumer confidence and increase levels of
unemployment, all of which may reduce demand for the Company’s products, causing harm to its sales, profitability,
cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition.
Additionally, instability or disruptions to credit markets or the financial services industry, including banks that fail or
otherwise become distressed, could adversely affect the Company’s, sales, operations, profitability, cash flows,
availability of credit, and financial condition.
Interest rates remain elevated, and may further increase, and impact the cost of servicing the Company’s
indebtedness and have an adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows and stock price.
The Company’s credit facility currently bears interest at a variable rate based on its leverage ratio. The Company bears
the risk that the rates charged by the Company’s lenders will outpace expectations and the earnings and cash flow of its
business. This has reduced the Company’s profitability and has potential to continue to reduce profitability in addition to
the potential to adversely affect the Company’s ability to service its debt, or cause the Company to breach covenants or
other terms contained in its Credit Agreement, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition.
The Company’s access to alternative financing options may depend on factors beyond the Company’s control or
require the Company to accept unfavorable terms.
No assurance can be given that the Company will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future
borrowings will be available to the Company in an amount sufficient to enable the Company to service and repay its
indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. If the Company is unable to satisfy its debt obligations, it may have to
undertake alternative financing options, such as refinancing or restructuring its indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or
delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. The Company’s ability to restructure or refinance its
indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and the Company’s financial condition at such time.
Any refinancing of the Company’s indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and could require the Company to
comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict its business operations. The Company cannot assure
that any refinancing or debt restructuring would be possible, or if possible, would be completed on favorable or
acceptable terms.
17 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
A reduction in the availability of, or increase in the cost of, credit to consumers generally or under the Company’s
existing consumer credit programs has negatively impacted, and could continue to negatively impact, the
Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
A significant percentage of the Company’s sales are made under consumer credit programs through third parties. The
amount and cost of credit available to consumers may be adversely impacted by macroeconomic factors, including
general economic conditions, consumer confidence and sentiment, consumer disposable income, the housing market,
employment, fuel prices, income and debt levels, interest rates, inflation, taxation, political conditions and uncertainty
with respect to the new presidential administration, inclement weather, natural disasters, recession and fears of
recession, civil unrest and disturbances, terrorist activities, war and fears of war, including the war between Russia and
Ukraine and the war between Israel and Hamas, as well as consumer perceptions of personal wellbeing and security,
health epidemics or pandemics, which could cause suppliers of credit to adjust their lending criteria and costs. These
macroeconomic factors have, and may continue to, adversely impact the cost of credit which, in turn, has and may
continue to negatively impact the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Synchrony Bank provides credit to the Company’s customers through a private label credit card agreement that is
currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2028, subject to earlier termination upon certain events. Synchrony Bank
has discretion to control the content of financing offers to the Company’s customers and to set minimum credit
standards under which credit is extended to customers.
Reduction of credit availability due to changing economic conditions, including rising inflation, increased interest rates,
changes in credit standards under the Company’s private label credit card program or changes in regulatory
requirements, or the termination of its agreement with Synchrony Bank, could harm the Company’s sales, profitability,
cash flows and financial condition.
The Company may not be successful in achieving the expected cost savings, efficiencies, and other benefits
related to its business restructuring actions and such actions could have adverse effects on the Company.
The Company’s strategy includes identifying and executing cost savings and operating efficiencies to increase financial
resilience by expanding profit margins and cash flows to pay down debt as part of its operating transformation to a more
durable business model. The Company may not be successful in fully implementing its cost savings plans or realizing
anticipated savings and efficiencies, including potentially as a result of factors outside the Company’s control. Current or
future demand may not support the fixed cost of the Company’s infrastructure at an acceptable margin or its vertically
integrated business model. A failure or delay in implementing or realizing the anticipated savings and efficiencies of its
cost savings plans and related strategic initiatives could materially and adversely impact the Company’s business, results,
profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition. Charges and costs incurred in connection with
implementing the cost savings plan and business restructuring actions may be significant and have and may continue to
be higher than expected. In addition, implementing the cost savings plans has and could negatively impact the
Company’s workforce, partnerships, initiatives, innovation, brand, customer experience, and development plans or
otherwise interfere with the Company’s ability to grow and compete effectively, each of which could adversely impact
the Company’s business, results, profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition.
Risks Related to the Company’s Marketing Strategy and Execution of Total Retail Distribution Strategy
The Company’s future growth and profitability depend upon the effectiveness and efficiency of its marketing
programs and promotions.
The Company is highly dependent on the effectiveness of its marketing messages, the efficiency of its advertising
expenditures in generating consumer awareness, consideration and conversation leading to sales of its products, and the
ability to competitively price its products. Sleep Number continues to evolve its marketing strategies, adjust its messages
and promotional discounts, differentiate its products despite competitors’ attempts to copy or adopt its messaging, and
review the amount it spends on advertising, the timing of its spend, and where it is spent. The Company may not always
be successful in developing effective messages, as the consumer and competition change, or in achieving efficiency in its
advertising expenditures. The Company may be constrained in its ability to invest in advertising at a rate sufficient to
drive demand.
18 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
The Company relies in part upon third parties, such as social media influencers and athletes, to market its brand, and is
unable to fully control their efforts. Influencers and athletes with whom the Company maintains a relationship could
engage in behavior or use their platforms to communicate directly with Sleep Number’s customers in a manner that
reflects poorly on its brand, and these communications may be attributed to the Company or otherwise adversely affect
the Company. It is not possible to prevent such behavior, and the precautions the Company takes to prevent or detect
this activity may not be effective.
Consumers are increasingly having digital experiences and interactions as a part of their shopping experience. As a
result, the Company’s future growth and profitability will depend in part on (i) the effectiveness and efficiency of the
Company’s online experience, including without limitation advertising and search marketing and optimization programs,
in generating consumer awareness and sales of its products; (ii) the Company’s ability to prevent confusion among
consumers that can result from search engines that allow competitors to use its trademarks to direct consumers to
competitors’ websites through confusing or misleading advertisements; (iii) its ability to prevent Internet publication of
false or misleading information regarding its products or the Company’s competitors’ products; (iv) reviews of Sleep
Number’s products; (v) the nature and tone of consumer sentiment, including those published online or elsewhere; and
(vi) the stability of the Company’s website. Competitor spending on digital marketing programs has and may continue to
increase, including without limitation from a number of direct-to-consumer, digital and omnichannel retailers, which, in
turn, has and may continue to increase the cost of the Company’s digital marketing programs and online search terms.
If the Company’s marketing messages are ineffective or its advertising expenditures and other marketing programs,
including digital programs, are inefficient in creating awareness and consideration of its products and brand name, and
in driving consumer traffic to the Company’s website, call centers, or stores, the Company’s sales, profitability, cash
flows, availability of credit, and financial condition may be adversely impacted. In addition, if the Company is not
effective in preventing the publication of confusing, false or misleading information regarding its brand or its products,
or if there is publication online or elsewhere of significant negative consumer sentiment regarding the Company, brand
or products, sales, profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
The Company’s future growth and profitability depend on its ability to execute its Total Retail distribution
strategy.
The vast majority of the Company’s sales occur through Total Retail, including its retail stores and website. Total Retail
represents the Company’s largest opportunity for growth in sales and improvement in profitability. The Company’s retail
stores carry significant fixed costs. Sleep Number also makes significant capital expenditures as it opens new stores and
remodel or reposition existing stores. The Company is highly dependent on its ability to maintain and increase sales per
store to cover these fixed expenses, provide a return on its capital investments and improve the Company operating
margins. As a part of the Company’s cost savings plan and business restructuring actions, select stores have been closed
and additional stores are expected to be closed, and, in some cases, store remodels have been delayed. These closures
and older retail store designs may result in higher than expected costs, charges, lost sales, lower brand awareness,
weakened customer experience, or otherwise negatively impact the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows, availability
of credit, and financial condition.
Some of the Company’s stores are mall-based. The Company depends on the continued popularity of malls as shopping
destinations and the ability of mall anchor tenants and other attractions to generate customer traffic for its mall-based
retail stores. Any decrease in mall traffic, including due to increased online shopping, could adversely affect the
Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition.
The Company’s Total Retail distribution strategy results in relatively few points of distribution, including 640 retail stores
in 50 U.S. states as of the end of 2024, Online, Phone and Chat. Several of the mattress manufacturers and retailers with
which the Company competes have significantly more brick-and-mortar points of distribution than it does, which makes
the Company highly dependent on its ability to drive consumers to its points of distribution to maintain and gain market
share.
The Company’s longer-term Total Retail distribution strategy is also dependent on its ability to effectively select stores to
close, renew existing store leases and to secure suitable locations for new store openings, in each case on a cost-
effective basis. The Company may encounter higher than anticipated rents and other costs in connection with managing
its retail store base. The Company may also be unable to find or obtain suitable new locations or renew existing
locations.
19 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Risks Related to the Company’s Ability to Compete Effectively
Significant competition could adversely affect the Company’s business.
Because of the vertical integration of the Company’s business model, its products and distribution face significant
competition from both manufacturers of different types of mattresses and a variety of retailers. The Company’s SleepIQ
technology also faces significant competition from various manufacturers and retailers of sleep tracking and monitoring
products.
The mattress industry is characterized by a high degree of concentration among the largest manufacturers of innerspring
mattresses and foam mattresses and one dominant national mattress retailer, including further consolidation through a
merger of one such mattress manufacturer and a national mattress retailer that closed in early 2025. In recent years,
numerous direct-to-consumer companies and low-cost importers have entered the market, offering “bed-in-a-box” or
similar products primarily through online distribution directly to consumers though many now also partner with traditional
mattress retailers. A variety of sleep tracking and monitoring products that compete with the Company’s SleepIQ
technology have been introduced by various manufacturers and retailers, both within and outside of the traditional
mattress industry. A variety of mattress and base manufacturers have also come to market with copycat smart beds,
some featuring a version of what they market as “adjustable firmness.” This competition has and may continue to
increase the costs of search terms and digital advertising and otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business.
Some of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater financial, marketing and manufacturing resources, greater
investment in customer experience, and greater brand name recognition than the Company does and sell products
through broader and more established distribution touchpoints, which has and may continue to negatively impact traffic
to the Company’s website, call centers or stores. Consolidation in the mattress industry has and may continue to amplify
this disparity. The Company’s national, exclusive distribution competes with other retailers who generally provide a wider
selection of mattress and brand alternatives at varying price points than the Company offers. A number of these retailers
also have more points of distribution, greater marketing resources, greater investment in customer experience, and
greater brand name recognition than the Company does.
These manufacturing and retailing competitors, or a combination of these competitors, or new entrants into the market,
may compete aggressively and maintain and gain market share with existing or new products, and may pursue or
expand their presence in the adjustable firmness air bed segment of the market as well as in the market for sleep
tracking and monitoring products. The Company has limited ability to anticipate the timing and scale of new product
introductions, advertising campaigns or new pricing strategies by its competitors, which could inhibit its ability to
maintain or increase market share, or to maintain the Company’s profit margins.
If the Company is unable to effectively compete with other manufacturers and retailers of mattress and sleep tracking
and monitoring products, the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely
impacted.
Failure to achieve and maintain high levels of product and service quality could negatively impact the Company’s
sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
The Company’s products and services are highly differentiated from traditional innerspring mattresses and from
viscoelastic and other foam mattresses, which have little or no technology and do not rely on electronics and air control
systems. As a result, its beds may be susceptible to failures that do not exist with traditional or foam mattresses. Failure
to achieve and maintain acceptable quality standards could impact consumer acceptance of its products and services or
result in negative media and Internet reports or owner dissatisfaction that could negatively impact the Company’s brand
image and sales levels. In addition, a decline in product or service quality could result in an increase in return rates and a
corresponding decrease in sales, or an increase in product warranty claims in excess of the Company’s warranty reserves.
An unexpected increase in return rates or warranty claims could harm the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and
financial condition.
As a consumer innovation Company with differentiated products, the Company faces an inherent risk of exposure to
product liability claims or regulatory actions if the use of its products is alleged to have resulted in personal injury or
property damage. If any of the Company’s products proves to be defective or non-compliant with applicable regulations
such as the federal Consumer Product Safety Commission flammability standards, the Company may be required to
20 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
recall or redesign such products. The Company has at times experienced increased returns and adverse impacts on
sales, as well as product liability litigation, as a result of media reports related to the alleged propensity of it products to
develop mold. The Company may experience additional adverse impacts on sales and additional litigation if any similar
media reports were to occur in the future. The Company maintains insurance against some forms of product liability
claims, but such coverage may not be applicable to, or adequate for, liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim
brought against the Company outside of, or in excess of, available insurance coverage, or any claim or product recall
that results in significant adverse publicity about the Company, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
The Company’s future growth and profitability depend in part on its ability to continue to improve and expand its
product line and to successfully execute new product introductions.
As described herein, the bedding industry, as well as the market for sleep monitoring products, are both highly
competitive, and the Company’s ability to compete effectively and to profitably maintain or grow its market share
depend in part on its ability to continue to improve and expand the Company’s product line of adjustable firmness air
beds, SleepIQ technology, sleep health monitoring technologies, and related accessory products. The Company incurs
significant research and development and other expenditures in the pursuit of improvements and additions to its
product line and is re-prioritizing research and development resources in this highly constrained environment. If these
efforts do not result in meaningful product improvements or new product introductions, if the Company is not able to
gain widespread consumer acceptance of product improvements or new product introductions, or there are delays or
production limitations with respect to its product improvements or new product introductions, the Company’s sales,
profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely affected. If the Company offers products or services in
other countries, the Company’s business may be exposed to additional risks, such as additional and varied legal/
regulatory requirements, complexity and cost to maintain operations in multiple countries, adapting and localizing
products for enhanced market acceptance, ability to enforce intellectual property rights, tariffs and non-tariff barriers,
which may become more prevalent in retaliation to tariffs recently imposed and proposed by the U.S. government,
fluctuation in and barriers to currency exchange, and political or social unrest, and economic instability. In addition, if any
significant product improvements or new product introductions are not successful, delayed, or constrained the
Company’s reputation and brand image may be adversely affected.
The Company’s intellectual property rights may not prevent others from using its technology or trademarks in
connection with the sale of competitive products. The Company is from time to time subject to claims that its
products, processes or trademarks infringe intellectual property rights of others.
The Company owns various U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications related to certain elements of the design
and function of the Company’s beds, biosignal monitoring and related products. The Company owns numerous
registered and unregistered trademarks and trademark applications, including in particular the Sleep Number,
Climate360 and SleepIQ trademarks, as well as other intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, trade dress and
copyrights, which it believes has significant value and is important to the development, function, and marketing of its
products. These intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection against infringement or piracy, may not
prevent competitors from developing and marketing products that are similar to or competitive with Sleep Number
beds, biosignal monitoring or other products, and may be costly and time-consuming to protect and enforce. The
Company’s patents are also subject to varying expiration dates. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not
protect its intellectual property rights and confidential information to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If
the Company is unable to protect and enforce its intellectual property, the Company may be unable to prevent other
companies from using the Company’s technology or trademarks in connection with competitive products, which could
adversely affect the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
The Company is from time to time subject to claims that its products, processes, advertising, or trademarks infringe the
intellectual property rights of others. The defense of these claims, even if ultimately successful, may result in costly
litigation, and if the Company is not successful in its defense, it could be subject to injunctions and liability for damages
or royalty obligations, and the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely
affected.
21 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Risks Related to the Company’s Reliance on Third Parties and Reliance on a Global Supply Chain
The Company relies upon several key suppliers and third parties that are, in some instances, the only source of
supply or services currently used by the Company for particular materials, components, products, services, or
consumer financing. A disruption in the supply or substantial increase in cost of any of these products or services
has, and could continue to, harm the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial
condition.
Sleep Number currently obtains all the materials and components used to produce its smart beds from outside sources
including some that are located outside the United States. In several cases, including its air chambers, integrated non-
adjustable foundations, adjustable foundations, various components for its Firmness Control and Smart Control systems,
certain electronic componentry, certain foam formulations, as well as its fabrics and zippers, the Company obtains these
materials, components and products from suppliers who serve as the only source of supply, or who supply the vast
majority of the Company’s needs of the particular material, component or product. While the Company believes that
some of these materials, components and products, or suitable replacements, could be obtained from other sources in
the event of a disruption or loss of supply, it has not been able to, and in the future may not be able to, find alternative
sources of supply or alternative sources of supply on comparable terms, quantities and timelines. If the Company’s
relationship with these suppliers or the suppliers’ services are disrupted, terminated or otherwise negatively impacted,
including by government actions, such as the imposition of tariffs or other trade restrictions, the Company could have
difficulty in replacing these sources since there are relatively few other suppliers presently capable of manufacturing
these components and products or that offer similar services. Constraints on the ability of certain of its suppliers to timely
meet commitments, including in an environment of increased demand for consumer products and services and labor
challenges, has, and may continue to, adversely impact the Company’s ability to meet its products and services demand,
result in additional costs, or otherwise adversely impact the Company’s business, operations and financial results.
The Company also relies on a few critical suppliers for information technology systems and services, on another supplier
for the majority of its customer service support, and on Synchrony Financial for the majority of its consumer financing
services. If the Company’s relationship with these suppliers or the suppliers’ services are disrupted, terminated or
otherwise negatively impacted, the Company could have difficulty in replacing these services in a timely and cost-
effective manner, adversely impacting the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial
condition.
In addition, third parties on which the Company relies, for various reasons have demanded or required or may demand
or require changes to their payment terms and frequency, credit limits and exposures, or other contractual terms with the
Company. If the Company is unable to accommodate or otherwise resolve such demands or changes, the Company’s
supply of goods, products and services from these third parties could be disrupted, terminated or otherwise negatively
impacted and the Company may not be able to or could have difficulty in replacing the supply of such goods, products
and services in a timely and cost-effective manner, adversely impacting the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows,
availability of credit, and financial condition.
Fluctuations in commodity prices or availability or third-party delivery or logistics costs has resulted, and could
continue to result, in an increase in component costs and/or delivery costs.
The Company’s business is subject to significant increases or volatility in the prices of certain commodities, including but
not limited to electronic componentry, fuel, oil, natural gas, rubber, cotton, plastic resin, corrugate, steel and chemical
ingredients used to produce foam, as well as third-party logistic costs. Increases in prices of these commodities or
logistics costs or other inflationary pressures have resulted, and may continue to result, in significant cost increases for
the Company’s raw materials and product components, as well as increases in the cost of delivering its products to
customers. For example, the U.S. government has recently proposed the implementation of a tariff on non-U.S. steel,
which could increase the cost of steel to the Company. The Company has been, and may continue to be, unable to
offset any such increased costs through value engineering and similar initiatives, or through price increases, and, as a
result, the Company’s profitability, cash flows and financial condition have been, and may continue to be adversely
impacted. Price increases to offset the increased costs, have, and may continue to, adversely impact the Company’s
sales volumes.
The Company relies on third parties to deliver some of its products to its facilities and customers on a timely and cost-
effective basis. These third-party providers could be vulnerable to labor challenges, liquidity concerns, the impacts of
22 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
global health conditions, or other factors that may result in disruption, delays in deliveries or increased costs of
deliveries. Any significant delay in deliveries to its customers could lead to increased cancellations or returns and cause
the Company to lose sales or incur increased costs. Delays in deliveries and increases in freight charges or other costs of
deliveries has and could continue to harm the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
The Company’s business is subject to risks inherent in global sourcing activities.
Sleep Number’s air chambers, certain electronic components, and some of its other components are manufactured
outside the United States, and therefore are subject to risks associated with foreign sourcing of materials, including but
not limited to:
•Existing or potential duties, tariffs or quotas on certain types of goods that may be imported into the United States,
including recent and proposed tariffs on certain goods from Canada, China, and Mexico as well as proposed tariffs
on materials such as steel;
•Foreign regulations that may impact availability or cost of supply;
•Political instability, unrest, geopolitical turmoil, acts of terrorism, global conflicts (such as any conflict that may arise
between China and Taiwan) or war (such as the war between Russia and Ukraine and the war between Israel and
Hamas), outbreaks of pandemics or contagious diseases, shipping delays, foreign or domestic strikes, customs
inspections, changes in immigration rates, laws, and enforcement, or other factors resulting in disruption in supply,
transportation, trade, labor, or the availability of global contractors utilized in the Company’s business operations;
•Foreign currency fluctuations;
•Economic uncertainties, including inflation and policies that may have an inflationary effect, such as tariffs; and
•Adverse weather conditions, climate change or other natural or man-made disasters.
The Company cannot predict whether the countries in which some of its components are manufactured, or may be
manufactured in the future, or where the Company contracts for labor will be subject to new or additional trade
restrictions imposed by the United States or other foreign governments, including the likelihood, type, or effect of any
such restrictions. The United States government has implemented certain trade policies, including imposing and
proposing tariffs on certain goods imported from Canada, China, and Mexico and other countries and imposing
sanctions against Russia as a result of the war in Ukraine, and may take further actions with respect to these policies in
the future. Additionally, although the Company does not have operations in Russia, Belarus, or Ukraine and has not been
directly impacted by the war in Ukraine, some of the Company’s third-party suppliers have disclosed that they may
source, directly or indirectly, a portion of their supply chain requirements of gold, tantalum, tin, and tungsten (collectively
the “3TGs”), as well as birch plywood from Russia. Similarly, some of the Company’s third-party suppliers have disclosed
that they may source, directly or indirectly, a portion of their supply chain requirements of 3TGs or fabrics from China,
which materials have generally been under scrutiny for potential ties to Uyghur forced labor camps. These factors have,
and could continue to, increase the costs of doing business with foreign suppliers, lead to inadequate inventory levels or
delays in shipping products to customers, or the need to find new sources for certain materials on short notice, which
could harm the Company’s sales, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
The locations where Sleep Number and its suppliers and global contractors operate have experienced, and may
experience in the future, adverse regional events such as extreme weather conditions, climate change and other natural
and man-made disasters, which could have a significant adverse effect on the Company, its ability to source necessary
materials, components and products, and its ability to develop, launch, sell and deliver its products to customers.
Climate change may increase the frequency and severity of adverse weather conditions and other natural disasters. All
regions of the U.S. and warmer climates globally may be particularly impacted by extreme weather, such as hurricanes,
natural disasters, droughts, wildfires and rising sea levels. These events have disrupted, and may continue to, disrupt the
Company’s operations and ability to source components and products.
23 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
The Company has been, and could continue to be, vulnerable to shortages in supply of components necessary to
manufacture its products due to its manufacturing processes which operate with minimal levels of inventory or
due to global shortages of supply of electronic componentry or other materials, which, in turn, has and may
continue to harm its ability to satisfy consumer demand and adversely impact the Company’s sales and
profitability.
A significant percentage of the Company’s products are assembled after it receives orders from customers utilizing
manufacturing processes with minimal levels of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods inventories. Lead
times for ordered components may vary significantly, and some components used to manufacture its products are
provided on a sole source basis. The Company’s ongoing efforts to mitigate supply chain weaknesses may not be
successful or may have unfavorable effects such as increased storage costs or excess supply. Shortage of materials
caused by disruptions or unavailability of supply or an increase in the demand for some or all of its products, has harmed
and could continue to harm the Company’s ability to satisfy customer demand, delay deliveries of its products to
customers, lead to customer cancellations and returns, delay the development and launch of new products, and increase
its costs. In addition, the Company may carry some excess inventory of certain components for various products from
time to time especially when the Company has faced component shortages or when the Company introduces new
products that use different components, and if the Company is unable to use that excess inventory fully or timely, the
Company may run the risk of obsolescence, which could result in write-downs of inventory and an adverse effect on
gross margins. Any such impacts or delays could adversely affect the Company’s sales, customer satisfaction,
profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Risks Related to the Company’s Vertically Integrated Business Model
Disruption to the Company’s facilities and operations could increase its costs of doing business or harm the
Company’s ability to satisfy customer demand, develop, test and launch new products, and service its products
and customers.
As a vertically integrated business, the Company has various facilities and operations including manufacturing, assembly,
distribution, logistics, field services, home delivery, headquarter, product development, retail and customer service.
Sleep Number operates a dedicated cut and sew facility for cover production in Irmo, SC and an advanced engineering
and prototyping facility in Salt Lake City, UT. Each of these facilities are combined with an assembly distribution center
(ADC). There are five additional ADCs (Ontario, CA; Tampa, FL; Minneapolis, MN; Cincinnati, OH; and Dallas, TX) and
one former assembly distribution center now used as a distribution center (Baltimore, MD). The seven ADCs leverage
component inventory to pre-assemble 100% of its smart mattresses to order rather than stocking finished goods. The
Company has field service and home delivery operations and contractors that deliver and service its products across the
country as well as a bedding fulfillment center that ships bedding products to consumers via third-party services. The
product development and testing operations primarily occur in the Company’s corporate headquarters in Minneapolis,
Minnesota and Sleep Number Labs facility in San Jose, California. Sleep Number’s customer service operations are
largely remote positions with team members located across the country and international third-party contractors, and the
Company has retail stores across the country. Disruption to any of the Company’s operations, facilities, workforce, third-
party contractors, or the Company’s nationwide logistics network could harm or delay its ability to satisfy customer
demand, develop, test and launch new products, service its products and customers, and increase its costs. The
Company’s metrics related to customer’s experience indicate that the customer experience has declined due to reduced
investments and a change in the Company’s approach to its customer service operations, including through the use of
third-party contractors. Such impacts and delays could adversely affect the Company’s sales, customer satisfaction,
profitability, cash flows, availability of credit, and financial condition.
Any future acquisitions or business combinations the Company completes involve a number of risks, the
occurrence of which could adversely affect the Company’s business, reputation, operating results and financial
condition.
The Company’s ability to complete future acquisitions and business combinations will depend, in part, on the availability
of suitable candidates at acceptable prices, terms, and conditions; the Company’s ability to compete effectively for
acquisition candidates; and the availability of capital and personnel to complete such acquisitions and run the acquired
business effectively. The benefits of an acquisition or business combination may take more time than expected to
develop or integrate into the Company’s operations, and the Company cannot guarantee that future acquisitions or
business combinations will, in fact, produce any benefits. Acquisitions and business combinations may involve a number
of risks, the occurrence of which could adversely affect the Company’s business, reputation, operating results and
24 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
financial condition, including: (i) diversion of management’s attention; (ii) disruption to the Company’s existing
operations and plans or the inability to effectively manage the Company’s expanded operations; (iii) reallocation of
amounts of capital from other operating initiatives and/or an increase in the Company’s leverage and debt service
requirements to fund any acquisitions or other business venture investments, which could in turn restrict the Company’s
ability to access additional capital when needed or pursue other important elements of its business strategy; (iv)
infringement by acquired businesses of intellectual property rights of others; (v) violation of confidentiality, intellectual
property and non-compete obligations or agreements by employees of an acquired business or lack of or inadequate
formal intellectual property protection mechanisms in place at an acquired business; (vi) inaccurate assessment of
additional post-acquisition investments, undisclosed, contingent, tax or other liabilities or problems, unanticipated costs
associated with an acquisition, and an inability to recover or manage such liabilities and costs; (vii) incorrect estimates
made in the accounting for acquisitions and incurrence of non-recurring charges, including restructuring charges in
connection with any future effort to reduce costs and streamline operations; and (viii) additional risks that may arise as a
result of the acquisition of international entities, including managing international laws and regulations applicable to the
business, operations and personnel.
Risks Related to Workforce
The Company’s operating performance, profitability, and future growth depend upon its ability to attract, retain
and motivate qualified and effective personnel.
As a vertically integrated manufacturer and retailer, the Company’s future growth and profitability will depend upon its
ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel in a wide variety of areas to execute its growth strategy,
including qualified management and executive personnel, retail sales professionals and managers, and manufacturing,
home delivery and technical personnel. In addition, the Company’s success will depend upon the effectiveness of its
organizational leadership and managers as well as the capabilities of its team members; some of these risks may be
heightened while the Company works through the current CEO transition. The current labor challenges or other
economic factors may prevent the Company, and its suppliers and vendors, from successfully hiring and retaining
qualified personnel. The failure to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel or the lack of effective organizational
leadership, management or appropriate team capabilities or resources may hinder the Company’s ability to execute its
business strategy and growth initiatives and may adversely impact the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and
financial condition.
Certain portions of the Company’s workforce, in particular its home delivery, logistics, manufacturing, warehouse, and
retail, may seek to unionize or engage in unionization activities. Such activities may cause distraction from the Company’s
core business, reduce the Company’s ability to manufacture, sell, or deliver its products, increase the Company’s costs,
reduce efficiency, and adversely impact the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Risks Related to Legal Compliance and Legal Proceedings
The Company’s business is subject to a wide variety of government laws and regulations. These laws and
regulations, as well as any new or changed laws or regulations, could disrupt the Company’s operations or
increase its compliance costs. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have further adverse
impacts on the Company’s operations.
The Company is subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations relating to the bedding industry or to various aspects of
its business. Laws and regulations at the international, federal, state and local levels frequently change and the Company
cannot always reasonably predict the impact from, or the ultimate cost of compliance with, future regulatory or
administrative changes. Changes in law, the imposition of new or additional regulations or the enactment of any new or
more stringent legislation that impacts employment and labor, trade, advertising claims, marketing practices, pricing,
consumer credit offerings, “do not call/mail” requirements, text messaging requirements, product testing and safety,
health and wellness product requirements, use of artificial intelligence, transportation and logistics, health care, tax,
accounting, privacy and data security, health and safety or environmental issues, warranty disclosures, delivery timing
requirements, accessibility requirements, among others, could require the Company to change the way it does business
and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition. New
or different laws or regulations could increase direct compliance costs for the Company or may cause its vendors to raise
the prices they charge the Company because of increased compliance costs. Further, the adoption of a multi-layered
regulatory approach to any one of the state or federal laws or regulations to which the Company is currently subject,
25 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
particularly where the layers are in conflict, could require alteration of its manufacturing processes or operational
parameters which may adversely impact the Company’s business.
Legislative or regulatory changes that impact the Company’s relationship with its workforce, such as minimum wage
requirements or health insurance or other employee benefits mandates, could increase the Company’s expenses and
adversely affect its operations. While it is Sleep Number’s policy and practice to comply with legal and regulatory
requirements and its procedures and internal controls are designed to promote such compliance, the Company cannot
assure that all of its operations will comply with all such legal and regulatory requirements. Further, laws and regulations
change over time and the Company may be required to incur significant expenses and/or to modify its operations in
order to ensure compliance. This could harm the Company’s profitability, cash flows and financial condition. If Sleep
Number is found to be in violation of any laws or regulations, it could become subject to fines, penalties, damages or
other sanctions as well as potential adverse publicity or litigation exposure. This could adversely impact the Company’s
business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
The Company’s ability to commercialize new products and innovations may be delayed or prevented by
regulatory requirements.
As the Company works to develop innovations with enhanced health capabilities, including possible capabilities of
providing advanced monitoring and health risk evaluations, depending on the features that ultimately become
commercially available, some features may require regulatory requirements or approvals beyond those that apply to
Sleep Number’s current products or features. Further, if the Company partners with third-parties to assist in providing
customers with health risk evaluations, diagnosis, or care, such relationships may implicate regulations that do not
currently apply to the Company or its operations. These additional regulatory requirements or approvals may be
prohibitively expensive or otherwise delay or prevent certain features, innovations, or product from being
commercialized or, if regulations are applied in an unanticipated manner, could require removal of previously
commercialized products, ceasing partnerships or business relationships, or result in further regulatory actions or
penalties. This could adversely impact the Company’s business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows and financial
condition.
Risks Related to the Company’s Information Systems and Cybersecurity
Information systems that contain confidential Company data, consumers’ personal information, and team
members’ personal information may be subject to attacks by hackers or other cyber threats that could
compromise the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the data, which could substantially disrupt the
Company’s business and could result in a breach of the data.
The Company’s information systems and information systems of third-party vendors it uses to assist in the storage and
management of information, including on-premise and cloud-based systems, contain personal, financial, and SleepIQ®
data and information related to its customers and team members collected and maintained in the ordinary course of its
business. These information systems also contain confidential Company data regarding its business and innovations. The
Company’s use and dependence on its information systems has increased with amplified remote working and has
required additional data storage in cloud-based systems. While the Company maintains, and requires the Company’s
third-party vendors to maintain, security measures to protect this information, a breach of these security measures, such
as through third-party action and attacks, team member error, access to its data and systems, malfeasance or otherwise,
could compromise the security of the Company’s data and customers’ and team members’ personal information. Like
many other businesses, Sleep Number has and will likely continue to experience cyber-based attacks and incidents from
time to time. As the techniques used to breach security measures change frequently and may not be recognized until
launched against a target, the Company may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate
preventive measures. In addition, the Company or its third-party vendors may not be successful in timely identifying or
remediating cyber-based attacks and incidents. Any failure of the Company’s systems and processes or its third-party
vendors’ systems and processes to adequately protect its data or customer or team member personal information from
exposure, theft or loss could adversely impact the Company’s business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows and
financial condition.
26 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Advancements in and adoption of artificial intelligence technologies may increase cost and risks associated with
competition, regulatory requirements, and cybersecurity threats.
Rapidly evolving technological and regulatory developments related to artificial intelligence and related technologies
may increase competitive, legal, and security risks facing the Company. To effectively compete, the Company may need
to increase investments to innovate new capabilities and features based on artificial intelligence as well as to develop
appropriate protections, safeguards, and policies for handling the processing of data. In addition, the regulatory and
legal landscape regarding artificial intelligence is rapidly evolving and the Company may be challenged to timely comply
in a cost-effective manner. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with evolving regulatory frameworks regarding, or
the introduction of potential or actual bias through, the development and use of artificial intelligence could adversely
affect the Company’s business operations, reputation, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows and financial
condition. In addition, new artificial intelligence technologies may increase the risk of internal or external data loss,
misappropriation of intellectual property, and enable cyber-attackers to create increasingly effective and powerful
methods of cyber-attack, including, for example, the development of malicious code, denial-of-service attacks, use of
quantum computing, sophisticated phishing attempts, and other attacks. The Company may not be able to sufficiently
identify, withstand, and remediate such attacks, which may cause disruption to business operations and harm the
Company’s sales, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Any maintenance, improvements or upgrades to information systems and services that may be required to meet
the ongoing and evolving needs of the Company’s business and cybersecurity needs as well as existing and
emerging regulatory requirements may be costly to implement, may take longer or require greater resources
than anticipated and may result in disruptions to its systems or business.
The Company depends on its information systems and services for many aspects of its business including those provided
by suppliers and third parties. Sleep Number has and may continue to have disruptions or outages to these information
systems and services that negatively impact its business and systems. If the Company’s information systems and services
or if any suppliers or other third-parties’ information systems and services upon which the Company relies are disrupted
in any material way, or maintenance, improvements or upgrades are required to meet the ongoing or evolving needs of
its business, cybersecurity needs, and existing and emerging regulatory requirements, then the Company may be
required to incur significant capital expenditures in the pursuit of continuity, improvements or upgrades to its information
systems and services. These efforts may take longer and may require greater financial and other resources than
anticipated, may cause distraction of key personnel, and may cause short-term disruptions, fines, security vulnerabilities
to, or otherwise negatively impact the Company’s existing systems and business. Any of these outcomes could impair
the Company’s ability to achieve critical strategic initiatives and could adversely impact the Company’s sales,
profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Risks Related to the Company’s Stock
The Company’s stock price has and may continue to fluctuate and the Company’s financial results, removal from
various stock indices and other factors have and may continue to adversely affect the Company’s stock price.
The Company’s stock price has and may continue to fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors such as: the
overall performance of the equity markets and the economy as a whole; the Company’s’ financial and operating
performance, which may fluctuate due to the risk factors set forth herein; changes in the financial projections the
Company or third parties may provide to the public or the Company’s failure to meet these projections; actual or
anticipated changes in its growth rate relative to that of its competitors; inclusion or removal from various stock indices;
significant stock trades by large shareholders; failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of the Company;
changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow the Company or its failure to meet these estimates or the
expectations of investors; sales of share of the Company’s common stock by Sleep Number or its shareholders
particularly sales by its directors, executive officers and significant shareholders or the perception that these sales could
occur. Although the Company’s common shares are quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the volume of trades on any
given day may be limited and, as a result, shareholders might not be able to sell or purchase its common shares at the
volume, price or time desired. Effective December 4, 2023, the Company’s common shares were removed from the S&P
SmallCap 600 index. This removal and any other removal from various stock indices has and may continue to cause index
funds, institutional investors, or other shareholders attempting to track the composition of that index to sell the
Company’s common stock, adversely affecting the stock price.
27 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
A substantial amount of the Company’s stock is held by a small number of large investors and significant sales of
its common stock by one or more of these holders could adversely affect the Company’s stock price.
As of December 28, 2024, the Company’s 25 largest holders of common stock were investors who held approximately
68% of the outstanding shares of common stock in the aggregate. These investors have sold and may sell some or all of
their shares at any time for a variety of reasons, and such sales could depress the market price of the Company’s
common stock, which could adversely affect the Company’s stock price. In addition, any such sales of the Company’s
common stock by these entities could also impair its ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity
securities.
The Company’s business could be negatively affected as a result of shareholder activism.
While the Company welcomes shareholders’ constructive input, the Company could be negatively affected as a result of
shareholder activism, which could cause the Company to incur significant expense, disrupt the execution of its business
strategy, and impact the performance of its stock price. The Company has been, and may continue to be, the subject of
shareholder activism, and it is subject to the risks associated therewith. Responding to shareholder activism, including
proxy contests, requires significant time and attention from management and the Board, potentially interfering with the
Company’s ability to execute its strategic plan. The Company may be required to incur significant legal fees and other
expenses, and the attention of management may be diverted by such activism. Any of these impacts could materially
and adversely affect the Company’s business and operating results, and the Company’s stock price has experienced, and
may continue to experience, fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by shareholder activism.
If securities analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about the Company, the Company’s
business, or if they change their recommendations regarding the Company’s stock adversely, the price of the
Company’s common stock and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for the Company’s common stock could be influenced by any research and reports that securities or
industry analysts publish about the Company, the Company’s business or the Company’s market. If one or more of the
analysts who covers the Company downgrades the Company’s common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable
research about the Company, the Company’s business or the Company’s market, the price of the Company’s common
stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on
the Company regularly, demand for the Company’s common stock could decrease, which could cause the price of the
Company’s common stock and trading volume to decline.
Risks Related to Tax Treatment
Unfavorable tax treatment may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition.
The Company's effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the valuation allowance of deferred tax
assets or changes in tax laws. The Company has significant deferred tax assets and must generate sufficient earnings of
the appropriate character in order to utilize its deferred tax assets. If the Company’s earnings remain flat or decline over
an extended period of time, it may not be able to utilize its deferred tax assets and it may need to record a valuation
allowance against them that could adversely affect its results of operations, cash flows and financial condition in the
period in which the valuation allowance is recorded.
Risks Related to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters
The Company’s priorities and progress with respect to sustainability, or Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG), matters, and scrutiny and evolving expectations from the public, investors, and others related thereto,
may expose the Company to numerous risks, including risks to its reputation and stock price, and may impose
additional costs on the Company.
There has been an increased focus on the Company’s ESG practices within the general markets. Investor advocacy
groups, investment funds and influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they
relate to the environment, climate change, health and safety, supply chain management, diversity, equity and inclusion,
labor conditions and human rights, both in their own operations and in the Company’s operations and supply chain.
28 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Additionally, different stakeholder groups have divergent views on ESG matters, which increases the risk that any action
or lack thereof with respect to ESG matters may be perceived negatively by at least some stakeholders and adversely
impact the Company’s reputation and business. Sleep Number’s current ESG priorities reflect the Company’s strategic
plans and aspirations and are not guarantees that it will be able to achieve them. The Company’s ability to achieve any
ESG-related objectives is subject to numerous risks, many of which are outside of its control, including: the availability
and cost of low-or non-carbon-based energy sources and technologies, evolving regulatory requirements affecting
relevant standards or disclosures, the availability of vendors and suppliers that can meet its sustainability and other
standards, and the availability of raw materials that meet and further the Company’s ESG objectives. It is possible that
some stakeholders may not be satisfied with the Company’s ESG practices or initiatives or the speed with which the
Company is implementing these initiatives. Equally, it is possible that some stakeholders may be opposed to the
implementation of such initiatives at all, which could result in customer backlash or other adverse effects. Anti-ESG
sentiment has gained momentum across the United States, with several states having enacted or proposed “anti-ESG”
policies or legislation, or issued related legal opinions. The federal government has similarly taken action to curtail ESG
initiatives. Accordingly, the Company’s efforts to accomplish and accurately report its progress present numerous
operational, reputational, financial, legal, and other risks, any of which could have a material adverse impact, including
on the Company’s reputation, stock price, and results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. Sleep Number
could also incur additional costs and require additional resources to implement various projects that impact the progress
made against its priorities and hurt its ability to monitor and track its performance with respect to such priorities.
If the Company’s ESG practices do not meet evolving standards or the Company cannot make progress on its priorities,
then the Company’s reputation, its ability to attract or retain employees and its competitiveness, including as an
investment and business partner, could be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if Sleep Number’s competitors’ ESG
performance is perceived to be better than the Company’s, potential or current customers and investors may elect to do
business with its competitors instead, and the Company’s ability to attract or retain employees could be negatively
impacted. The Company’s failure, or perceived failure, to pursue or fulfill its priorities and objectives or to satisfy various
reporting standards within the timelines the Company announces, or at all, could also expose the Company to
government enforcement actions and private litigation.
The standards for tracking and reporting on ESG matters are relatively new, have not been formalized and continue to
evolve. Collecting, measuring, and reporting ESG information and metrics can be difficult and time consuming. While
Sleep Number has taken steps to evolve its priorities and related disclosures, including through implementing enhanced
data collection methods and reporting certain data under recognized reporting frameworks and standards, the
Company’s practices may not meet the standards of all of its stakeholders and advocacy groups may campaign for
further changes. Additionally, the Company’s selected disclosure framework or standards may need to be changed from
time to time, which may result in a lack of consistent or meaningful comparative data from period to period. Further, the
Company’s interpretation of reporting frameworks or standards may differ from those of others and such frameworks or
standards may change over time, any of which could result in significant revisions to the Company’s ESG priorities or
reported progress. Organizations that provide information to investors on corporate governance and other matters have
developed rating systems for evaluating companies on their approach to ESG. Unfavorable ratings may lead to negative
investor sentiment, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s stock price.
Climate change and legal or regulatory responses may adversely affect the Company’s business, operations and
financial condition.
Climate change presents various near- and long-term risks that may adversely impact the Company’s business. The
enactment of new laws and regulations to address or limit the effects of climate change, or changes to existing laws and
regulations, could mandate more restrictive standards or require such changes on a more accelerated time frame. The
consequences of climate change and the ensuing governmental regulations could disrupt the Company’s operations or
harm its ability to source necessary materials and components and manufacture its products, which may adversely affect
the Company’s financial condition. If public perception of Sleep Number’s compliance with laws and regulations related
to climate change is negative, it could adversely affect the Company’s business, reputation and shareholder perception.
Adverse publicity or climate-related litigation that impacts the Company could also have a negative impact on its
business.
Extreme weather, natural disasters, power outages, or other unexpected climate-related events could result in physical
damage to and complete or partial closure of one or more of the Company’s manufacturing, distribution centers or other
facilities or those of its suppliers, temporary or long-term disruption in its supply chain or logistics, disruption of or harm
29 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
to the Company’s workforce and/or disruption of its ability to deliver products to customers. Current or future insurance
arrangements may not provide protection for costs that may arise from such events, particularly if such events are
catastrophic in nature or if multiple such events occur. Climate change may also subject the Company’s business to
significant increases or volatility in the prices of certain commodities, including but not limited to electronic
componentry, fuel, oil, natural gas, rubber, cotton, plastic resin, corrugate, plywood, steel and chemical ingredients used
to produce foam, as well as third-party logistic costs. Further, the long-term effects of climate change on general
economic conditions and the Company’s industry in particular are unclear, and changes in the supply, demand, or
available sources of energy and the regulatory and other costs associated with energy production and delivery may
affect the availability or cost of goods and services, including natural resources, necessary to run its business. Any long-
term disruption in the Company’s ability to service its customers from one or more manufacturing, distribution centers or
other facilities could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Climate disclosure rules may increase the Company’s compliance costs and may subject the Company to litigation
or other risks, which would materially and adversely affect its future results of operations and financial condition.
The SEC adopted climate disclosure rules, which require new climate-related disclosures in SEC filings, including certain
climate-related metrics and greenhouse gas emissions data, information about climate-related targets and goals,
transition plans, if any, and extensive attestation requirements. However, these climate disclosure rules have been the
subject of multiple legal challenges, so the extent to which the rules will go into effect remains uncertain. At the state
level, California has enacted legislation that would require the Company to make broad-based climate-related
disclosures for its fiscal year 2025, and other states are considering similar measures. In addition to requiring filers to
quantify and disclose direct emissions data, the California rules and the SEC rules (should they become effective) also
would require disclosure of climate impact arising from the operations and uses by the filer’s business partners and
contractors and end-users of the filer’s products and/or services. The Company is taking steps to refine measurements
and ensure readiness for third-party assurance of greenhouse gas measurements and increasing readiness to report
under prescribed frameworks as required by the California rules, but at this time, it cannot predict the costs of
implementation or any specific potential adverse impacts resulting from the new rules. Sleep Number will incur increased
costs relating to the collection, review and assurance for new required disclosures of climate metrics and climate-related
risks and may experience increased litigation, regulatory, business, reputation, or other risks related to disclosures made
pursuant to the new rules. Either the increased cost to comply with the new rules or the potential for increased litigation
and other risks could materially and adversely affect the Company’s future results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition. Additionally, standards for tracking and reporting on sustainability matters have not been harmonized.
Changes to these standards could require adjustments to the Company’s accounting or operational policies, as well as
updates to the Company’s existing systems to meet these obligations. The Company will, therefore, likely need to be
prepared to contend with overlapping, yet distinct, climate-related disclosure approaches, frameworks and
requirements.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Sleep Number uses a “defense in depth” approach for its cybersecurity risk management program leveraging the
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) framework, which organizes cybersecurity risks into five
categories: identify, protect, detect, respond and recover. The Company regularly assesses the threat landscape for
cybersecurity risks, with a strategy based on prevention, detection and mitigation. The Company’s information
technology (IT) security team--led by the VP of Information Security, Infrastructure and Architecture and Chief Information
Officer--reviews cybersecurity risks on an ongoing basis. IT security team members who support the Company’s
information security program have relevant educational and industry experience. The VP of Information Security,
Infrastructure and Architecture, and their team, provide regular reports to senior management, the Audit Committee,
and other relevant teams on various cybersecurity threats, assessments and findings. The IT Security team has
established policies, standards, processes and practices for assessing, identifying, and managing material risks from
cybersecurity threats (including Generative AI associated risks), which are also identified and assessed through the
Company’s overall risk management program, including quarterly assessments of IT systems, cybersecurity and related
risks. The Company engages in an ongoing review of all cybersecurity events and threats to assess the materiality of
each event, if any.
30 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
The Company maintains controls and procedures that are designed to ensure prompt escalation of certain cybersecurity
incidents so that decisions regarding public disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management and
the Audit Committee in a timely manner.
The Company assesses cybersecurity risks on an ongoing basis, including assessing and deploying technical safeguards
designed to protect its information systems from cybersecurity threats. The Company has established comprehensive
incident response and recovery plans, regularly tests and evaluates the effectiveness of those plans, and maintains
cybersecurity risk insurance.
The Company implements processes to identify, prioritize, assess, mitigate and remediate risks associated with third-
party service providers. It conducts security assessments of critical third-party providers before engagement and
maintains ongoing monitoring to ensure compliance with the Company’s cybersecurity standards. The monitoring
includes ongoing assessments by the IT security team. This approach is designed to mitigate risks related to data
breaches or other security incidents originating from third parties. The Company also contractually requires third parties
it engages to implement security programs commensurate with their risk.
The Company regularly reminds its team members and contractors of the importance of handling and protecting
customer and employee data. The Company provides all its team members with dedicated cybersecurity awareness
training annually and conducts monthly phishing simulation testing and other cybersecurity awareness campaigns (e.g.,
intranet articles, cybersecurity awareness month).
The Company engages with a range of external experts, including cybersecurity assessors, consultants, auditors, and
legal counsel, in evaluating and testing its cybersecurity risk management systems. This enables the Company to
leverage specialized knowledge, experience and insights, to help ensure its cybersecurity strategies and processes
remain current.
•The Company has cybersecurity operations and security engineering capabilities that provide comprehensive
monitoring to detect and respond to cyber threats and alerts and execute cyber incident response playbooks. This
includes a vulnerability management program which identifies and drives remediation of risks. The Company
employs a wide array of industry-leading security platforms and tools.
•The Company has retained data security and data privacy legal counsel whose practices focus on data breach
response, information security compliance, and compliance with the data privacy laws in the various jurisdictions in
which the Company operates.
•In addition, the Company engages specialized consultants and third-party managed service providers on a project-
specific basis to assist it with projects that will improve the Company’s IT infrastructure, strengthen its security
posture and cyber incident investigations, and improve its cyber readiness.
Management’s Role
The Chief Information Officer (CIO) has primary operational responsibility for the Company’s cybersecurity function. The
CIO has served in various roles in information technology and information security for over 28 years with nine years’
experience specifically in cybersecurity. The CIO, together with the Vice President of Information Security, Infrastructure
and Architecture – who has 20 years of cybersecurity experience and has maintained a Certified Information Systems
Security Professional (CISSP) certification since 2008 – and the Chief Legal and Risk Officer have primary responsibility for
assessing and managing material cybersecurity risks. This group, and their supporting teams, meets quarterly to review
security performance metrics, identify security risks, and assess the status of approved security enhancements. This
group also considers and makes recommendations on security policies and procedures, security service requirements,
and risk mitigation strategies.
Board Oversight
At the Board level, the Audit Committee is formally tasked with assisting the full Board in overseeing information security
systems, including cybersecurity, and reporting to the Board with respect to significant and material developments or
proposed changes to the Company’s cybersecurity framework. The Audit Committee receives regular reports from the
CIO and the Vice President of Information Security, Infrastructure and Architecture about the prevention, detection,
31 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents, including material security risks and information security threats
and risks. The Audit Committee also receives regular updates from management on cybersecurity risk resulting from risk
assessments, progress of risk reduction initiatives, and relevant internal and industry cybersecurity incidents and
emerging threats.
The Company has not experienced any material security incidents or data breaches as a result of a compromise of its
information systems and is not aware of any cybersecurity incidents that have had a material impact, or are reasonably
likely to materially effect, its business strategy, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
32 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Retail Locations
Sleep Number currently leases all of its existing retail store locations and expects that its policy of leasing stores, rather
than owning stores, will continue. The Company leases its retail stores under operating leases which, in addition to the
minimum lease payments, may require payment of a proportionate share of the real estate taxes and certain building
operating expenses. The Company retail store leases generally provide for an initial lease term of five to 10 years. In
addition, the mall-based retail store leases may require payment of contingent rent based on net sales in excess of
certain thresholds. Certain retail store leases may contain options to extend the term of the original lease.
The following table summarizes the geographic locations of Sleep Number’s 640 retail stores as of December 28, 2024:
 
Retail
Stores
 
Retail
Stores
 
Retail
Stores
Alabama
10
Louisiana
11
Ohio
20
Alaska
1
Maine
3
Oklahoma
6
Arizona
15
Maryland
16
Oregon
8
Arkansas
8
Massachusetts
10
Pennsylvania
25
California
68
Michigan
20
Rhode Island
1
Colorado
15
Minnesota
16
South Carolina
10
Connecticut
6
Mississippi
5
South Dakota
2
Delaware
2
Missouri
12
Tennessee
15
Florida
46
Montana
4
Texas
58
Georgia
23
Nebraska
5
Utah
7
Hawaii
2
Nevada
6
Vermont
1
Idaho
3
New Hampshire
4
Virginia
20
Illinois
24
New Jersey
15
Washington
18
Indiana
14
New Mexico
4
West Virginia
3
Iowa
6
New York
21
Wisconsin
12
Kansas
5
North Carolina
21
Wyoming
2
Kentucky
9
North Dakota
2
Total
640
Manufacturing, Distribution and Headquarters
The Company leases its 238,000 square-foot corporate headquarters in Minneapolis, MN. The lease term commenced in
November 2017 and runs through October 2032. The lease includes three five-year renewal options.
The Company leases facilities, each of which is combined with an assembly distribution center, (Irmo, SC and Salt Lake
City, UT) of approximately 151,000 square feet and approximately 158,000 square feet, respectively. The Irmo facility
lease runs through June 2026, with two five-year renewal options. The Salt Lake City facility leases run through July 2025,
with one five-year renewal option.
The Company has five additional assembly distribution centers (Ontario, CA; Tampa, FL; Minneapolis, MN; Cincinnati,
OH; and Dallas, TX) and one former assembly distribution center now used as a distribution center (Baltimore, MD), with
a combined total square footage of approximately 700,000 square feet and lease terms ending in October 2025 through
May 2032. The leases include one or two, three- to five-year option renewals. The Company also operates a bedding
fulfillment center at the same location at its Cincinnati, OH assembly distribution center.
33 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company’s legal proceedings are discussed in Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, Legal Proceedings, of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
34 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Sleep Number’s common stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Select Market) under the
symbol “SNBR.” As of January 25, 2025, there were approximately 181 holders of record of Sleep Number common
stock.
The Company is not restricted from paying cash dividends under the Credit Agreement so long as it is not in default
under the Credit Agreement, its leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) after giving effect to such restricted
payments (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed 3.00:1.00 and no default or event of default (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) would result therefrom. At December 28, 2024, the Company exceeded the 3.00:1:00
leverage ratio. Sleep Number has not historically paid, and has no current plans to pay, cash dividends on the
Company’s common stock.
Information concerning share repurchases completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 is set forth below:
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)(2)
Average
Price
Paid per
Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(1)
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(3)
September 29, 2024 through October 26, 2024
205
$14.65
$348,071,000
October 27, 2024 through November 23, 2024
1,530
$12.34
348,071,000
November 24, 2024 through December 28, 2024
891
$19.84
348,071,000
Total
2,626
$15.07
$348,071,000
____________________
(1)Sleep Number did not repurchase any shares during the three months ended December 28, 2024 under its Board-approved $600 million share
repurchase program (effective April 4, 2021).
(2)In connection with the vesting of employee restricted stock grants, the Company repurchased 2,626 shares of its common stock at a cost of
$39 thousand during the three months ended December 28, 2024.
(3)There is no expiration date governing the period over which the Company can repurchase shares under its Board-approved share repurchase
program. Any repurchased shares are constructively retired and returned to an unissued status.
35 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Comparative Stock Performance
The graph below compares the total cumulative shareholder return on Sleep Number’s common stock over the last five
years to the total cumulative return on the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) 400 Specialty Stores Index and The Nasdaq Stock
Market (U.S.) Index assuming a $100 investment made on December 28, 2019. Each of the three measures of cumulative
total return assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily
indicative of future price performance. The information contained in this “Comparative Stock Performance” section shall
not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” or incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC, or
subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the
Company specifically requests that it be treated as soliciting material or incorporate it by reference into a document filed
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
2661
 
12/28/19
01/02/21
01/01/22
12/31/22
12/30/23
12/28/24
Sleep Number Corporation
$100
$165
$154
$52
$30
$31
S&P 400 Specialty Stores Index
$100
$119
$173
$162
$199
$195
The Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S.) Index
$100
$145
$177
$118
$170
$223
36 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 6. RESERVED
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Forward-Looking Statements
The discussion in this Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements that relate to future plans,
events, financial results or performance. You can identify forward-looking statements by those that are not
historical in nature, particularly those that use terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,”
“anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative
of these or similar terms. These statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ materially from the Company’s historical experience and present expectations or projections.
These risks and uncertainties include, among others:
•Changes in economic conditions and consumer sentiment and related impacts on discretionary consumer spending;
•Interest rates remain elevated, and may further increase and impact the cost of servicing the Company’s
indebtedness;
•Access to alternative financing options may depend on factors beyond the Company’s control or require the
Company to accept unfavorable terms;
•Availability of attractive and cost-effective consumer credit options;
•Ability to achieve cost savings, efficiencies and other benefits from its business restructuring actions and to avoid
adverse effects;
•Effectiveness and efficiency of the Company’s marketing strategy and promotions;
•Ability to execute Sleep Number’s Total Retail distribution strategy;
•Ability to compete effectively;
•Ability to achieve and maintain high levels of product and service quality;
•Ability to improve and expand the product line and execute new product introductions;
•Ability to protect the Company’s technology, trademarks and brand, and the adequacy of its intellectual property
rights;
•Dependence on, and ability to maintain working relationships with key suppliers and third parties, including some
that are the only source of supply or services currently used by the Company;
•Fluctuations in commodity costs or third-party delivery or logistics costs and other inflationary pressures;
•Risks inherent in global-sourcing activities, including tariffs, foreign regulation, geo-political turmoil, war, pandemics,
labor challenges, foreign currency fluctuations, inflation, climate or other disasters and resulting supply shortages,
and production and delivery delays and disruptions;
Operating with minimal levels of inventory, which may leave the Company vulnerable to supply shortages;
•Risks of disruption in the operation of any of the Company’s facilities and operations, including manufacturing,
assembly, distribution, logistics, field services, home delivery, headquarters, product development, retail or customer
service operations;
•Ability to effectively complete potential future acquisitions and business combinations;
•Sleep Number’s ability, and the ability of its suppliers and vendors, to attract, retain and motivate qualified and
effective personnel;
•Ability to comply with existing and changing government regulations and laws, and to commercialize new products
and innovations that meet those existing and changing government regulations and laws;
•Ability to identify and withstand cyber threats that could compromise the security of the Company’s systems or those
of third parties upon which it relies and could result in a data breach or business disruption;
•Risks associated with advancements in or adoption of artificial intelligence technologies;
37 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
•Adequacy of the Company’s and third-party information systems, and costs and disruptions related to upgrading or
maintaining these systems;
•Volatility of Sleep Number stock, its removal from various stock indices and the potential negative effects of
shareholder activism or of changes in coverage by securities analysts;
•Unfavorable tax treatment;
•Environmental, social and governance risks, including increasing scrutiny and evolving regulatory and stakeholder
expectations; and
•Ability to adapt to climate change and readiness for legal or regulatory responses thereto.
Additional information concerning these and other risks and uncertainties is contained under the caption “Item
1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) is intended to provide
a reader of the Company’s consolidated financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on its
financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect its future results. The
Company’s MD&A is presented in the following sections:
•Overview
•Results of Operations
•Liquidity and Capital Resources
•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
•Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Business Overview
Sleep Number is a wellness technology company and market leader in the design, manufacturing, marketing and
distribution of highly innovative sleep solutions. The Company’s purpose is to improve the health and wellbeing of
society through higher quality sleep; to date, it has improved the lives of approximately 16 million people. Sleep
Number’s Smart Sleepers benefit from individualized sleep experiences, night after night, and are experiencing the
physical, mental and emotional benefits of life-changing sleep.
Sleep Number’s life-changing, differentiated smart beds combine physical and digital innovations, integrating
unparalleled physical comfort with a highly advanced technology platform. The smart beds offer the Company’s
signature firmness adjustability, enabling each sleeper adjustable comfort. Embedded digital sensors learn the sleep
needs of each individual; “sense and do” technology uses the sensed data to automatically adjust the smart bed to keep
the sleeper comfortable throughout the night. Active temperature balancing technology supports the ideal climate for
both sleepers and solves a prevalent sleep challenge. Additionally, the smart beds are an exceptional value, with
personalized sleep insights delivered daily, new features regularly added to all smart beds through over-the-air updates
and prices to meet most budgets. Sleep Number® smart beds provide unmatched features, benefits and comfort that
can lead to improved sleep health and wellness for both sleepers.
The Company’s advantaged business model is supported by its consumer innovation strategy: an individualized, digital
sleep wellness platform, a network of highly engaged Smart Sleepers, a vertically integrated operating model and a
culture of individuality, with an ambitious vision to become one of the world’s most beloved brands. Sleep Number’s
exclusive distribution meets its customers whenever and wherever they choose – through digital and in-store touchpoints
– to provide an exceptional experience and a lifelong relationship. The Company partners with world-leading institutions
to bring the power of 31 billion hours of longitudinal sleep data to sleep science and research. And Sleep Number’s
3,700 purpose-driven team members are dedicated to the Company’s mission of improving lives by individualizing sleep
experiences.
The bedding industry has been in a sector level recession for three years with mattress industry unit volumes returning to
an estimated 24 million units in 2024, the lowest level since 2015. Consumer sentiment remains well below historical
averages and high interest rates are putting ongoing pressure on the housing market. Consumers continue to scrutinize
spending, with inflation and other factors weighing on their purchasing power. Since initiating the Company’s operating
38 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
model transformation in the back-half of 2023, the Company has executed structural changes to reduce fixed expenses,
while prioritizing improving margins and generating cash to create greater financial resilience across market cycles. The
Company generates revenue by marketing and selling its innovative smart beds directly to new and existing customers
through its vertically integrated, exclusive, direct-to-consumer retail touch points including Stores, Online, Phone, and
Chat (Total Retail).
Results of Operations
Financial Highlights for Fiscal 2024 were as follows:
•Net sales for 2024 decreased 11% to $1.7 billion, compared with $1.9 billion in 2023. Demand was impacted by the
ongoing weakness in the mattress industry and consumers continuing to scrutinize their spending.
•The net sales change resulted from a 10% comparable sales decrease in Total Retail. For additional details, see the
components of total net sales change on page 39.
•Average sales per store (sales for stores open at least one year, Total Retail, including online, phone and chat) for the
year ended December 28, 2024 totaled $2.6 million, compared with $2.9 million for the same period last year.
•Operating income for both 2024 and 2023 was $23 million. Operating income was pressured by the decrease in net
sales that was partially offset by the Company’s $86 million reduction in total operating expense that included $18
million of restructuring costs during 2024. The Company’s 2024 operating income rate increased to 1.4% of net
sales, compared with 1.2% of net sales in 2023. Its 2024 operating income rate was impacted by the deleveraging
impact of the 11% decrease in net sales.
•Adjusted EBITDA for 2024 was $120 million, compared to $127 million in 2023 due to year-over-year net sales
decline offset by ongoing gross margin improvements and cost reduction actions.
•Gross profit rate of 59.6% was 1.9 percentage points (ppt.) higher than the prior-year. The increase was primarily due
to year-over-year product cost reductions through value engineering and ongoing supplier negotiations and
efficiency gains in home delivery and logistics operations. For additional details, see the gross profit discussion on
page 40.
•The $86 million year-over-year reduction in the Company’s operating expenses was due to lower sales and
marketing of $81 million and decreased research and development expenses of $11 million, partly offset by slight
increases in general and administrative expenses and restructuring costs when compared to 2023.
•Net loss in 2024 was $20 million, compared with $15 million in 2023. Net loss per diluted share increased to $0.90,
compared with $0.68 in 2023.
•The Company’s adjusted return on invested capital (Adjusted ROIC) was 7.6% in 2024, compared with 7.8% in 2023.
•The Company generated $27 million in cash from operating activities in 2024, compared with cash used in operating
activities of $9 million in 2023. Purchases of property and equipment for 2024 was $24 million, compared with
$57 million in 2023.
•Free cash flow provided $4 million for the year ended December 28, 2024, compared with using $66 million for the
same period last year.
•The Company ended 2024 with $547 million of borrowings under its revolving credit facility, compared with
$540 million at the end of 2023.
39 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
The following table sets forth the Company’s results of operations expressed as dollars and percentages of net sales.
Figures are in millions, except percentages and per share amounts. Amounts may not add due to rounding differences.
2024
2023
2022
$
% of
Net
Sales
$
% of
Net
Sales
$
% of
Net Sales
Net sales
$1,682.3
100.0%
$1,887.5
100.0 %
$2,114.3
100.0%
Cost of sales
679.5
40.4%
799.0
42.3 %
912.0
43.1%
Gross profit
1,002.8
59.6%
1,088.5
57.7 %
1,202.3
56.9%
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
766.6
45.6%
847.4
44.9 %
919.6
43.5%
General and administrative
150.0
8.9%
146.6
7.8 %
153.3
7.2%
Research and development
45.3
2.7%
55.8
3.0 %
61.5
2.9%
Restructuring costs
18.1
1.1%
15.7
0.8 %
—%
Total operating expenses
979.9
58.2%
1,065.6
56.5 %
1,134.4
53.7%
Operating income
22.9
1.4%
22.9
1.2 %
67.9
3.2%
Interest expense, net
48.4
2.9%
42.7
2.3 %
19.0
0.9%
(Loss) income before income taxes
(25.5)
(1.5%)
(19.8)
(1.0 %)
48.9
2.3%
Income tax (benefit) expense
(5.2)
(0.3%)
(4.5)
(0.2 %)
12.3
0.6%
Net (loss) income
$(20.3)
(1.2%)
$(15.3)
(0.8 %)
$36.6
1.7%
Net (loss) income per share:
Basic
$(0.90)
$(0.68)
$1.63
Diluted
$(0.90)
$(0.68)
$1.60
Weighted-average number of common shares:
Basic
22.6
22.4
22.4
Diluted
22.6
22.4
22.9
The percentage of the Company’s total net sales, by dollar volume, was as follows:
2024
2023
2022
Retail stores
87.6%
86.8%
86.3%
Online, phone, chat and other
12.4%
13.2%
13.7%
Total Company
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
The components of total net sales change, including comparable net sales changes, were as follows:
Net Sales Increase/(Decrease)
2024
2023
2022
Retail comparable-store sales(1)
(9%)
(12%)
(8%)
Online, phone and chat(1)
(17%)
(15%)
4%
Total Retail comparable sales change(1)
(10%)
(12%)
(6%)
Net opened/closed stores and other
(1%)
1%
3%
Total Company
(11%)
(11%)
(3%)
____________________
(1)Stores are included in the comparable-store calculation in the 13th full month of operations. Stores that have been remodeled or repositioned within
the same shopping center remain in the comparable-store base.
40 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Other sales metrics were as follows:
2024
2023
2022
Average sales per store ($ in thousands)(1)
$2,601
$2,853
$3,281
Average sales per square foot(1)
$841
$926
$1,081
Stores > $2 million in net sales(2)
57%
65%
76%
Stores > $3 million in net sales(2)
18%
24%
36%
Average revenue per smart bed unit – Total Retail(3)
$5,818
$5,755
$5,403
____________________
(1)Trailing-twelve months Total Retail comparable sales per store open at least one year.
(2)Trailing-twelve months for stores open at least one year (excludes Online, Phone and Chat sales).
(3)Represents Total Retail net sales divided by Total Retail smart bed units.
The number of retail stores operating was as follows:
2024
2023
2022
Beginning of period
672
670
648
Opened
12
36
49
Closed
(44)
(34)
(27)
End of period
640
672
670
Comparison of 2024 and 2023
Net sales
Net sales in 2024 decreased 11% to $1.7 billion, compared with $1.9 billion in 2023 due to the ongoing weakness in the
mattress industry and consumers continuing to scrutinize their spending. The net sales change consisted primarily of a
10% Total Retail comparable sales decrease. For additional details, see the components of total net sales growth on
page 39.
The $205 million net sales decrease compared with the same period one year ago was primarily comprised of: (i) a
$144 million decrease in the Company’s Total Retail comparable net sales; (ii) a $41 million decrease from phone, online
and chat; (iii) a $21 million decrease resulting from net opened/closed stores in the past 12 months; (iv) offset by a $1
million increase in wholesale/other. Total Retail smart bed unit sales decreased 12% compared with the prior year.
Average revenue per smart bed unit in Total Retail increased to $5,818, compared with $5,755 in the prior-year period.
Gross profit
Gross profit for 2024 of $1.0 billion decreased by $86 million, or 8%, compared with $1.09 billion in 2023. The 2024
gross profit rate increased to 59.6% of net sales, compared with 57.7% for the prior-year period. The 1.9 ppt. increase in
the gross profit rate was mainly due to: (i) year-over-year product cost reductions through value engineering and
ongoing supplier negotiations that increased the rate by 1.1 ppt; (ii) efficiency gains in home delivery and logistics
operations increased the rate by 1.0 ppt; (iii) favorable pricing actions taken over the past twelve months that increased
the rate by 0.8 ppt; (iv) lower returns costs increased the rate by 0.3 ppt; partially offset by (v) product mix of FlexFit
smart adjustable bases, which pressured the rate by 0.8 ppt; and (vi) lower delivered smart bed volume deleveraged the
rate by 0.5 ppt.
Sales and marketing expenses
Sales and marketing expenses decreased to $767 million in 2024, compared with $847 million last year. The sales and
marketing expense rate increased to 45.6% of net sales, compared with 44.9% for the same period one year ago. The
current-year sales and marketing expense rate increase of 0.7 ppt. was primarily due to the deleveraging impact of an
11% net sales decrease offset by a 10% decrease in expenses including a 9% lower media spend.
41 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative (G&A) expenses increased $3 million to $150 million in 2024, compared with $147 million in
the prior year, and increased to 8.9% of net sales, compared with 7.8% of net sales one year ago. The $3 million increase
in G&A expenses mainly consisted of the following: (i) an increase in miscellaneous other expense of $4.8 million, which
benefited during the prior year from legal and insurance settlements of $4.1 million; (ii) $4.6 million increase in company-
wide, performance-based incentive compensation due to the achievement of fiscal year performance targets in the
current year; partially offset by (iii) a $5.9 million reduction in employee compensation on lower headcount; and (iv) a
$1.0 million benefit from a decrease in other occupancy expenses. The G&A expenses rate increased by 1.1 ppt. in 2024,
compared with 2023 due to the items discussed above in addition to the deleveraging impact of the 11% net sales
decrease.
Research and development expenses
Research and development (R&D) expenses decreased by $11 million to $45 million in 2024, compared with $56 million
in 2023 on lower outside services and headcount. While the Company’s consumer innovation pipeline remains robust, it
is re-prioritizing R&D resources in this highly constrained environment.
Restructuring costs
In fiscal 2024, the Company incurred $18.1 million of restructuring costs compared with $15.7 million in 2023. In the
fourth quarter of 2023, the Company initiated business restructuring actions. Charges incurred related to this initiative
were comprised of contract termination costs, severance and employee-related benefits, professional fees and other,
and asset impairment charges and are included in the restructuring costs line in the Company’s consolidated statement
of operations. The Company expects an additional $5 million to $7 million of restructuring costs to be incurred during
2025, primarily due to lease contract termination costs. See Note 11, Restructuring Costs, of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form
10-K for further information on restructuring costs.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net increased to $48 million for the year ended December 28, 2024, compared with $43 million for the
same period one year ago. The $6 million increase was primarily related to a higher weighted-average interest rate
during 2024 compared with 2023.
Income tax (benefit) expense
Income tax benefit was $5 million for the year ended December 28, 2024, compared with $4 million for the same period
one year ago. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 28, 2024 was 20.2% compared with 22.6% for
the year ended December 30, 2023.
The Company regularly assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future Company
earnings. The Company considers projected future taxable earnings and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the
amount of the valuation allowance necessary. If the Company’s earnings decline over an extended period of time, it may
not be able to utilize its deferred tax assets and it may need to record a valuation allowance against them.
Comparison of 2023 and 2022
For a discussion of the Company’s 2023 versus 2022 results, see its 2023 Form 10-K.
42 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Managing the Company’s liquidity and capital resources is an important part of its commitment to deliver superior
shareholder value over time.
The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flows provided by operating activities and cash available under its
$678 million revolving credit facility. As of December 28, 2024, the Company did not have any off-balance sheet
financing other than its $7 million in outstanding letters of credit. The cash generated from ongoing operations and cash
available under its revolving credit facility are expected to be adequate to maintain operations and fund anticipated
expansion, strategic initiatives and contractual obligations such as lease payments and capital commitments for new
retail store locations over the next twelve months. See Notes 7, Leases, and 14, Commitments and Contingencies, of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on the Company’s contractual obligations.
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $2.0 million and $2.5 million at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023,
respectively. Significant changes in cash and cash equivalents during 2024 included $27 million of cash provided by
operating activities, which was offset by $24 million of cash used to purchase property and equipment and $3 million
used in the issuance of a note receivable.
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash flows (dollars in millions). Amounts may not add due to rounding
differences:
2024
2023
Total cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
$27,143
$(9,028)
Investing activities
(26,291)
(58,352)
Financing activities
(1,441)
68,127
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
$(589)
$747
Cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024 was $27 million, compared with net
cash used in operating activities of $9 million for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2023. Significant components of
the $36 million year-over-year increase in cash from operating activities included: (i) a $22 million fluctuation in customer
prepayments due to the timing of customer deliveries; (ii) a $14 million fluctuation in inventory due to lower sales
volumes and operational improvements; (iii) a $13 million fluctuation in accounts payable due to lower expenses in the
current year’s fourth quarter and timing of payments; (iv) a $10 million fluctuation in accounts receivable due to lower
sales volumes and timing of orders at the end of fiscal 2024 compared with 2023; partially offset by (v) a $15 million
fluctuation in other accruals and liabilities due to timing of store buyout costs; (vi) an $8 million decrease in depreciation
and amortization due to recent lower capital spending levels and restructuring related fixed asset impairments.
Net cash used in investing activities was $26 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, compared with
$58 million in 2023. Investing activities in 2024 included $24 million of property and equipment purchases, compared
with $57 million last year.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024, compared with net cash
provided by financing activities of $68 million in 2023. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities is primarily
due to a $74 million decrease in cash provided by short-term borrowings. During 2024, the Company repurchased
$1 million of its stock compared with $4 million (based on settlement dates, in connection with the vesting of employee
restricted stock awards) in 2023. The Company made no share repurchases under its Board-approved share repurchase
program in either fiscal year. The Company also paid $2 million for debt issuance costs associated with the Credit
Agreement amendment incurred during 2023. Financing activities for 2023 reflect the cash proceeds from the minimal
exercise of employee stock options. There was no option exercise activity during 2024.
The Company suspended share repurchases under its Board-approved share repurchase program during fiscal 2022. As
of December 28, 2024, the remaining authorization under its Board-approved $600 million share repurchase program
was $348 million. There is no expiration date governing the period over which the Company can repurchase shares.
43 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
The Company’s credit facility, as amended, is for general corporate purposes, to meet seasonal working capital
requirements and to repurchase its stock. The Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature which allows the
Company to increase the amount of the credit facility from $678 million to $1.0 billion, subject to lenders’ approval. The
Credit Agreement provides the lenders with a collateral security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets and
those of its subsidiaries and requires the Company to comply with, among other things, a maximum net leverage ratio
and a minimum interest coverage ratio.
The Company amended the Credit Agreement on November 2, 2023. The amendment, among other things: (a)
decreased the total aggregate commitment under the Credit Agreement from $825 million to $685 million; (b)
decreased the $625 million revolving loan commitment to $485 million; (c) decreased the accordion from $400 million to
$343 million; (d) increased the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate to 50 basis points when the Net Leverage Ratio is
greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement); (e) increased the Applicable Margin
by 25 to 75 basis points for each respective range of Net Leverage Ratios (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement);
(f) deemed the Company’s Net Leverage Ratio as greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but less than 4.50 to 1.00 as of
the amendment effective date to set pricing for the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate and Applicable Margin until
receipt of the compliance certificate for the quarterly reporting period ending December 30, 2023; (g) amended the
definition of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to include cash add backs, capped at
$30 million for the quarterly reporting periods ending December 30, 2023, March 30, 2024, June 29, 2024, September
28, 2024, and December 28, 2024 and capped at $20 million for each quarterly reporting period ending thereafter; (h)
amended the definitions of each of Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as each is defined in the
Credit Agreement) to include the total operating lease liabilities of borrower, as calculated in accordance with ASC 842
accounting guidance (as of the end of the most recently completed quarterly reporting period) replacing the prior
language of six multiplied by Consolidated Rent Expense (for the most recently completed four quarterly reporting
periods); (i) adjusted the permissible maximum Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to (I) 5.00 to
1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods ending December 30, 2023 and March 30, 2024, (II) 5.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly
reporting period ending June 29, 2024, (III) 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending September 28, 2024,
(IV) 4.80 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending December 28, 2024, and (V) 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarterly
reporting period occurring thereafter; (j) adjusted the permissible minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) to (I) 1.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods ending December 30, 2023 and March 30, 2024,
(II) 1.25 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending June 29, 2024, (III) 1.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting
periods ending September 28, 2024 and December 28, 2024, and (IV) 3.00 to 1.00 for each quarterly reporting period
occurring thereafter; and (k) decreased the requisite Net Leverage Ratio from 3.75 to 1.00 down to 3.00 to 1.00 (under
the new applicable definitions) before any Acquisitions (with the exception of the Specified Acquisition) or Restricted
Payments (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement) may be made. A fee for the amendment was payable to the
approving lenders in an amount equal to 20 basis points multiplied by the sum of such lender's Revolving Credit
Commitment and outstanding Term Loans (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement). The foregoing description of the
Tenth Amendment is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete terms of the Tenth Amendment, which is filed
as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Company amended the Credit Agreement on March 3, 2025. The amendment, among other things: (a) adds a
definition for "Liquidity" which means, on any date of determination, the sum of (x) Borrower's and its Subsidiaries'
unrestricted cash that is free and clear of Liens (other than those in favor of the Administrative Agent) plus (y) the
aggregate amount of unused Revolving Credit Commitments available for Credit Events on such date (including the
Borrower's ability to satisfy the requirements of Section 4.1 on such date) (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement);
(b) adds a Liquidity financial covenant wherein the Borrower shall cause the Liquidity to be equal or exceed $40 million
as of the last day of each fiscal month; (c) deems our Net Leverage Ratio as greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 as of
the effective date to set pricing for the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate and Applicable Margin until receipt of the
compliance certificate for the quarterly reporting period ending September 27, 2025, (d) adjusts the permissible
maximum Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to (I) 4.75 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods
ending March 29, 2025 and June 28, 2025, (II) 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending September 27,
2025, (III) 4.25 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending January 1, 2026, and (IV) 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarterly
reporting period occurring thereafter, and (e) adjusts the permissible minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) to (I) 1.90 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods ending March 29, 2025, June 28, 2025, and
September 27, 2025, (II) 2.10 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending January 1, 2026, and (III) 3.00 to 1.00 for
each quarterly reporting period occurring thereafter. A fee for the amendment is payable to the approving lenders in an
amount equal to 20 basis points multiplied by the sum of such lender's Revolving Credit Commitment and outstanding
Term Loans (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement). The foregoing description of the Eleventh Amendment is
44 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete terms of the Eleventh Amendment, which is filed as an exhibit to
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
As of December 28, 2024, the Company had $547 million of borrowings under its revolving credit facility, $7 million in
outstanding letters of credit and net liquidity available under the credit facility of $124 million. At December 28, 2024,
the company’s leverage ratio as defined in the Credit Agreement was 4.2x versus the permissible net leverage ratio of
4.8x, the weighted-average interest rate on borrowings under the credit facility was 7.6% and the Company was in
compliance with all financial covenants.
Non-GAAP Data Reconciliations
Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (Adjusted EBITDA)
The Company defines earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA) as net (loss)
income plus: income tax expense (benefit), interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation,
restructuring costs, CEO transition/proxy contest costs and asset impairments. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is
a useful indicator of the Company’s financial performance and its ability to generate cash from operating activities. The
Company’s definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled definitions used by other
companies. The table below reconciles Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, to the comparable
GAAP financial measure.
The Company’s Adjusted EBITDA calculations are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year
 
2024
2023
2022
Net (loss) income
$(20,334)
$(15,287)
$36,610
Income tax (benefit) expense
(5,162)
(4,466)
12,285
Interest expense
48,368
42,695
18,985
Depreciation and amortization
64,979
72,479
66,626
Stock-based compensation
11,444
14,855
13,223
Restructuring costs(1)
18,066
15,728
CEO transition/Proxy contest costs(2)
998
Asset impairments
1,220
672
295
Adjusted EBITDA
$119,579
$126,676
$148,024
_____________________
(1) Represents costs related to business restructuring actions initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023.
(2) Represents costs related to CEO transition activities of $0.2 million and proxy contest costs of $0.8 million, which were both initiated in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2024.
Free Cash Flow
The Company’s “free cash flow” data is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and is not in accordance with, or
preferable to, “net cash provided by operations,” or GAAP financial data. However, the Company is providing this
information management believes facilitates analysis for investors and financial analysts.
The following table summarizes the Company’s free cash flow calculations (in thousands):
 
Year
 
2024
2023
2022
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$27,143
$(9,028)
$36,138
Subtract: Purchases of property and equipment
(23,505)
(57,056)
(69,454)
Free cash flow
$3,638
$(66,084)
$(33,316)
45 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Return on Invested Capital (Adjusted ROIC)
Adjusted ROIC is a financial measure the Company uses to determine how efficiently it deploys its capital. It quantifies
the return the Company earns on its adjusted invested capital. Management believes Adjusted ROIC is also a useful
metric for investors and financial analysts. The Company computes Adjusted ROIC as outlined below. Its definition and
calculation of Adjusted ROIC may not be comparable to similarly titled definitions and calculations used by other
companies.
The tables below reconcile adjusted net operating profit after taxes (Adjusted NOPAT) and total adjusted invested
capital, which are non-GAAP financial measures, to the comparable GAAP financial measures (in thousands):
 
Year
 
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted net operating profit after taxes (Adjusted NOPAT)
 
Operating income
$22,872
$22,942
$67,880
Add: Operating lease interest(1)
26,775
27,777
25,912
Less: Income taxes(2)
(11,907)
(11,851)
(23,542)
Adjusted NOPAT
$37,740
$38,868
$70,250
Average adjusted invested capital
Total deficit
$(451,586)
$(441,928)
$(438,177)
Add: Long-term debt(3)
546,841
539,819
460,020
Add: Operating lease obligations(4)
389,508
433,154
436,412
Total adjusted invested capital at end of period
$484,763
$531,045
$458,255
Average adjusted invested capital(5)
$497,972
$496,612
$400,038
Adjusted return on invested capital (Adjusted ROIC)
7.6%
7.8%
17.6%
_____________________
(1) Represents the interest expense component of lease expense included in the Company’s financial statements under ASC 842, Leases.
(2) Reflects annual effective income tax rates, before discrete adjustments, of 24.0%, 23.4% and 25.1% for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
(3) Long-term debt includes existing finance lease liabilities.
(4) Reflects operating lease liabilities included in the Company’s financial statements under ASC 842.
(5) Average adjusted invested capital represents the average of the last five fiscal quarters’ ending adjusted invested capital balances.
(6) Adjusted ROIC equals Adjusted NOPAT divided by average adjusted invested capital.
Note – The Company’s Adjusted ROIC calculation and data are considered non-GAAP financial measures and are not in accordance with, or preferable
to, GAAP financial data. However, the Company is providing this information as it believes it facilitates analysis of the Company’s financial performance
by investors and financial analysts. The Company updated its Adjusted ROIC calculation effective beginning with the reporting period ended
December 31, 2022, to reflect adjustments consistent with ASC 842.
GAAP - generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
46 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). In connection with the preparation of its financial statements, the Company is required to make
estimates and assumptions about future events and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, sales, expenses and the related disclosures. Predicting future events is inherently an imprecise activity and as
such requires the use of judgment. The Company bases its assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical
experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time its consolidated
financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions,
estimates and judgments to ensure that its financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP.
However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from
the Company’s assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.
The Company’s significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, Business and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8, Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes the accounting policies discussed
below are the most critical because they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments,
resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Management has
reviewed these critical accounting policies and estimates, and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of its Board.
The Company’s critical accounting policies and estimates relate to stock-based compensation, warranty liabilities and
revenue recognition.
Description
Judgments and Uncertainties
Effect if Actual Results
Differ from Assumptions
Stock-Based Compensation
 
 
The Company has stock-based
compensation plans, which include non-
qualified stock options and stock
awards.
 
See Note 1, Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies, and
Note 8, Shareholders’ Deficit, to the
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a
complete discussion of its stock-based
compensation programs.
Option-pricing models and generally
accepted valuation techniques require
management to make assumptions and
to apply judgment to determine the fair
value of the awards. These assumptions
and judgments include estimating the
volatility of its stock price, future
employee forfeiture rates and future
employee stock option exercise
behaviors. Changes in these
assumptions can materially affect the
fair value estimates or future earnings
adjustments.
 
Performance-based stock awards
require management to make
assumptions regarding the likelihood of
achieving performance targets.
The Company does not believe there is
a reasonable likelihood that there will
be a material change in the future
estimates or assumptions it uses to
determine stock-based compensation
expense. However, if actual results are
not consistent with its estimates or
assumptions, the Company may be
exposed to changes in stock-based
compensation expense that could be
material.
 
In addition, if actual results are not
consistent with the assumptions used,
the stock-based compensation expense
reported in its financial statements may
not be representative of the actual
economic cost of the stock-based
compensation. Finally, if the actual
forfeiture rates, or the actual
achievement of performance targets,
are not consistent with the assumptions
used, the Company could experience
future earnings adjustments.
 
A 10% change in its stock-based
compensation expense for the year
ended December 28, 2024, would have
affected net loss by approximately
$0.9 million in 2024.
 
47 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Description
Judgments and Uncertainties
Effect if Actual Results
Differ from Assumptions
Warranty Liabilities
 
The Company provides a limited
warranty on most of the products it
sells.
 
See Note 1, Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies, to the
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a
complete discussion of its warranty
program and liabilities.
 
The majority of its warranty claims are
incurred within the first year. However,
the Company’s warranty liability
contains uncertainties because its
warranty obligations cover an extended
period of time. A revision of estimated
claim rates or the projected cost of
materials and freight associated with
sending replacement parts to customers
could have a material adverse effect on
future results of operations.
 
The Company has not made any
material changes in its warranty liability
assessment methodology during the
past three fiscal years. The Company
does not believe there is a reasonable
likelihood that there will be a material
change in the estimates or assumptions
it uses to calculate its warranty liability.
However, if actual results are not
consistent with its estimates or
assumptions, the Company may be
exposed to losses or gains that could be
material.
 
A 10% change in its warranty liability at
December 28, 2024, would have
affected net loss by approximately
$0.5 million in 2024.
Revenue Recognition
Certain accounting estimates relating to
revenue recognition contain uncertainty
because they require management to
make assumptions and to apply
judgment regarding the effects of future
events.
 
See Note 1, Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies, and
Note 9, Revenue Recognition, to the
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in Item 8, Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a
complete discussion of its revenue
recognition policies.
The Company’s estimates of sales
returns contain uncertainties as actual
sales return rates may vary from
expected rates, resulting in adjustments
to net sales in future periods. These
adjustments could have an adverse
effect on future results of operations.
The Company has not made any
material changes in the accounting
methodology used to establish its sales
returns allowance during the past three
fiscal years. The Company does not
believe there is a reasonable likelihood
that there will be a material change in
the estimates or assumptions it uses to
calculate its sales returns allowance.
However, if actual results are not
consistent with its estimates or
assumptions, the Company may be
exposed to additional losses or gains in
future periods.
 
A 10% change in its sales returns
allowance at December 28, 2024 would
have affected net loss by approximately
$1.5 million in 2024.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note
1, Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - “Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting
Pronouncements” for recent accounting pronouncements that may affect the Company’s financial reporting.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company is exposed to changes in market-based short-term interest rates that will impact its net interest expense. If
overall interest rates were one percentage point higher than current rates, its annual net (loss) income would decrease by
$4.2 million based on the $547 million of borrowings under its credit facility at December 28, 2024. The Company does
not manage its interest-rate volatility risk through the use of derivative instruments.
48 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Sleep Number Corporation
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sleep Number Corporation and subsidiaries (the
"Company") as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2024, and the
related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our
opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 28, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2024, based on criteria
established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 7, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's
internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Warranty Liability - Refer to “Note 1 - Warranty Liabilities”
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company provides a limited warranty on most products sold. The estimated warranty liabilities, which are expensed
at the time of sale and included in cost of sales, are based on historical trends and warranty claim rates incurred and the
assumptions are adjusted for any current trends as appropriate. As of December 28, 2024, the Company has warranty
liabilities of $6.9 million.
49 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
We identified the warranty liability as a critical audit matter because of the significant judgments made by management
to estimate warranty claim rates. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort when
performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates of future warranty claims based
on historical claims paid, from which management uses to develop warranty liability estimates.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our procedures related to the warranty liabilities included the following, among others:
•We tested the effectiveness of controls related to warranty liabilities, including those over historical warranty
claim data and estimated future warranty claim rates.
•We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimate of warranty liabilities by comparing the historical
warranty claim trends to the current warranty claim rates of the Sleep Number 360 smart bed line and other
products.
•We evaluated the completeness of the warranty liabilities through inquiries of operational and executive
management regarding knowledge of known product warranty claims or product issues and evaluated whether
they were appropriately considered in the determination of the warranty liabilities.
•We evaluated the methods and assumptions used by management to estimate the warranty liabilities by:
•Testing the underlying data that served as the basis for the estimate, to test that the inputs to the
estimate were reasonable and to test the mathematical accuracy of the calculation.
•Developing an expectation of warranty liabilities and comparing it to the recorded balance.
•Comparing management’s prior-year assumption of expected claim rates to actuals incurred during the
year to evaluate management’s ability to estimate the warranty liabilities.
/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 7, 2025
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.
50 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Sleep Number Corporation
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Sleep Number Corporation and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 28, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2024,
based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended
December 28, 2024, of the Company and our report dated March 7, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on those
financial statements and financial statement schedule.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on
the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 7, 2025
51 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
2024
2023
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$1,950
$2,539
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,113 and $1,437, respectively
17,516
26,859
Inventories
103,152
115,433
Prepaid expenses
14,568
16,660
Other current assets
44,098
44,637
Total current assets
181,284
206,128
Non-current assets:
Property and equipment, net
129,574
179,503
Operating lease right-of-use assets
356,641
395,411
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
66,412
66,634
Deferred income taxes
33,575
20,253
Other non-current assets
93,324
82,951
Total assets
$860,810
$950,880
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
$546,600
$539,500
Accounts payable
107,619
135,901
Customer prepayments
46,933
49,143
Accrued sales returns
19,092
22,402
Compensation and benefits
31,038
28,273
Taxes and withholding
18,619
17,134
Operating lease liabilities
82,307
81,760
Other current liabilities
55,804
61,958
Total current liabilities
908,012
936,071
Non-current liabilities:
Operating lease liabilities
307,201
351,394
Other non-current liabilities
97,183
105,343
Total liabilities
1,312,396
1,392,808
Shareholders’ deficit:
Undesignated preferred stock; 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 142,500 shares authorized, 22,388 and 22,235
shares issued and outstanding, respectively
224
222
Additional paid-in capital
27,390
16,716
Accumulated deficit
(479,200)
(458,866)
Total shareholders’ deficit
(451,586)
(441,928)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit
$860,810
$950,880
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
52 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2024
2023
2022
Net sales
$1,682,296
$1,887,482
$2,114,297
Cost of sales
679,523
798,952
912,001
Gross profit
1,002,773
1,088,530
1,202,296
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
766,624
847,442
919,629
General and administrative
149,956
146,621
153,266
Research and development
45,255
55,797
61,521
Restructuring costs
18,066
15,728
Total operating expenses
979,901
1,065,588
1,134,416
Operating income
22,872
22,942
67,880
Interest expense, net
48,368
42,695
18,985
(Loss) income before income taxes
(25,496)
(19,753)
48,895
Income tax (benefit) expense
(5,162)
(4,466)
12,285
Net (loss) income
$(20,334)
$(15,287)
$36,610
Basic net (loss) income per share:
Net (loss) income per share – basic
$(0.90)
$(0.68)
$1.63
Weighted-average shares – basic
22,606
22,429
22,396
Diluted net (loss) income per share:
Net (loss) income per share – diluted
$(0.90)
$(0.68)
$1.60
Weighted-average shares – diluted
22,606
22,429
22,852
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
53 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit
Years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
 
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
Shares
Amount
Total
Balance at January 1, 2022
22,683
$227
$3,971
$(429,151)
$(424,953)
Net income
36,610
36,610
Exercise of common stock options
48
1,131
1,131
Stock-based compensation
405
4
13,219
13,223
Repurchases of common stock
(1,122)
(11)
(13,139)
(51,038)
(64,188)
Balance at December 31, 2022
22,014
$220
$5,182
$(443,579)
$(438,177)
Net loss
(15,287)
(15,287)
Exercise of common stock options
20
428
428
Stock-based compensation
335
3
14,852
14,855
Repurchases of common stock
(134)
(1)
(3,746)
(3,747)
Balance at December 30, 2023
22,235
$222
$16,716
$(458,866)
$(441,928)
Net loss
(20,334)
(20,334)
Exercise of common stock options
Stock-based compensation
209
3
11,441
11,444
Repurchases of common stock
(56)
(1)
(767)
(768)
Balance at December 28, 2024
22,388
$224
$27,390
$(479,200)
$(451,586)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
54 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
 
2024
2023
2022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income
$(20,334)
$(15,287)
$36,610
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
66,351
74,043
67,401
Stock-based compensation
11,444
14,855
13,223
Net loss on disposals and impairments of assets
4,315
2,898
291
Deferred income taxes
(13,322)
(12,295)
(8,646)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
9,343
(854)
(287)
Inventories
12,281
(1,399)
(11,560)
Income taxes
3,987
(5,969)
1,356
Prepaid expenses and other assets
(10,867)
(5,220)
19,379
Accounts payable
(15,910)
(28,934)
(4,743)
Customer prepayments
(2,210)
(24,038)
(56,318)
Accrued compensation and benefits
2,755
(2,943)
(19,821)
Other taxes and withholding
(2,502)
(519)
179
Other accruals and liabilities
(18,188)
(3,366)
(926)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
27,143
(9,028)
36,138
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
(23,505)
(57,056)
(69,454)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
156
21
49
Issuance of notes receivable
(2,942)
(1,317)
Investment in non-marketable equity securities
(1,202)
Net cash used in investing activities
(26,291)
(58,352)
(70,607)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repurchases of common stock
(768)
(3,747)
(64,188)
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
(673)
73,463
97,647
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
428
1,131
Debt issuance costs
(2,017)
(718)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(1,441)
68,127
33,872
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(589)
747
(597)
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period
2,539
1,792
2,389
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period
$1,950
$2,539
$1,792
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Income taxes paid, net of refunds
$4,012
$13,716
$19,792
Interest paid
$45,092
$40,570
$16,918
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts
payable
$1,994
$6,670
$11,707
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
55 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business & Basis of Presentation
Sleep Number Corporation and its 100%-owned subsidiaries (Sleep Number or the Company) have a vertically
integrated business model and are the exclusive designer, manufacturer, marketer, retailer and servicer of Sleep Number
beds which allows it to offer consumers high-quality, individualized sleep solutions and services. Sleep Number also
offers FlextFit adjustable bases, and Sleep Number pillows, sheets and other bedding products.
Sleep Number generates revenue by marketing its innovations directly to new and existing customers, and selling
products through its Stores, Online, Phone, Chat (Total Retail) and Other.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Sleep Number Corporation and its 100%-owned
subsidiaries. All intra-entity balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. Fiscal years and their respective fiscal year
ends were as follows: fiscal 2024 ended December 28, 2024; fiscal 2023 ended December 30, 2023; and fiscal 2022
ended December 31, 2022. Fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022 each had 52 weeks.
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements, and the reported amounts of sales, expenses and income taxes during the reporting period. Predicting
future events is inherently an imprecise activity and, as such, requires the use of judgment. As future events and their
effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in
these estimates will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements in future periods and could be material.
The Company’s critical accounting policies consist of stock-based compensation, warranty liabilities and revenue
recognition.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying
value of these investments approximates fair value due to their short-term maturity. The Company’s banking
arrangements allow it to fund outstanding checks when presented to the financial institution for payment, resulting in
book overdrafts. Book overdrafts are included in accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheet and in net increase
(decrease) in short-term borrowings in the financing activities section of the Company’s consolidated statement of cash
flows. Book overdrafts totaled $22 million and $30 million at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for expected credit losses and consist primarily of receivables from
third-party financiers for customer credit purchases. The allowance is recognized in an amount equal to anticipated
future write-offs. The Company estimates future write-offs based on delinquencies, aging trends, industry risk trends, its
historical experience and current trends. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company
believes it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.
56 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Inventories
Inventories include materials, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is
determined by the first-in, first-out method. The Company reviews inventory quantities on hand and records reserves for
obsolescence based on historical selling prices, current market conditions and forecasted product demand, to reduce
inventory to net realizable value.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, carried at cost, is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired is removed from the accounts with
any resulting gain or loss included in net (loss) income in the consolidated statement of operations. Maintenance and
repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major renewals and betterments that extend useful life are capitalized.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the contractual
term of the lease, with consideration of lease renewal options if renewal appears probable.
Estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment by major asset category are as follows:
Leasehold improvements
5 to 15 years
Furniture and equipment
3 to 15 years
Production machinery
3 to 7 years
Computer equipment and software
3 to 12 years
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
Goodwill is the difference between the purchase price of a company and the fair market value of the acquired company’s
net identifiable assets. The Company’s intangible assets include developed technologies and trade names/trademarks.
Definite-lived intangible assets are being amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated lives, ranging
from 8-10 years.
Asset Impairment Charges
Long-lived Assets and Definite-lived Intangible Assets
The Company reviews its long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When evaluating long-
lived assets for potential impairment, the Company first compares the carrying value of the asset to the estimated future
cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges plus proceeds expected from disposition, if any). If the estimated
undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, the Company calculates an impairment loss. The
impairment loss calculation compares the carrying value of the asset to the asset’s estimated fair value. When the
Company recognizes an impairment loss, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to estimated fair value based on
discounted cash flows, quoted market prices or other valuation techniques. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the
lower of the carrying amount of the asset or fair value less costs to sell. The Company reviews retail store assets for
potential impairment based on historical cash flows, lease termination provisions and expected future retail store
operating results. If the Company recognizes an impairment loss for a depreciable long-lived asset, the adjusted carrying
amount of the asset becomes its new cost basis and will be depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life of that
asset.
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or when there
are indicators of impairment, using a fair value approach. The goodwill impairment test involves a comparison of the fair
value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value is determined using a market-based approach utilizing widely
accepted valuation techniques, including quoted market prices and the Company’s market capitalization. The Company
57 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
has only one reporting unit, which has a negative carrying value. The reporting unit had a goodwill balance of $64 million
at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment by
comparing the carrying value of an asset with its fair value. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is
recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based on the Company’s 2024 assessments, it determined there was no
impairment.
Other Investments
The Company had an investment in non-marketable equity securities of $1.2 million at both December 28, 2024 and
December 30, 2023. This investment was made in a strategic product-development partner and is included in other non-
current assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Non-marketable equity securities are equity securities without readily
determinable fair value that are measured and recorded using a measurement alternative that measures the securities at
cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from qualifying observable price changes.
Warranty Liabilities
The Company provides a limited warranty on most of the products it sells. The estimated warranty costs, which are
expensed at the time of sale and included in cost of sales, are based on historical trends and warranty claim rates
incurred by the Company and are adjusted for any current trends as appropriate. The majority of the Company’s
warranty claims are incurred within the first year. The Company’s warranty liability contains uncertainties because its
warranty obligations cover an extended period of time and require management to make estimates for claim rates and
the projected cost of materials and freight associated with sending replacement parts to customers. The Company
regularly assesses and adjusts the estimate of accrued warranty claims by updating claims rates for actual trends and
projected claim costs. The warranty liabilities are included in other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities in
the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company classifies as non-current those estimated warranty costs expected to be paid out in greater than one year.
The activity in the accrued warranty liabilities account was as follows (in thousands):
 
2024
2023
2022
Balance at beginning of period
$8,503
$8,997
$10,069
Additions charged to costs and expenses for current-year sales
13,821
15,939
16,694
Deductions from reserves
(14,657)
(16,438)
(17,157)
Change in liabilities for pre-existing warranties during the current
year, including expirations
(720)
5
(609)
Balance at end of period
$6,947
$8,503
$8,997
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value measurements are reported in one of three levels based on the lowest level of significant input used:
•Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
•Level 2 – inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
•Level 3 – unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop
its own assumptions.
The Company generally estimates fair value of long-lived assets, including its retail stores, using the income approach,
which the Company based on estimated future cash flows (discounted and with interest charges). The inputs used to
determine fair value relate primarily to future assumptions regarding sales volumes, gross profit rates, retail store
operating expenses and applicable probability weightings regarding future alternative uses. These inputs are
categorized as Level 3 inputs under the fair value measurements guidance. The inputs used represent management’s
assumptions about what information market participants would use in pricing the assets and are based upon the best
information available at the balance sheet date.
58 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Shareholders’ Deficit
Dividends
The Company is not restricted from paying cash dividends under the Credit Agreement so long as it is not in default
under the Credit Agreement, the Company’s leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) after giving effect to
such restricted payments (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed 3.00:1.00 and no default or event of
default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would result therefrom. At December 28, 2024, the Company exceeded the
3.00:1.00 leverage ratio. However, Sleep Number has not historically paid, and has no current plans to pay, cash
dividends on the Company’s common stock.
Share Repurchases
At December 28, 2024, there was $348 million remaining authorization under the $600 million board-approved share
repurchase program. There is no expiration date governing the period over which the Company can repurchase shares.
Any repurchased shares are constructively retired and returned to an unissued status. The cost of stock repurchases is
first charged to additional paid-in-capital. Once additional paid-in capital is reduced to zero, any additional amounts are
charged to accumulated deficit.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to its customers in an
amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue
recognized excludes sales taxes. Amounts billed to customers for delivery and setup are included in net sales. For most
products, the Company receives payment before or promptly after the products or services are delivered to the
customer.
The Company accepts sales returns of most products during a 100-night trial period. Accrued sales returns represent a
refund liability for the amount of consideration that the Company does not expect to be entitled to because it will be
refunded to customers. The refund liability estimate is based on historical return rates and is adjusted for any current
trends as appropriate. Each reporting period, the Company remeasures the liability to reflect changes in the estimate,
with a corresponding adjustment to net sales.
Sleep Number beds sold with SleepIQ technology contain multiple performance obligations including the bed, and
SleepIQ hardware and software. The Company analyzes its multiple performance obligations to determine whether they
are distinct and can be separated or whether they must be accounted for as a single performance obligation. The
Company determined that beds sold with the SleepIQ technology have two performance obligations consisting of: (i) the
bed; and (ii) SleepIQ hardware and software. SleepIQ hardware and software are not separable as the hardware and
related software are not sold separately and the software is integral to the hardware’s functionality. The Company
determined the transaction price for multiple performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling prices.
The performance obligation related to the bed is satisfied at a point in time. The performance obligation related to
SleepIQ technology is satisfied over time based on the ongoing access and usage by the customer of software essential
to the functionality of SleepIQ technology. The deferred revenue and costs related to SleepIQ technology are
recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated period of benefit to the customer of 4.5 to 5.0 years because its
inputs are generally expended evenly throughout the performance period.
See Note 9, Revenue Recognition, for additional information on revenue recognition and sales returns.
59 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Cost of Sales, Sales and Marketing, General and Administrative (G&A) and Research & Development (R&D) Expenses
The following tables summarize the primary costs classified in each major expense category (the classification of which
may vary within the Company’s industry):
Cost of Sales
Sales & Marketing
Costs associated with purchasing, manufacturing, shipping,
handling and delivering the Company’s products to its retail
stores and customers, including payroll and benefits;
Advertising, marketing and media production;
Marketing and selling materials such as brochures, videos,
websites, customer mailings and in-store signage;
Physical inventory losses, scrap and obsolescence;
Payroll and benefits for sales and customer service staff;
Related occupancy and depreciation expenses;
Store occupancy costs;
Costs associated with returns and exchanges; and
Store depreciation expense;
Estimated costs to service customer warranty claims.
Credit card processing fees; and
Promotional financing costs.
G&A
R&D(1)
Payroll and benefit costs for corporate employees, including
information technology, legal, human resources, finance, sales
and marketing administration, investor relations and risk
management;
Internal labor and benefits related to research and
development activities;
Outside consulting services related to research and
development activities; and
Occupancy costs of corporate facilities;
Testing equipment related to research and development
Depreciation related to corporate assets;
___________________________
(1) Costs incurred in connection with R&D are charged to expense as incurred.
Information hardware, software and maintenance;
Insurance;
Investor relations costs; and
 Other overhead costs.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Right-of-use (ROU) assets and operating lease
liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of future lease
payments over the lease term. The Company elected the option to not separate lease and non-lease components for all
of its leases. Most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit interest rate nor is the rate available to it from its
lessors. As an alternative, the Company uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate, which is derived from information
available at the lease commencement date, including publicly available data, in determining the present value of lease
payments. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as an
ROU asset or operating lease liability. The Company recognizes operating lease costs for these short-term leases,
primarily small equipment leases, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At December 28, 2024, the Company’s
finance lease ROU assets and associated lease liabilities were not significant.
See Note 7, Leases, for further information regarding the Company’s operating leases.
Pre-opening Costs
Costs associated with the start-up and promotion of new retail store openings are expensed as incurred.
Advertising Costs
The Company incurs advertising costs associated with print, digital and broadcast advertisements. Advertising costs are
charged to expense when the ad first runs. Advertising expense was $248 million, $272 million and $309 million in 2024,
2023 and 2022, respectively and is included in sales and marketing expenses on the consolidated statement of
60 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
operations. Advertising costs deferred and included in prepaid expenses in the consolidated balance sheet were not
significant at December 28, 2024 or December 30, 2023, respectively.
Insurance
The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to health and workers’ compensation claims, although the
Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit exposure to these claims. The Company estimates its self-
insured liabilities using a number of factors including historical claims experience and analysis of incurred but not
reported claims. The Company’s self-insurance liability was $11 million and $13 million at December 28, 2024 and
December 30, 2023, respectively. At December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, $7 million and $8 million,
respectively, were included in current liabilities: compensation and benefits in the consolidated balance sheet and
$4 million and $5 million, respectively, were included in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
Software Capitalization
For software developed or obtained for internal use, the Company capitalizes direct external costs associated with
developing or obtaining internal-use software. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain payroll and payroll-related
costs for employees who are directly involved with the development of such applications. Capitalized costs related to
internal-use software under development are treated as construction-in-progress until the program, feature or
functionality is ready for its intended use, at which time depreciation commences. The Company expenses any data
conversion or training costs as incurred. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment, net in the
consolidated balance sheet.
The Company capitalizes costs incurred with the implementation of a cloud computing arrangement that is a service
contract, consistent with its policy for software developed or obtained for internal use. The capitalized implementation
costs of cloud computing arrangements are expensed over the term of the cloud computing arrangement in the same
line item in the statement of operations as the associated hosting fees. Capitalized costs incurred with the
implementation of a cloud computing arrangement are included in prepaid expenses and other non-current assets in the
Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and in operating cash flows in its consolidated statement of cash flows.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company compensates officers, directors and key employees with stock-based compensation under stock plans
approved by its shareholders and administered under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (Board). At
December 28, 2024, a total of 2.2 million shares were available for future grant. These plans include non-qualified stock
options and stock awards.
The Company records stock-based compensation expense based on the award’s fair value at the grant date and the
awards that are expected to vest. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the period during
which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. The Company reduces compensation
expense by estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated using historical experience and projected employee
turnover. The Company includes, as part of cash flows from operating activities, the benefit of tax deductions in excess
of recognized stock-based compensation expense. In addition, excess tax benefits or deficiencies are recorded as
discrete adjustments to income tax expense.
Stock Options
Stock option awards are granted at exercise prices equal to the closing price of the Company’s stock on the grant date.
Generally, options vest proportionally over three years and expire after 10 years. Compensation expense is recognized
ratably over the vesting period.
61 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
The Company determines the fair value of stock options granted and the resulting compensation expense at the date-of-
grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Descriptions of significant assumptions used to estimate the
expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term are as follows:
Expected Volatility – expected volatility was determined based on implied volatility of the Company’s traded options
and historical volatility of the Company’s stock price.
Risk-Free Interest Rate – the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-
coupon issues at the date of grant with a term equal to the expected term.
Expected Term – expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be
outstanding and was determined based on historical experience and anticipated future exercise patterns, giving
consideration to the contractual terms of unexercised stock-based awards.
Stock Awards
The Company issues stock awards to certain employees in conjunction with its stock-based compensation plan. The
stock awards generally vest over three years based on continued employment (time-based). Compensation expense
related to stock awards, except for stock awards with a market condition, is determined on the grant date based on the
publicly quoted closing price of the Company’s common stock and is charged to earnings on a straight-line basis over
the vesting period. Stock awards with a market condition are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The
significant assumptions used to estimate the expected volatility and risk-free interest rate are similar to those described
above in Stock Options.
Certain time-based stock awards have a performance condition (performance-based). The final number of shares earned
for performance-based stock awards and the related compensation expense is adjusted up or down to the extent the
performance target is met. The actual number of shares that will ultimately be awarded range from 0% - 200% of the
targeted amount for the 2024, 2023 and 2022 awards. The Company evaluates the likelihood of meeting the
performance targets at each reporting period and adjust compensation expense, on a cumulative basis, based on the
expected achievement of each of the performance targets. For performance-based stock awards granted in 2024, 2023
and 2022, the performance targets are based on growth in net sales and in operating profit, and the performance
periods are fiscal 2024 through 2026, 2023 through 2025 and fiscal 2022 through 2024, respectively.
See Note 8, Shareholders’ Deficit, for additional information on stock-based compensation.
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in
the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax
rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A
valuation allowance is established for any portion of deferred tax assets that are not considered more likely than not to
be realized. The Company evaluates all available positive and negative evidence, including its forecast of future taxable
income, to assess the need for a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.
The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits from uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be
taken, in the Company’s tax returns. The Company follows a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain
tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the available evidence
indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or
litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50%
likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating
its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and may not accurately forecast actual
outcomes.
The Company classifies net interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense in its
consolidated statement of operations.
62 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Net (Loss) Income Per Share
The Company calculates basic net (loss) income per share by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted-average number
of common shares outstanding during the period. It calculates diluted net (loss) income per share based on the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding adjusted by the number of potentially dilutive common shares
as determined by the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive shares consist of stock options and stock awards.
Sources of Supply
The Company currently obtains materials and components used to produce its beds from outside sources. As a result,
the Company is dependent upon suppliers that in some instances, are its sole source of supply, or supply the vast
majority of the particular component or material. The Company continuously evaluates opportunities to dual-source key
components and materials. The failure of one or more of the Company’s suppliers to provide it with materials or
components on a timely basis could significantly impact the consolidated results of operations and net (loss) income per
share. While the Company believes that these materials and components, or suitable replacements, could be obtained
from other sources in the event of a disruption or loss of supply, it may not be able to find alternative sources of supply
or alternative sources of supply on comparable terms and an unexpected loss of supply over a short period of time may
not allow the Company to replace these sources in the ordinary course of business.
Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance within Accounting Standards
Update (ASU) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. This ASU
requires that a public entity that has a single reportable segment provide all the disclosures required by the amendments
in this ASU and all existing disclosures in Topic 280. The Company has determined that its current business and
operations consist of a single business segment and a single reporting unit.
The amendments in this ASU are intended to improve segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced
disclosures about significant segment expenses. The key amendments included in this ASU:
•Require disclosure on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the
chief operating decision maker (CODM) and are included within each reported measure of segment profit and loss.
•Require disclosure on an annual and interim basis, an amount for other segment items (defined in this ASU) and a
description of its composition.
•Clarify that if the CODM uses more than one measure of the segment’s profit or loss in assessing performance, one
or more of those additional measures may be reported.
•Require disclosure of the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported
measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing performance.
This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. This guidance is required to be adopted by the Company
beginning with the annual period of 2024. The amendments should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods
presented in the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted the new standard in the fourth quarter of
2024. The new required disclosures are included in Note 13, "Segments."
63 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Effective
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements in Income Tax Disclosures"
to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. This amendment requires public
companies to disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling
items that meet a quantitative threshold. Additionally, under the amendment, entities are required to disclose the
amount of income taxes paid disaggregated by federal, state and foreign taxes, as well as disaggregated by material
individual jurisdictions. Finally, the amendment requires entities to disclose income from continuing operations before
income tax expense disaggregated between domestic and foreign and income tax expense from continuing operations
disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. The new rules are effective for annual periods beginning after December
15, 2024. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements and related disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, "Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense
Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40)", which requires public business entities to disclose in the notes to the
financial statements more detailed information about the types of expenses included in certain expense captions in the
consolidated financial statements, including purchases of inventory, employee compensation, and depreciation and
amortization. The amendments are effective for the Company beginning with the 2027 annual period and in interim
periods beginning in 2028. Early adoption is permitted. The ASU may be adopted prospectively or retrospectively. The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2024-03 on its consolidated financial statements and related
disclosures.
Currently, management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective accounting
pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements.
(2) Fair Value Measurements
At both December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had $19 million of debt and equity securities that
fund its deferred compensation plan and are classified in other non-current assets. The Company also had corresponding
deferred compensation plan liabilities of $19 million at both December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, which are
included in other non-current liabilities. The majority of the debt and equity securities are Level 1 as they trade with
sufficient frequency and volume to enable it to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis. Unrealized gains/(losses)
on the debt and equity securities offset those associated with the corresponding deferred compensation plan liabilities.
(3) Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Raw Materials
$11,434
$9,092
Work in Progress
130
92
Finished goods
91,588
106,249
$103,152
$115,433
64 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Finished goods inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Finished beds, including deliveries in-transit to those customers who have utilized
home delivery services
$34,725
$39,235
Finished components that were ready for assembly for the completion of beds
39,634
46,179
Retail accessories
17,229
20,835
 
$91,588
$106,249
(4) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Leasehold improvements
$136,127
$143,006
Furniture and equipment
153,106
158,309
Production machinery, computer equipment and software
300,486
306,972
Construction in progress
3,310
6,552
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(463,455)
(435,336)
$129,574
$179,503
Depreciation for 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $65 million, $71 million and $64 million, respectively.
(5) Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill was $64 million at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023. Indefinite-lived trade name/trademarks totaled
$1.4 million at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023.
Definite-lived Intangible Assets
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Developed technologies
$18,851
$18,851
$18,851
$18,851
Patents
1,972
1,002
1,972
780
$20,823
$19,853
$20,823
$19,631
There was no amortization expense for developed technologies in 2024. Amortization expense for developed
technologies was $1.2 million and $2.0 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively. Amortization expense for patents was
$0.2 million, in each of 2024, 2023 and 2022.
65 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Annual amortization for definite-lived intangible assets for subsequent years are as follows (in thousands):
2025
$226
2026
222
2027
222
2028
155
2029
99
Thereafter
46
Total future amortization for definite-lived intangible assets
$970
(6) Credit Agreement
As of December 28, 2024, the Company’s credit facility had a total commitment amount of $678 million. The credit
facility, as amended, is for general corporate purposes, to meet seasonal working capital requirements and to
repurchase its stock. The Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature which allows the Company to increase the
amount of the credit facility from $678 million to $1.0 billion, subject to lenders’ approval. The Credit Agreement
provides the lenders with a collateral security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets and those of its
subsidiaries and requires the Company to comply with, among other things, a maximum net leverage ratio and a
minimum interest coverage ratio.
The Company amended the Credit Agreement on November 2, 2023. The amendment, among other things: (a)
decreased the total aggregate commitment under the Credit Agreement from $825 million to $685 million; (b)
decreased the $625 million revolving loan commitment to $485 million; (c) decreased the accordion from $400 million to
$342.5 million; (d) increased the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate to 50 basis points when the Net Leverage Ratio is
greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement); (e) increased the Applicable Margin
by 25 to 75 basis points for each respective range of Net Leverage Ratios (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement);
(f) deemed the Company’s Net Leverage Ratio as greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but less than 4.50 to 1.00 as of
the amendment effective date to set pricing for the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate and Applicable Margin until
receipt of the compliance certificate for the quarterly reporting period ending December 30, 2023; (g) amended the
definition of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to include cash add backs, capped at
$30 million for the quarterly reporting periods ending December 30, 2023, March 30, 2024, June 29, 2024, September
28, 2024, and December 28, 2024 and capped at $20 million for each quarterly reporting period ending thereafter; (h)
amended the definitions of each of Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as each is defined in the
Credit Agreement) to include the total operating lease liabilities of borrower, as calculated in accordance with ASC 842
accounting guidance (as of the end of the most recently completed quarterly reporting period) replacing the prior
language of six multiplied by Consolidated Rent Expense (for the most recently completed four quarterly reporting
periods); (i) adjusted the permissible maximum Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to (I) 5.00 to
1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods ending December 30, 2023 and March 30, 2024, (II) 5.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly
reporting period ending June 29, 2024, (III) 5.00 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending September 28, 2024,
(IV) 4.80 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending December 28, 2024, and (V) 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarterly
reporting period occurring thereafter; (j) adjusted the permissible minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) to (I) 1.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods ending December 30, 2023 and March 30, 2024,
(II) 1.25 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending June 29, 2024, (III) 1.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting
periods ending September 28, 2024 and December 28, 2024, and (IV) 3.00 to 1.00 for each quarterly reporting period
occurring thereafter; and (k) decreased the requisite Net Leverage Ratio from 3.75 to 1.00 down to 3.00 to 1.00 (under
the new applicable definitions) before any Acquisitions (with the exception of the Specified Acquisition) or Restricted
Payments (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement) may be made. A fee for the amendment was payable to the
approving lenders in an amount equal to 20 basis points multiplied by the sum of such lender's Revolving Credit
Commitment and outstanding Term Loans (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement).
66 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
The following tables summarizes the Company’s borrowings under the credit facility ($ in thousands):
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Outstanding borrowings
$546,600
$539,500
Outstanding letters of credit
$7,147
$7,147
Additional borrowing capacity
$123,753
$138,353
Weighted-average interest rate
7.6%
8.5%
The Company amended the Credit Agreement on March 3, 2025. The amendment, among other things: (a) adds a
definition for "Liquidity" which means, on any date of determination, the sum of (x) Borrower's and its Subsidiaries'
unrestricted cash that is free and clear of Liens (other than those in favor of the Administrative Agent) plus (y) the
aggregate amount of unused Revolving Credit Commitments available for Credit Events on such date (including the
Borrower's ability to satisfy the requirements of Section 4.1 on such date) (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement);
(b) adds a Liquidity financial covenant wherein the Borrower shall cause the Liquidity to be equal or exceed $40 million
as of the last day of each fiscal month; (c) deems our Net Leverage Ratio as greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 as of
the effective date to set pricing for the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate and Applicable Margin until receipt of the
compliance certificate for the quarterly reporting period ending September 27, 2025, (d) adjusts the permissible
maximum Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to (I) 4.75 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods
ending March 29, 2025 and June 28, 2025, (II) 4.50 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending September 27,
2025, (III) 4.25 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending January 1, 2026, and (IV) 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarterly
reporting period occurring thereafter, and (e) adjusts the permissible minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) to (I) 1.90 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting periods ending March 29, 2025, June 28, 2025, and
September 27, 2025, (II) 2.10 to 1.00 for the quarterly reporting period ending January 1, 2026, and (III) 3.00 to 1.00 for
each quarterly reporting period occurring thereafter. A fee for the amendment is payable to the approving lenders in an
amount equal to 20 basis points multiplied by the sum of such lender's Revolving Credit Commitment and outstanding
Term Loans (as each is defined in the Credit Agreement).
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company pays a variable rate of interest and a commitment fee based on
its leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement matures in December 2026. The Company was in compliance with all financial
covenants as of December 28, 2024.
(7) Leases
The Company leases its retail, office and manufacturing space under operating leases which, in addition to the minimum
lease payments, may require payment of a proportionate share of the real estate taxes and certain building operating
expenses. While the Company’s local market development approach generally results in long-term participation in given
markets, its retail store leases generally provide for an initial lease term of five to 10 years. Sleep Number’s office and
manufacturing leases provide for an initial lease term of up to 15 years. In addition, its mall-based retail store leases may
require payment of variable rent based on net sales in excess of certain thresholds. Certain leases may contain options to
extend the term of the original lease. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion. Lease
options are included in the lease term only if exercise is reasonably certain at lease commencement. The Company lease
agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees. The Company also leases vehicles and certain
equipment under operating leases with an initial lease term of three to six years.
The Company’s operating lease costs include facility, vehicle and equipment lease costs, but exclude variable lease
costs. Operating lease costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, after consideration of rent
escalations and rent holidays. The lease term for purposes of the calculation begins on the earlier of the lease
commencement date or the date the Company takes possession of the property. During lease renewal negotiations that
extend beyond the original lease term, the Company estimates straight-line rent expense based on current market
conditions. Variable lease costs are recorded when it is probable the cost has been incurred and the amount can be
reasonably estimated. Future payments for real estate taxes and certain building operating expenses for which the
Company is obligated are not included in operating lease costs.
67 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
At December 28, 2024, the Company’s finance lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities were not significant.
Lease costs were as follows (in thousands):
2024
2023
2022
Operating lease costs(1)
$107,049
$113,510
$109,766
Variable lease costs
$43
$278
$877
____________________
(1)Includes short-term lease costs which are not significant.
The maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 28, 2024, were as follows(1) (in thousands):
2025
$104,800
2026
94,005
2027
77,310
2028
64,734
2029
44,711
Thereafter
76,495
Total operating lease payments(2)
462,055
Less: Interest
72,547
Present value of operating lease liabilities
$389,508
        ___________________
(1)Total operating lease payments exclude $12 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced.
(2)Includes the current portion of $82 million for operating lease liabilities.
Other information related to operating leases was as follows:
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
5.4
5.9
Weighted-average discount rate
6.6%
6.5%
(in thousands)
2024
2023
2022
Cash paid for amounts included in present value of operating
lease liabilities
$108,116
$108,294
$99,819
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease
liabilities
$57,712
$69,396
$82,117
68 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
(8) Shareholders’ Deficit
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Total stock-based compensation expense was as follows (in thousands):
 
2024
2023
2022
Stock awards(1)
$8,157
$11,053
$9,471
Stock options
3,287
3,802
3,752
Total stock-based compensation expense(1)
11,444
14,855
13,223
Income tax benefit
2,747
3,476
3,319
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax
$8,697
$11,379
$9,904
____________________
(1)Changes in annual stock-based compensation expense includes the cumulative impact of the change in the expected achievements of certain
performance targets.
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity was as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts and years):
 
Stock
Options
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
Outstanding at December 30, 2023
1,046
$40.80
6.2
$—
Granted
Exercised
Canceled/Forfeited
(104)
40.38
Outstanding at December 28, 2024
942
$40.85
5.6
$—
Exercisable at December 28, 2024
736
$42.90
4.9
$—
Vested and expected to vest at December 28, 2024
926
$40.95
5.6
$—
____________________
(1)Aggregate intrinsic value includes only those options where the current share price is equal to or greater than the share price on the date of grant.
Other information pertaining to options was as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
2024
2023
2022
Weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted
$—
$16.41
$30.22
Total intrinsic value (at exercise) of stock options exercised
$—
$298
$1,298
There were no exercises of stock options for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024.
At December 28, 2024, there was $2.1 million of total stock option compensation expense related to non-vested stock
options not yet recognized, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.
69 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
The assumptions used to calculate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing
model were as follows. There were no grants of new stock option awards for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024.
Valuation Assumptions
2024
2023
2022
Expected dividend yield
—%
0.0%
0.0%
Expected volatility
—%
64%
57%
Risk-free interest rate
—%
3.8%
2.2%
Expected term (years)
5.7
5.3
Stock Awards
Stock award activity was as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Time-
Based
Stock
Awards
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Performance-
Based
Stock Awards
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding at December 30, 2023
397
$37.38
699
$51.74
Granted
674
13.70
211
13.53
Vested
(181)
39.62
(45)
127.50
Canceled/Forfeited
(77)
23.05
(88)
99.19
Outstanding at December 28, 2024
813
$18.60
777
$31.74
At December 28, 2024, there was $8.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested time-based
stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years, and $2.8 million of
unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested performance-based stock awards, which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.
Repurchases of Common Stock
Repurchases of the Company’s common stock were as follows (in thousands):
 
2024
2023
2022
Amount repurchased under Board-approved share repurchase
program
$—
$—
$54,868
Amount repurchased in connection with the vesting of employee
restricted stock grants
768
3,747
9,320
Total amount repurchased (based on trade dates)
$768
$3,747
$64,188
As of December 28, 2024, the remaining authorization under the Board-approved $600 million share repurchase
program was $348 million.
70 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Net (Loss) Income per Common Share
The components of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share were as follows (in thousands, except per share
amounts):
 
2024
2023
2022
Net (loss) income
$(20,334)
$(15,287)
$36,610
Reconciliation of weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding
22,606
22,429
22,396
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards
456
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding
22,606
22,429
22,852
Net (loss) income per share – basic
$(0.90)
$(0.68)
$1.63
Net (loss) income per share – diluted
$(0.90)
$(0.68)
$1.60
Additional potential dilutive stock-based awards totaling 1.2 million, 1.3 million and 0.6 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022,
respectively, have been excluded from the diluted net (loss) income per share calculations because these stock-based
awards were anti-dilutive. For both 2024 and 2023, otherwise dilutive stock-based awards of 0.1 million have been
excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding, as their inclusion would have had an anti-
dilutive effect on net loss per diluted share.
(9) Revenue Recognition
Deferred contract assets and deferred contract liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheet as follows (in
thousands):
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Deferred contract assets included in:
 
 
Other current assets
$30,154
$28,567
Other non-current assets
48,988
54,795
 
$79,142
$83,362
 
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Deferred contract liabilities included in:
 
 
Other current liabilities
$38,129
$36,421
Other non-current liabilities
60,988
69,098
 
$99,117
$105,519
During the years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 the Company recognized
revenue of $36 million, $36 million and $34 million, respectively, that was included in the deferred contract liability
balance at the beginning of the year.
Revenue from goods and services transferred to customers at a point in time accounted for approximately 98% of the
Company’s revenues for 2024, 2023 and 2022.
71 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Net sales consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
2024
2023
2022
Retail stores
$1,474,250
$1,639,073
$1,823,617
Online, phone, chat and other
208,046
248,409
290,680
Total Company
$1,682,296
$1,887,482
$2,114,297
Obligation for Sales Returns
The activity in the sales returns liability account for 2024 and 2023 was as follows (in thousands):
 
2024
2023
Balance at beginning of year
$22,402
$25,594
Additions that reduce net sales
91,375
109,153
Deduction from reserves
(94,685)
(112,345)
Balance at end of period
$19,092
$22,402
(10) Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan
Under the Company’s profit sharing and 401(k) plan, eligible employees may defer up to 50% of their compensation on a
pre-tax basis, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. Each year, the Company makes a contribution equal to a
percentage of the employee’s contribution. During 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s contributions, net of
forfeitures, were $7 million, $10 million and $10 million, respectively.
(11) Restructuring Costs
In the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company initiated cost reduction actions to reduce operating expenses and accelerate
gross margin initiatives and recognized $15.7 million of restructuring costs in that quarter. In addition to the costs
incurred in 2023, the Company incurred an additional $18.1 million of restructuring costs in 2024. Charges incurred
related to this initiative were comprised of contract termination costs, severance and employee-related benefits,
professional fees and other, and asset impairment charges and are included in the restructuring costs line in the
Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Company expects approximately $5 million to $7 million of
additional restructuring costs to be incurred during 2025, primarily due to lease contract termination costs.
During the years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company recognized $18.1 million and
$15.7 million, respectively, of restructuring costs, as follows (in thousands):
2024
2023
Cash restructuring costs:
Contract termination costs(1)
$7,027
$7,410
Severance and employee-related benefits
3,227
4,966
Professional fees and other
4,634
1,110
Total cash restructuring costs
14,888
13,486
Non-cash restructuring costs:
Asset impairments(2)
3,178
2,242
Total restructuring costs
$18,066
$15,728
____________________
(1)Primarily comprised of lease termination costs.
(2) Includes impairments of both lease right-of-use assets and property and equipment.
72 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
The following table provides the activity in the Company’s restructuring related liabilities, which are included within
accounts payable, compensation and benefits and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet (in
thousands):
2024
2023
Balance at December 30, 2023
$8,720
$—
Expenses
14,888
13,486
Cash payments
(20,267)
(4,766)
Balance at December 28, 2024
$3,341
$8,720
Since the initiation of cost reduction actions in the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company has recognized a cumulative
$33.8 million of restructuring costs, as follows (in thousands):
Cumulative
December 28, 2024
Cash restructuring costs:
Contract termination costs (1)
$14,437
Severance and employee-related benefits
8,193
Professional fees and other
5,744
Total cash restructuring costs
28,374
Non-cash restructuring costs:
Asset impairments (2)
5,420
Total restructuring costs
$33,794
____________________
(1)Primarily comprised of lease termination costs.
(2) Includes impairments of both lease right-of-use assets and property and equipment.
(12) Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands):
2024
2023
2022
Current:
Federal
$6,904
$5,474
$15,518
State
1,256
3,106
5,174
8,160
8,580
20,692
Deferred:
Federal
(12,568)
(10,151)
(7,264)
State
(754)
(2,895)
(1,143)
(13,322)
(13,046)
(8,407)
Income tax (benefit) expense
$(5,162)
$(4,466)
$12,285
73 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
The following table provides a reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective
income tax rate:
2024
2023
2022
Statutory federal income tax
21.0%
21.0%
21.0%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
0.8
(3.5)
6.4
R&D tax credits
9.0
14.1
(5.5)
Return to provision
6.2
6.1
0.8
Investment tax credit
1.1
Stock-based compensation
(9.5)
(6.2)
(1.2)
Non-deductible compensation
(2.6)
(5.7)
1.7
Non-deductible expenses
(2.1)
(2.8)
1.3
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits
(0.5)
(0.5)
(0.4)
Valuation allowance
(3.0)
Other
0.9
(1.0)
1.0
Effective income tax rate
20.2%
22.6%
25.1%
The Company files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state jurisdictions. In the normal
course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company is no
longer subject to federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2021 or state income tax examinations prior to 2020.
Deferred Income Taxes
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
2024
2023
Deferred tax assets:
Stock-based compensation
$7,090
$7,006
Operating lease liabilities
97,604
108,952
Warranty and returns liabilities
5,880
6,894
Net operating loss carryforwards and credits
2,327
1,738
Compensation and benefits
7,220
7,484
Research and development
19,017
18,079
Interest
9,503
3,747
Other
4,163
5,184
Total gross deferred tax assets
152,804
159,084
Valuation allowance
(806)
(48)
Total gross deferred tax assets after valuation allowance
151,998
159,036
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment
23,240
33,772
Operating lease right-of-use assets
89,276
99,351
Deferred revenue
2,516
3,065
Other
3,391
2,595
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
118,423
138,783
Net deferred tax assets
$33,575
$20,253
74 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
At December 28, 2024, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal purposes of $0.4 million, which
will expire between 2025 and 2027.
The Company evaluates its deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required. As part of
this evaluation, the Company assess whether valuation allowances should be established for any deferred tax assets that
are not considered more likely than not to be realized, using all available evidence, both positive and negative. This
assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency, and severity of historical losses, forecasts of future
profitability, taxable income in available carryback periods and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments,
significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The Company has provided a $0.81 million
valuation allowance resulting primarily from its inability to utilize certain net operating losses and state R&D tax credits.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Reconciliations of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):
Federal and State Tax
2024
2023
2022
Beginning balance
$3,671
$3,645
$3,869
Increases related to current-year tax positions
639
753
910
Increases related to prior-year tax positions
51
40
252
Decreases related to prior-year tax positions
(15)
(328)
Lapse of statute of limitations
(688)
(601)
(1,058)
Settlements with taxing authorities
(166)
Ending balance
$3,658
$3,671
$3,645
At December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had $3.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively, of
unrecognized tax benefits, which if recognized, would affect its effective tax rate. The amount of unrecognized tax
benefits is not expected to change materially within the next 12 months.
Note 13. Segments
The Company’s chief operating decision maker (CODM), who is the Chief Executive Officer, assesses company-wide
performance and allocates resources based on consolidated financial information. Consequently, the Company views the
entire organization as one reportable segment and the strategic purpose of all operating activities is to support that one
segment.
The CODM manages the Company’s business activities as a single operating and reportable segment at the
consolidated level. The CODM uses net (loss) income, as reported on the Company’s consolidated statement of
operations, in evaluating performance of the Company in determining how to allocate resources of the Company as a
whole, including investing in the Company’s product development, sales and marketing campaigns, and employee
compensation. The measure of segment assets that is reviewed by the CODM is reported within the consolidated
balance sheet as consolidated total assets. The CODM also uses consolidated earnings or losses before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA) as the basis for the CODM to evaluate the performance of the
Company.
75 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
The following is a summary of the significant expense categories and consolidated net (loss) income details provided to
the CODM (in thousands):
2024
2023
2022
Net Sales
$1,682,296
$1,887,482
$2,114,297
Less:
Cost of sales
(679,523)
(798,952)
(912,002)
Marketing expenses
(393,693)
(432,982)
(497,269)
Selling expenses
(372,931)
(414,460)
(422,359)
General and administrative
(148,736)
(145,949)
(153,266)
Research and development
(45,255)
(55,797)
(61,521)
Restructuring costs
(18,066)
(15,728)
Asset impairment charges
(1,220)
(673)
Interest expense
(48,368)
(42,694)
(18,985)
Income tax benefit (expense)
5,162
4,466
(12,285)
Net (loss) income
$(20,334)
$(15,287)
$36,610
Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
The Company is involved from time to time in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business,
including primarily commercial, product liability, employment and intellectual property claims. In accordance with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles, the Company records a liability in its consolidated financial statements with
respect to any of these matters when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability
can be reasonably estimated. If a material loss is reasonably possible but not known or probable, and may be reasonably
estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. With respect to currently pending legal proceedings, the
Company has not established an estimated range of reasonably possible material losses either because it believes that is
has valid defenses to claims asserted against it, the proceeding has not advanced to a stage of discovery that would
enable it to establish an estimate, or the potential loss is not material. The Company currently does not expect the
outcome of pending legal proceedings to have a material effect on its consolidated results of operations, financial
position or cash flows. Litigation, however, is inherently unpredictable, and it is possible that the ultimate outcome of
one or more claims asserted against the Company could adversely impact its consolidated results of operations, financial
position or cash flows. The Company expenses legal costs as incurred.
Purported Class Action Complaint
On January 14, 2025, purported customers served a putative class action complaint on behalf of themselves and a
putative class of California consumers against Sleep Number in the United States District Court for the Central District of
California alleging that Sleep Number’s beds are perpetually on sale in violation of California law. The Plaintiff seeks
injunctive relief, damages and attorneys fees.
Purported Class Action Complaint
On September 27, 2024, a purported customer served a putative class action complaint on behalf of themself and a
putative class of California consumers against Sleep Number in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
California alleging that Sleep Number’s beds are perpetually on sale in violation of California law. The Plaintiff seeks
injunctive relief, damages and attorneys fees.
76 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (continued)
Consumer Credit Arrangements
The Company refers customers seeking extended financing to certain third-party financiers (Card Servicers). The Card
Servicers, if credit is granted, establish the interest rates, fees, and all other terms and conditions of the customer’s
account based on their evaluation of the creditworthiness of the customer. As the accounts are owned by the Card
Servicers, at no time are the accounts purchased or acquired from Sleep Number. The Company is not liable to the Card
Servicers for its customers’ credit defaults.
Commitments
As of December 28, 2024, the Company has $23 million of inventory purchase commitments. As part of the normal
course of business, there are a limited number of inventory supply contracts that contain penalty provisions for failure to
purchase contracted quantities. The Company does not currently expect any material payments under these provisions.
At December 28, 2024, the Company had entered into 7 lease commitments primarily for future retail store locations.
These lease commitments provide for total lease payments over the next 11 to 12 years, which if consummated based on
current cost estimates, would approximate $12 million over the initial lease term. The future lease payments for these
lease commitments have been excluded in the total operating lease payments in Note 7, Leases.
77 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Conclusions Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), that are
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is
accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. The Company’s management, with the participation of its chief executive officer and chief financial officer,
evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the
end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on this evaluation, its principal executive officer and principal
financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the
period covered by this annual report.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Sleep Number’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting
is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The
Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors
of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
Management, with the participation of its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control –
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based
on this evaluation under these criteria, management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of December 28, 2024. The report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public
accounting firm, regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is included in this
report in “Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under “Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.”
Fourth Quarter Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
December 28, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting.
78 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
During the quarter ended December 28, 2024, none of the Company’s directors or officers adopted, modified or
terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of Company securities that was intended to
satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” as defined in
Item 408 of SEC Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information under the captions “Our Board; Who We Are” and “Our Board; How We are Governed and Govern”
and in “Our Pay; Compensation Oversight and Process: Insider Trading Policy” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for its
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning the Company’s
executive officers is included in Part I of this report under the caption “Information about the Company’s Executive
Officers.”
The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct applicable to its directors, officers and employees (including its
principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer). The Code of Business Conduct is
available on the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at www.sleepnumber.com: select the “Investors”
link, “Governance” link and then the “Governance Documents” link. In the event that the Company amends or waives
any of the provisions of the Code of Business Conduct applicable to the Company’s principal executive officer, principal
financial officer and principal accounting officer, the Company intends to disclose the same on its website at
www.sleepnumber.com.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information under the caption “Our Pay” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Stock Ownership
The information under the caption “Stock Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Company’s
Proxy Statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for its
2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information under the caption “Provisions Applicable to All Directors and the Board; Related Party Transactions
Policy” and “Provisions Applicable to All Directors and the Board; Independence” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for
the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
79 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” for
Deloitte & Touche LLP (PCAOB No. 34) in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule
(1)Financial Statements
All financial statements as set forth under Item 8 of this report.
(2)Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule
The following Report and financial statement schedule are included in this Part IV:
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is
included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(3)Exhibits
The exhibits to this Report are listed in the Exhibit Index below.
80 | 2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
EXHIBIT INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 28, 2024
Exhibit
No.
Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
4.1
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8*
81 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.9†
10.10†
10.11†
10.12†
10.13†
10.14†
10.15†
10.16†
10.17†
10.18†
10.19†
10.20†
10.21
10.22
82 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29*
10.30†
10.31†
10.32†
10.33†
10.34†
10.35†
10.36†
83 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.37†
10.38†
10.39†
10.40†
10.41†
10.42†*
10.43†*
10.44†
10.45†
10.46†
10.47†
19.1*
21.1*
23.1*
24.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
97.1†
84 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
Exhibit
No.
Description
101.INS*
Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104*
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
____________________
(1)Confidential treatment has been requested by the issuer with respect to designated portions contained within document. Such portions have been
omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(2)Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10).
*Filed herein.
†Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
85 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
(Registrant)
March 7, 2025
By:
/s/ Shelly R. Ibach
Shelly R. Ibach
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
By:
/s/ Francis K. Lee
Francis K. Lee
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
By:
/s/ Joel J. Laing
Joel J. Laing
Chief Accounting Officer
(principal accounting officer)
86 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Shelly R.
Ibach, Francis K. Lee and Sam R. Hellfeld, and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-
fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite
and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do
in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or such
person’s substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date or dates indicated.
Name
Title
Date
/s/ Shelly R. Ibach
Chair of the Board
March 7, 2025
Shelly R. Ibach
/s/ Phillip M. Eyler
Director
March 6, 2025
Phillip M. Eyler
/s/ Stephen L. Gulis, Jr.
Director
March 4, 2025
Stephen L. Gulis, Jr.
/s/ Michael J. Harrison
Director
March 4, 2025
Michael J. Harrison
/s/ Julie M. Howard
Director
March 5, 2025
Julie M. Howard
/s/ Deborah L. Kilpatrick
Director
March 3, 2025
Deborah L. Kilpatrick
/s/ Brenda J. Lauderback
Director
March 6, 2025
Brenda J. Lauderback
/s/ Stephen E. Macadam
Director
March 4, 2025
Stephen E. Macadam
/s/ Barbara R. Matas
Director
March 4, 2025
Barbara R. Matas
/s/ Angel L. Mendez
Director
March 4, 2025
Angel L. Mendez
/s/Hilary A. Schneider
Director
March 3, 2025
Hilary A. Schneider
87 |  2024 FORM 10-K
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)
Description
2024
2023
2022
Allowances for credit losses
Balance at beginning of period
$1,437
$1,267
$924
Additions charged to costs and expenses
2,145
1,437
2,294
Deductions from reserves
(2,469)
(1,267)
(1,951)
Balance at end of period
$1,113
$1,437
$1,267
EX-10.8 2 a2024-q4ex108.htm EX-10.8 Document
Exhibit 10.8
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

    THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Third Amendment” or this “Amendment”) by and between Legacy 1001 MINNEAPOLIS VENTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION, a Minnesota corporation (“Tenant”), is executed as of this 26th day of December, 2024 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”).

WITNESSETH

    WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease dated as of October 21, 2016, subsequently amended by the First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to Lease dated June 1, 2017 and Second Amendment to Lease dated as May 25, 2023 (collectively the “Lease”) for space in the building commonly known as 1001 3rd Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (the “Building”);

    WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to amend the Lease so as to permit (i) Landlord to gain access to certain space on the 4th Floor of the Premises and (ii) Tenant to abate Base Rent and Additional Rent with respect to certain space on the 4th Floor of the Premises for twelve (12) months as more fully described herein; and

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree to amend and modify the Lease as follows:

1.    DEFINED TERMS. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein with initial capital letters shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

2.    RENT ABATEMENT FOURTH FLOOR. Solely in respect of that portion of the entire Fourth Floor of the Premises (which is approximately 26,309 rentable square feet) depicted in the dark blue shaded areas on Exhibit A (the “Abated Portion of the Premises”), Base Rent and Additional Rent in respect of the Abated Portion of the Premises shall be abated for the month beginning (and including) December 2024 and ending (and including) November 2025 (the “Abatement Period”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if there is a default of the Lease by the Tenant during the Abatement Period after the expiration of any applicable cure period, the Abatement Period automatically ends, and no further rent shall be deemed abated and any rent that would have been abated shall be due and payable (and any Additional Rent and Base Rent that was abated prior to a default by the Tenant shall remain abated). For the avoidance of doubt, no rent shall be deemed abated for any portion of the premises other than the Abated Portion of the Premises.

1
Sleep Number Third Lease Amendment

Exhibit 10.8
3. ACCESS TO ABATED PORTION OF THE PREMISES. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the Abatement Period or at any time that there is a default under the Lease, Tenant shall no longer have sole and exclusive use of the space outlined in a red box on Exhibit A the Abated Portion of the Premises (“Abated Portion”) and Landlord (and its agents and contractors) shall have unfettered access to the Abated Portion of the Premises, including for construction staging and for storing of personal property of Landlord and its agents and contractors, so long as no actual construction work is conducted by Landlord in the Abated Portion of the Premises, its agents or its contractors in the Abated Portion).

4.    REMOVAL OF SOLAR PANELS. By execution of this Third Amendment, Landlord has hereby provided notice to Tenant (and Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of same) that Landlord intends to replace the roof in calendar year 2025). In connection with the replacement of the roof, Tenant hereby acquiesces and agrees that Landlord may permanently remove (or cause to be removed) any and all Solar Panel Systems at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, except where Landlord and Tenant have otherwise agreed in writing to shift certain of such costs and expenses from Tenant to Landlord. It being understood that there is no obligation following such removal to replace the Solar Power System. In connection with such removal, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord (and any of its agents and contractors) on account of any injury to persons or property caused by such removal (other than on account of the negligence of Landlord or its agents or contractors) and Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs incurred by Landlord (other than on account of the negligence of Landlord or its agents or contractors) in connection with restoring the Building (including without limitation, the roof of the Building and all other parts of the Building which are affected by the installation of the Solar Panel System) to its condition as existed prior to Tenant’s installation of the Solar Panel System, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Second Amendment, from and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, the Tenant shall no longer have any right to install any Solar Panel Systems in or on the Building. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any reasonable and necessary preapproved costs or expenses incurred by Landlord (and shall pay any indemnity claims) within thirty (30) days of receipt of any invoice therefor, it being agreed that Tenant has preapproved such costs prior to this Third Amendment.

5.    EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. Except as expressly amended by this Third Amendment, the terms and provisions contained in the Lease shall continue to govern the rights and obligations of the parties; and all provisions and covenants in the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

6.    SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. A determination that any provision of this Amendment is unenforceable or invalid shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof, and any determination that the application of any provision of this Amendment to any person or circumstance is illegal or unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply to any other persons or circumstances.

7. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument, but in making proof hereof it shall only be necessary to produce one such counterpart.
2
Sleep Number Third Lease Amendment

Exhibit 10.8

8.    GOVERNING LAW. The terms and conditions of this Amendment shall be governed by the applicable laws of the State of Minnesota.

9.    INTERPRETATION. Within this Amendment, words of any gender shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held and construed to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The section headings used herein are intended for reference purposes only and shall not be considered in the interpretation of the terms and conditions hereof. The parties acknowledge that the parties and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Amendment and that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Amendment or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

10.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms and conditions of this Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.

11.    TIME OF ESSENCE. Landlord and Tenant agree that time is of the essence of this Amendment.



    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.



LANDLORD: Legacy 1001 Minneapolis Venture LLC, a Delaware limited partnership
TENANT: SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION, a Minnesota corporation
By: /s/ Jay Rappaport By: /s/ Joel Laing
Its: Authorized Signatory Its: Treasurer and CAO
Date: 1/10/25 Date: 12/26/24
                





            

3
Sleep Number Third Lease Amendment

Exhibit 10.8
Exhibit A
image_0.jpg
4
Sleep Number Third Lease Amendment
EX-10.29 3 a2024-q4ex102911thamendmen.htm EX-10.29 Document
Exhibit 10.29
[Certain identified information has been omitted from this document because it is not material and would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed; such omissions have been marked with “[****]”.]

EXECUTION VERSION

ELEVENTH AMENDMENT
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

    THIS ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of March 3, 2025 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), by and among SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION, a Minnesota corporation (the “Borrower”), the lenders listed on the signature pages hereto (the “Lenders”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Issuing Lender (in such capacity, the “Issuing Lender”), Swing Line Lender (in such capacity, the “Swing Line Lender”) and Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), under that certain Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by this Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

    WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent agree to make certain modifications to the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent have so agreed on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows.
ARTICLE I

AMENDMENT
1.Amendments to Credit Agreement. Effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, but subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article III below, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.
ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:
1.This Amendment and the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and are enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.
DB1/ 154857351.5



2.As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date.
ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
    This Amendment shall become effective on the Amendment Effective Date, provided, however, that the effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

1.The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and each of the Lenders required to execute this Amendment in order to give effect hereto.
2.To the extent invoiced prior to the Amendment Effective Date, all of the Administrative Agent’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement shall be fully reimbursed or paid.
3.The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of each Lender that delivers its executed signature page hereto no later than the delivery time and date specified by the Administrative Agent (with appropriate delivery being determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), an amendment fee equal to 0.20% multiplied by the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and outstanding Term Loans as of the Amendment Effective Date.
ARTICLE IV

RELEASE
In further consideration of the execution by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of this Amendment, the Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its affiliates, and all of the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Releasors”), hereby completely, voluntarily, knowingly, and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender, the Lenders, each of their advisors, professionals and employees, each affiliate of the foregoing and all of their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”), from any and all claims, actions, suits, and other liabilities, including, without limitation, any so-called “lender liability” claims or defenses (collectively, “Claims”), whether arising in law or in equity, which any of the Releasors ever had, now has or hereinafter can, shall or may have against any of the Releasees for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from time to time occurred on or prior to the date hereof, in any way concerning, relating to, or arising from (i) any of the Releasors, (ii) the Obligations, (iii) all collateral securing the Obligations, (iv) the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and (v) the financial condition, business operations, business plans, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any affiliate thereof.  The Releasors hereby acknowledge that they have been advised by legal counsel of the meaning and consequences of this release.
2


ARTICLE V

GENERAL
1.Expenses. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel to the Administrative Agent, incurred in connection with preparation, negotiation and execution of this Amendment and any other document required to be furnished herewith.
2.Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy or electronically shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Amendment, the documents delivered together herewith, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, in respect of documents to be signed by entities established within the European Union, the Electronic Signature qualifies as a “qualified electronic signature” within the meaning of the Regulation (EU) n°910/2014 of the European parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on electronic identification and trust services for electronic transaction in the internal market as amended from time to time and provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without their prior written consent. For purposes hereof, “Electronic Signature” means electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person or entity with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.
3.Severability. Any provision in this Amendment that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of this Amendment are declared to be severable.
4.GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
5.Successors; Enforceability. The terms and provisions of this Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.
6.Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement.
(a)Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended and modified hereby.
(b)Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith (including, without limitation, all of the Loan Documents) shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.
3


(c)The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.
(d)This Amendment is a Loan Document.
7.Headings. Section headings in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the provisions of this Amendment.
8.Affirmation. Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment ratifies and reaffirms all of its obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each Loan Document to which it is a party, and ratifies and reaffirms its grant of liens on and security interests in any of its properties pursuant to each Loan Document to which it is a party and which evidences any such lien or security interest, and confirms that such liens and security interests continue to secure the Secured Obligations as modified pursuant to the Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby.
(signature pages follow)

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION, as the Borrower

By: /s/ Francis Lee
Name: Francis Lee
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
SELECT COMFORT RETAIL CORPORATION, as a Guarantor of Payment

By: /s/ Francis Lee
Name: Francis Lee
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
SELECT COMFORT CANADA HOLDING INC., as a Guarantor of Payment

By: /s/ Francis Lee
Name: Francis Lee
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
SELECT COMFORT SC LLC, as a Guarantor of Payment
By: /s/ Francis Lee
Name: Francis Lee
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
SLEEP NUMBER HEALTH CORPORATION, as a Guarantor of Payment

By: /s/ Francis Lee
Name: Francis Lee
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to
Sleep Number Corporation
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender and as Issuing Lender, Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent


By: /s/ Mark J Hattling
Name: Mark J Hattling
Title: Senior Vice President
Signature Page to
Sleep Number Corporation
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender


By: /s/ Glen Beeker
Name: Glen Beeker
Title: Senior Vice President


Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



BMO BANK, N.A., as a Lender


By: /s/ Scott Ackerman
Name: Scott Ackerman
Title: Managing Director

Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender


By: /s/ Laura L. Olson
Name: Laura L. Olson
Title: Senior Vice President


Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender


By: /s/ Tom Gurbach
Name: Tom Gurbach
Title: Sr. Vice President


Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



ASSOCIATED BANK, N.A., as a Lender


By: /s/ Michael Stevens
Name: Michael Stevens
Title: Senior Vice President


Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



CAPITAL ONE, N.A., as a Lender


By: /s/ G Uzdin
Name: Gabrielle Uzdin
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory



Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



HUNTINGTON NATIONAL BANK, as a Lender


By: /s/ Nate Drews
Name: Nate Drews
Title: Financial Recovery Rep


Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender


By: /s/ Marla Merritt
Name: Marla Merritt
Title: Senior Vice President


Signature Page to
Sleep Number
Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement



EXHIBIT A

Credit Agreement, as amended pursuant to the Eleventh Amendment AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Attached



Deal CUSIP Number: 83125PAA8
Revolving Loan CUSIP Number: 83125PAB6
Term Loan CUSIP Number: 83125PAD2
among
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
as Borrower
THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN
as Lenders
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Lender
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
and
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Syndication Agents
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC
as Joint Lead Arrangers
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Sole Book Runner1
_____________________
dated as of
February 14, 2018

1 Arranger and agency titles effective as of the Eighth Amendment Effective Date.



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page

-i-



TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page

-ii-



TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page

-iii-



TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page

-iv-



TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page


Exhibit A-1    Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-2    Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit B    Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit C    Form of Notice of Loan
Exhibit D    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E    Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement


Schedule 1    Commitments of Lenders
Schedule 2    Guarantors of Payment
Schedule 2.2(b)    Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 3    Pledged Securities
Schedule 5.3    Quarterly Reporting Periods
Schedule 5.8    Indebtedness
Schedule 5.9    Liens
Schedule 6.1    Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification
Schedule 6.5    Real Estate Owned by the Companies
Schedule 6.9    Locations
Schedule 6.11    Employee Benefits Plans
Schedule 6.16    Material Agreements
Schedule 6.17    Intellectual Property
Schedule 6.18    Insurance
Schedule 7.4    Pledged Notes


-v-




This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified, this “Agreement”) is made effective as of the 14th day of February, 2018 among:
(a)    SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION, a Minnesota corporation (the “Borrower”);
(b)    the lenders listed on Schedule 1 hereto and each other Eligible Transferee, as hereinafter defined, that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.9(b) or 11.10 hereof (collectively, the “Lenders” and, individually, each a “Lender”); and
(c)    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement (the “Administrative Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders desire to contract for the establishment of credits in the aggregate principal amounts hereinafter set forth, to be made available to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Account” means an account, as that term is defined in the U.C.C.
“Account Debtor” means an account debtor, as that term is defined in the U.C.C., or any other Person obligated to pay all or any part of an Account in any manner and includes (without limitation) any Guarantor thereof.
“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (other than a Company), or any business unit or division of any Person (other than a Company), (b) the acquisition of in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock (or other equity interest) of any Person (other than a Company), or (c) the acquisition of another Person (other than a Company) by a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or any other combination with such Person, including pursuant to any merger or consolidation with, or as a Division Successor pursuant to the Division of, any Person that was not a Domestic Subsidiary prior to such merger or consolidation or Division.
“Additional Commitment” means that term as defined in Section 2.9(b)(i) hereof.



“Additional Lender” means an Eligible Transferee that shall become a Lender during the Commitment Increase Period pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof.
“Additional Lender Assumption Agreement” means an additional lender assumption agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, wherein an Additional Lender shall become a Lender.
“Additional Lender Assumption Effective Date” means that term as defined in Section 2.9(b)(ii) hereof.
“Adjusted Daily Simple RFR” means, with respect to any Loan denominated in Sterling, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Daily Simple RFR for Sterling plus (b) 0.0326%; provided that if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for purposes of this Agreement.
“Adjusted EURIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Loan denominated in Euros for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a)  the EURIBOR Screen Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that if the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for purposes of this Agreement.
“Adjusted Other Interest Rate” means, with respect to any Loan denominated in an Agreed Currency other than Dollars, Euros or Sterling, an interest rate per annum equal to the Other Basic Interest Rate corresponding with such Agreed Currency and, if applicable, the Interest Period therefor multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate therefor, if applicable, plus (c) any credit spread or similar adjustment applicable thereto announced or otherwise communicated to the Borrower on or prior to the date such Adjusted Other Interest Rate becomes applicable; provided, that if the Adjusted Other Interest Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for purposes of this Agreement.
“Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate” means, with respect to any Term SOFR Loan or Swing Line Loan accruing interest at the Term SOFR Rate, in each case for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) zero and (b) the sum of (i) the Term SOFR Screen Rate for such Interest Period, plus (ii) the SOFR Adjustment.
“Administrative Agent” means that term as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“Administrative Agent Fee Letter” means that certain Amended and Restated Administrative Agent Fee Letter, dated as of February 11, 2019, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Advantage” means any payment (whether made voluntarily or involuntarily, by offset of any deposit or other indebtedness or otherwise) received by any Lender in respect of the Obligations, if such payment results in that Lender having less than its pro rata share (based upon its Commitment Percentage plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of its Term Loans) of the Obligations then outstanding.
2


“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affected Lender” means a Defaulting Lender or a Downgraded Lender.
“Affiliate” means any Person, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with a Company and “control” (including the correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Company, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Agreed Currencies” means (i) Dollars, (ii) so long as such currencies remain Eligible Currencies, euro, and Pounds Sterling, and (iii) any other Eligible Currency which the Borrower requests the Administrative Agent to include as an Agreed Currency hereunder and which is acceptable to all of the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, that any such other Eligible Currency also shall be subject to the requirements of Section 1.6.
“Agreement” means that term as defined in the first paragraph of this agreement.
“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate of interest per annum equal to the highest of (a) 0.0%, (b) the Prime Rate for such day, (c) the sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 0.50% per annum and (d) the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate (without giving effect to the Applicable Margin) for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day or if the Term SOFR Screen Rate for such Business Day is not published due to a holiday or other circumstance that the Administrative Agent deems in its sole discretion to be temporary, the immediately preceding Business Day) for Dollars plus 1.00%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, or the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate shall be effective from the effective date of such change. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used when Term SOFR Loans are unavailable pursuant to the terms hereof, then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the highest of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, without reference to clause (d) above.
“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Companies from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
“Applicable Commitment Fee Rate” means the number of basis points set forth in the following matrix, based upon the result of the computation of the Net Leverage Ratio as set forth in the Compliance Certificate for such fiscal period and, thereafter, as set forth in each successive Compliance Certificate, as provided below:
3


Net Leverage Ratio Applicable Commitment Fee Rate (in basis points)
Greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 50.00
Greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but less than 4.50 to 1.00 50.00
Greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but less than 4.00 to 1.00 50.00
Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 but less than 3.50 to 1.00 35.00
Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but less than 3.00 to 1.00 30.00
Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00 25.00
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00 20.00
Less than 1.50 to 1.00 20.00

Changes to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be effective on the first day of each calendar month following the date upon which the Administrative Agent should have received, pursuant to Section 5.3(d) hereof, the Compliance Certificate. The above pricing matrix does not modify or waive, in any respect, the requirements of Section 5.7 hereof, the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to charge the Default Rate, or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Articles VIII and IX hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) during any period when the Borrower shall have failed to timely deliver the Consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3(b) or (c) hereof, or the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.3(d) hereof, until such time as the appropriate Consolidated financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered, the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall, at the election of the Administrative Agent (which may be retroactively effective to the first day of the calendar month following the date upon which the Administrative Agent should have received the Consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3(b) or (c) hereof, or pursuant to Section 5.3(d) hereof, the Compliance Certificate), be the highest rate per annum indicated in the above pricing grid regardless of the Net Leverage Ratio at such time, and (ii) in the event that any financial information or certification provided to the Administrative Agent in the Compliance Certificate is shown to be inaccurate (if this Agreement or the Commitment in respect of Revolving Loans is in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Commitment Fee Rate for any period (an “Applicable Commitment Fee Period”) than the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate applied for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period, then (A) the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period, (B) the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall be determined based on such corrected Compliance Certificate, and (C) the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional fees owing as a result of such increased Applicable Commitment Fee Rate for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period. The foregoing Applicable Commitment Fee Rate amounts may be adjusted pursuant to ESG Pricing Provisions as contemplated by Section 2.16.
4


As of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, the Net Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00. Unless increased pursuant to Section 2.3(c), the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate shall remain at that level until the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to Section 5.3(d), its Compliance Certificate for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending September 27, 2025.
“Applicable Margin” means the number of basis points (depending upon the Type of Loan) set forth in the following matrix, based upon the result of the computation of the Net Leverage Ratio as set forth in the Compliance Certificate for such fiscal period and, thereafter, as set forth in each successive Compliance Certificate, as provided below:
Net Leverage Ratio Applicable Basis Points for Term SOFR, RFR, EURIBOR and Other Interest Rate Loans Applicable Basis Points for Base Rate Loans
Greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00
    350.00
    250.00
Greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but less than 4.50 to 1.00
    300.00
    200.00
Greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but less than 4.00 to 1.00
    275.00
    175.00
Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 but less than 3.50 to 1.00
    250.00
    150.00
Greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but less than 3.00 to 1.00
    225.00
    125.00
Greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 but less than 2.50 to 1.00
    200.00
    100.00
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.00 to 1.00
    175.00
    75.00
Less than 1.50 to 1.00
    150.00
    50.00

Changes to the Applicable Margin shall be effective on the first day of each calendar month following the date upon which the Administrative Agent should have received, pursuant to Section 5.3(d) hereof, the Compliance Certificate. The above pricing matrix does not modify or waive, in any respect, the requirements of Section 5.7 hereof, the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to charge the Default Rate, or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Articles VIII and IX hereof.
5


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) during any period when the Borrower shall have failed to timely deliver the Consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3(b) or (c) hereof, or the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.3(d) hereof, until such time as the appropriate Consolidated financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered, the Applicable Margin shall, at the election of the Administrative Agent (which may be retroactively effective to the first day of the calendar month following the date upon which the Administrative Agent should have received the Consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3(b) or (c) hereof, or pursuant to Section 5.3(d) hereof, the Compliance Certificate), be the highest rate per annum indicated in the above pricing grid for Loans of that type, regardless of the Net Leverage Ratio at such time, and (ii) in the event that any financial information or certification provided to the Administrative Agent in the Compliance Certificate is shown to be inaccurate (if this Agreement or the Commitment is in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Margin Period”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Margin Period, then (A) the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Margin Period, (B) the Applicable Margin shall be determined based on such corrected Compliance Certificate, and (C) the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Margin Period. The foregoing Applicable Margin amounts may be adjusted pursuant to ESG Pricing Provisions as contemplated by Section 2.16. As of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, the Net Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00. Unless increased pursuant to Section 2.3(c), the Applicable Margin shall remain at that level until the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to Section 5.3(d), its Compliance Certificate for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending September 27, 2025.
“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an affiliate of a Lender, or (c) an entity or an affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Approximate Equivalent Amount” of any currency with respect to any amount of Dollars means the Equivalent Amount of such currency with respect to such amount of Dollars on or as of such date, rounded up to an amount not greater than the nearest .01 (1/100) of the standard unit of such currency, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time.
“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement in the form of the attached Exhibit E.
“Authorized Officer” means a Financial Officer or other individual authorized by a Financial Officer in writing (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) to handle certain administrative matters in connection with this Agreement.
“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Agreed Currency, (x) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period or (y) otherwise, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement as of such date.
“Bailee’s Waiver” means a bailee’s waiver, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered by a Credit Party in connection with this Agreement, as such waiver may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
6


“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Bank Product Agreements” means those certain cash management services and other agreements entered into from time to time between a Company and the Administrative Agent or a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) in connection with any of the Bank Products.
“Bank Product Obligations” means all obligations, liabilities, contingent reimbursement obligations, fees and expenses owing by a Company to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) pursuant to or evidenced by the Bank Product Agreements.
“Bank Products” means a service or facility extended to a Company by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) for (a) credit cards and credit card processing services, (b) debit cards, purchase cards and stored value cards, (c) ACH transactions, and (d) cash management, including controlled disbursement, accounts or services.
“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto, as hereafter amended.
“Base Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin (from time to time in effect) for Base Rate Loans plus the Alternate Base Rate.
“Base Rate Loan” means, as the context may require, a Revolving Loan described in Section 2.2(a) hereof or a Term Loan described in Section 2.1(d) hereof, that shall be denominated in Dollars and on which the Borrower shall pay interest at the Base Rate.
“Benchmark” means, initially, with respect to any Loan in any Agreed Currency, the applicable Relevant Rate for such Agreed Currency; provided that if a replacement of a Benchmark has occurred pursuant to Section 3.5, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement therefor to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has become effective pursuant to Section 3.5.
“Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date; provided, that in the case of any Loan denominated in an Agreed Currency other than Dollars (or Dollars if clause (1) is unavailable), “Benchmark Replacement” means the alternative set forth in clause (2) below:
7


(1)    Daily Simple SOFR plus the SOFR Adjustment; or
(2)    the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for syndicated credit facilities denominated in the applicable Agreed Currency at such time in the United States of America and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement pursuant to clause (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for syndicated credit facilities denominated in the applicable Agreed Currency at such time.
“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including, without limitation, changes to the definitions of “Term SOFR Loan,” the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Loan”, the definition of “Term SOFR Loan”, the definition of “Base Rate Loan”, the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
8


“Benchmark Replacement Date” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(1)    in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); and
(2)    in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be no longer representative; provided, that such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (3) and even if any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.
For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(1)    a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
9


(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the Term SOFR Administrator, the central bank for the Agreed Currency applicable to such Benchmark, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), in each case which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
(3)    a public statement or publication of information by any of the entities referenced in clause (2) above announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer, or as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative.
For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark in accordance with Section 3.5, and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark in accordance with Section 3.5.
“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
“Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan.”
“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k)) of such party.
“Borrower” means that term as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“Borrower Investment Policy” means the Investment Policy of the Borrower in effect as of the Closing Date, together with such modifications as approved from time to time by the board of directors of the Borrower.
10


“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in New York City, New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system; provided that, (i) when used in connection with SOFR or the Term SOFR Screen Rate, Business Day excludes any day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA) recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities; (ii) in relation to Loans denominated in Euros and the calculation or computation of the EURIBOR Screen Rate, Business Day shall include any day which is a TARGET Day; (iii) in relation to RFR Loans and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such RFR Loan, or any other dealings in the applicable Agreed Currency of such RFR Loan, Business Day shall include any such day that is only a RFR Business Day, and (iv) in relation to Loans denominated in Agreed Currencies other than Dollars, euro, and Sterling, Business Day shall include or exclude such other days as determined by the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower) in accordance with market conventions for the applicable Agreed Currency.
“Capital Distribution” means a payment made, liability incurred or other consideration given by a Company to any Person that is not a Company, (a) for the purchase, acquisition, redemption, repurchase, payment or retirement of any capital stock or other equity interest of such Company, or (b) as a dividend, return of capital or other distribution (other than any stock dividend, stock split or other equity distribution payable only in capital stock or other equity of such Company) in respect of such Company’s capital stock or other equity interest.
“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means obligations of the Companies for the payment of rent for any real or personal property under leases or agreements to lease that, in accordance with GAAP, have been or should be capitalized on the books of the lessee and, for purposes hereof, the amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Collateral Account” means a commercial Deposit Account designated “cash collateral account” and maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent, without liability by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to pay interest thereon, from which account the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall have the exclusive right to withdraw funds until all of the Secured Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations) are paid in full.
“Cash Equivalents” means (a) cash equivalents as determined in accordance with GAAP, and (b) other investments permitted under the Borrower Investment Policy that have a maturity of no more than two years, so long as the weighted average maturity of all such investments permitted under the Borrower Investment Policy does not exceed nine months.
“Cash Security” means all cash, instruments, Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and cash equivalents, in each case whether matured or unmatured, whether collected or in the process of collection, upon which a Credit Party presently has or may hereafter have any claim or interest, wherever located, including but not limited to any of the foregoing that are presently or may hereafter be existing or maintained with, issued by, drawn upon, or in the possession of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
11


“Change in Control” means:
(a)    the acquisition of, directly or indirectly, beneficially (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) or of record, on or after the Closing Date, by any Person or group (within the meaning of Sections 13d and 14d of the Exchange Act), of shares representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate ordinary Voting Power represented by the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Borrower;
(b)    occupation at any time of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) directors of the Borrower on the date on this Agreement nor (ii) nominated or appointed by the board of directors of the Borrower; or
(c)    if the Borrower shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate ordinary Voting Power represented by the issued and outstanding equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries.
“Closing Date” means the effective date of this Agreement as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Collateral” means (a) all of the Borrower’s now existing and hereafter acquired or arising (i) personal property, (ii) Accounts, Investment Property, instruments, contract rights, chattel paper, documents, supporting obligations, letter-of-credit rights, Pledged Securities, Pledged Notes (if any), Commercial Tort Claims, General Intangibles, Inventory, and Equipment, (iii) funds now or hereafter on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, if any, and (iv) Cash Security; and (b) Proceeds and products of, additions and accessions to, and substitutions for, any of the foregoing; provided that Collateral shall not include Excluded Collateral.
“Commercial Tort Claim” means a commercial tort claim, as that term is defined in the U.C.C.
“Commitment” means (x) the obligation hereunder of the Lenders, during the Commitment Period, to make Loans and to participate in Swing Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit pursuant to the Revolving Credit Commitment, up to the Maximum Revolving Amount, or (y) with respect to the Term Loans, a Term Loan Lender’s obligation to extend Term Loans on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.
“Commitment Increase Period” means the period from the Closing Date to the date that is six months prior to the last day of the Commitment Period.
12


“Commitment Percentage” means, for each Lender, such Lender’s percentage of the Commitment in respect of Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and Letters of Credit as set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the column headed “Commitment Percentage”, as listed in Schedule 1 hereto (taking into account any reallocations pursuant to Section 2.5(f) hereof and assignments pursuant to Section 11.10 hereof).
“Commitment Period” means the period from the Closing Date to December 3, 2026, or such earlier date on which the Commitment in respect of Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and Letters of Credit shall have been terminated pursuant to Article IX hereof.
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Companies” means the Borrower and all Subsidiaries.
“Company” means the Borrower or a Subsidiary.
“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate in the form of the attached Exhibit D.
“Consideration” means, in connection with an Acquisition, the aggregate consideration paid or to be paid, including borrowed funds, cash, deferred payments, the issuance of securities or notes, the assumption or incurring of liabilities (direct or contingent), the payment of consulting fees or fees for a covenant not to compete and any other consideration paid or to be paid for such Acquisition.
“Consignee’s Waiver” means a consignee’s waiver (or similar agreement), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered by a Credit Party in connection with this Agreement, as such waiver may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Consolidated” means the resultant consolidation of the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, including principles of consolidation consistent with those applied in preparation of the consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.14 hereof.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Charges” means, for any period, the aggregate of all depreciation and amortization charges for fixed assets, leasehold improvements and general intangibles (specifically including goodwill) of the Borrower for such period, as determined on a Consolidated basis.
13


“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, as determined on a Consolidated basis, (a) Consolidated Net Earnings for such period plus, without duplication, the aggregate amounts deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Earnings in respect of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Charges, (iv) reasonable non-recurring non-cash and cash losses not incurred in the ordinary course of business, (v) non-cash expenses incurred in connection with stock-based compensation, (vi) non-cash impairment expenses relating to store closures or remodeling during such period, and (vii) amortization of fees payable in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness during such period; minus (b) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Earnings for such period, non-recurring non-cash gains not incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of cash losses included as addbacks in any determination of Consolidated EBITDA shall not exceed the following amounts for the following periods: (x) $30,000,000 for the Quarterly Reporting Periods ending December 30, 2023, March 30, 2024, June 29, 2024, September 28, 2024, and December 28, 2024, and (y) $20,000,000 for each Quarterly Reporting Period ending thereafter; provided, further, that no cash loss shall be included as an addback in any determination of Consolidated EBITDA without the Administrative Agent’s prior approval thereof.
“Consolidated EBITDAR” means, for any period, as determined on a Consolidated basis, (a) Consolidated EBITDA, plus (b) Consolidated Rent Expense.
“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, at any date, all Indebtedness (including, but not limited to, short-term, long-term and Subordinated Indebtedness, if any) of the Borrower, as determined on a Consolidated basis.
“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, for any period, all provisions for taxes based on the gross or net income of the Borrower (including, without limitation, any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), as determined on a Consolidated basis.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the interest expense (including, without limitation, the “imputed interest” portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations, synthetic leases and asset securitizations, if any, and excluding deferred financing costs) of the Borrower for such period, as determined on a Consolidated basis.
“Consolidated Net Earnings” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower for such period, as determined on a Consolidated basis.
“Consolidated Rent Expense” means, for any period, the total rent expense with respect to real and personal property of the Borrower for such period, as determined on a Consolidated basis and as reported in its financial statements.
“Consolidated Total Assets” means, for any Fiscal Year, total assets of the Companies, calculated in accordance with GAAP on a Consolidated basis as of the last day of such Fiscal Year.
“Control Agreement” means a Deposit Account Control Agreement or Securities Account Control Agreement.
“Controlled Group” means a Company and each Person required to be aggregated with a Company under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).
14


“Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.
“Covered Entity” means any of the following:
(a)    a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);
(b)    a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or
(c)    a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Covered Party” is defined in Section 11.23.
“Credit Event” means the making by the Lenders of a Loan, the conversion by the Lenders of one Type of Loan to another Type of Loan, the continuation by the Lenders of a Loan accruing interest using Interest Periods after the end of the applicable Interest Period, the making by the Swing Line Lender of a Swing Loan, or the issuance (or amendment or renewal) by the Issuing Lender of a Letter of Credit.
“Credit Party” means the Borrower, and any Subsidiary or other Affiliate that is a Guarantor of Payment.
“Customary Setoffs” means, as to any Securities Intermediary or depository institution, as applicable, with respect to any Securities Account or Deposit Account, as applicable, maintained with such Person, setoffs and chargebacks by such Person against such Securities Account or Deposit Account, as applicable, that directly relate to the maintenance and administration thereof, including, without limitation, for the following purposes: (a) administrative and maintenance fees and expenses; (b) items deposited in or credited to the account and returned unpaid or otherwise uncollected or subject to an adjustment entry; (c) adjustments or corrections of posting or encoding errors; (d) any ACH credit or similar entries that are subsequently returned thereafter; (e) items subject to a claim against the depository bank/securities intermediary for breach of transfer, presentment, encoding, retention or other warranty under Federal Reserve Regulations or Operating Circulars, ACH or other clearing house rules, or applicable law (including, without limitation, Articles 3, 4 and 4A of the U.C.C.); and (f) chargebacks in connection with merchant card transactions.
“Daily Simple RFR” means, for any day (an “RFR Interest Day”), an interest rate per annum equal to, for any RFR Loan denominated in Sterling, SONIA for the day that is 5 RFR Business Days prior to (A) if such RFR Interest Day is an RFR Business Day, such RFR Interest Day or (B) if such RFR Interest Day is not an RFR Business Day, the RFR Business Day immediately preceding such RFR Interest Day.
15


“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, an interest rate per annum equal to SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for syndicated business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Default” means an event or condition that constitutes, or with the lapse of any applicable grace period or the giving of notice or both would constitute, an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” means (a) with respect to any Loan or other Obligation for which a rate is specified, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto, and (b) with respect to any other amount, if no rate is specified or available, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Base Rate from time to time in effect.
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“Defaulting Lender” means a Lender, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, that (a) has failed (which failure has not been cured) to fund any Loan or any participation interest in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans required to be made hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof (unless such Lender shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing of its good faith determination that a condition under Section 4.1 hereof to its obligation to fund any Loan shall not have been satisfied); (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit; (c) has failed, within three Business Days after receipt of a written request from the Administrative Agent or the Borrower to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligation to fund prospective Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Loans, and such request states that the requesting party has reason to believe that the Lender receiving such request may fail to comply with such obligation, and states such reason; (d) has failed to pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender when due an amount owed by such Lender to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, unless such amount is subject to a good faith dispute or such failure has been cured; or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets (other than an Undisclosed Administration), including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action.
16


Any Defaulting Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender when the Administrative Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such Defaulting Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender based upon the characteristics set forth in this definition.
“Deferred Payments” means payments owing for obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by any of the Companies to third-parties for property sold (other than the sale of real property) or services provided or rendered by such third-parties, including, without limitation, rent to landlords for leased properties, payments owing to professionals (such as accounting firms) and other similar payments; provided, that the applicable Company and the applicable third-party have contractually agreed to defer payment of such amount as a result of the general impact of COVID-19 virus, and the applicable Company in good faith expects to pay such deferred amount to such third-party at a later date acceptable to such third-party.
“Deposit Account” means a deposit account, as that term is defined in the U.C.C.
“Deposit Account Control Agreement” means each Deposit Account Control Agreement among a Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and a depository institution, dated on or after the Closing Date, to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise) of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any issuance of equity interests by a Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
“Dividing Person” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Division”.
“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.
“Division Successor” means any Person that, upon the consummation of a Division of a Dividing Person, holds all or any portion of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations previously held by such Dividing Person immediately prior to the consummation of such Division. A Dividing Person which retains any of its assets, liabilities and/or obligations after a Division shall be deemed a Division Successor upon the occurrence of such Division.
“Dodd-Frank Act” means the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub.L. 111-203, H.R. 4173) signed into law on July 21, 2010, as amended from time to time.
17


“Dollar”, “U.S. Dollar” or the $ sign means lawful currency of the United States.
“Dollar Amount” means, on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount in an Agreed Currency, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.5(g) using the Exchange Rate with respect to such Agreed Currency at the time in effect.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.
“Dormant Subsidiary” means a Company that (a) is not a Credit Party or the direct or indirect equity holder of a Credit Party, (b) has aggregate assets of less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (or the foreign currency equivalent of such amount), and (c) has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries with aggregate assets, for such Company and all such Subsidiaries, of more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (or the foreign currency equivalent of such amount).
“Downgraded Lender” means a Lender that has a non-credit enhanced senior unsecured debt rating below investment grade from either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s, or any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization recognized as such by the SEC, and that has been designated by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, as a Downgraded Lender. Any Downgraded Lender shall cease to be a Downgraded Lender when the Administrative Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such Downgraded Lender is no longer a Downgraded Lender based upon the characteristics set forth in this definition.
“E-SIGN” means the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and any regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in subpart (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in subparts (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Eighth Amendment Effective Date” means October 26, 2022.
“Eleventh Amendment Effective Date” means March 3, 2025.
“Eligible Currency” means any lawful currency other than Dollars that is not restricted, readily available, freely traded, in which deposits are customarily offered to banks in the applicable interbank market designated by the Administrative Agent, convertible into Dollars in the international interbank market available to the Lenders in such market and as to which a Dollar Amount may be readily calculated.
18


If, after the designation by the Lenders of any currency as an Agreed Currency, currency control or other exchange regulations are imposed in the country in which such currency is issued, or any other event occurs, in each case with the result that different types of such currency are introduced, such country’s currency is, (i) in the determination of the Administrative Agent, no longer readily available or freely traded, (ii) as to which, in the determination of the Administrative Agent, a Dollar Amount is not readily calculable, or (iii) no longer a currency in which the Required Lenders are willing to make Loans (each of (i), (ii) and (iii), a “Disqualifying Event”), then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower, and such country’s currency shall no longer be an Agreed Currency until such time as the Disqualifying Event(s) no longer exist, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall repay all Loans made in the currency to which the Disqualifying Event applies in Dollars or convert such Loans into the Dollar Amount of Loans in Dollars, subject to the other terms contained in Article II.
“Eligible Transferee” means (a) any Lender (other than an Affected Lender), any affiliate of a Lender and any Approved Fund, and (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other Person (other than a natural Person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person) that extends credit or buys loans of the type made hereunder as part of its principal business; provided that no Company, no Affiliate of a Company, nor any Person acting at the direction of, or in concert with, any such Person, shall be an Eligible Transferee.
“EMU” means the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998, as amended from time to time.
“EMU Legislation” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency (whether known as the “euro” or otherwise).
“Environmental Laws” means all provisions of law (including the common law), statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, guidelines, policies, procedures, orders-in-council, regulations, permits, licenses, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, orders, awards and standards promulgated by a Governmental Authority or by any court, agency, instrumentality, regulatory authority or commission of any of the foregoing concerning environmental health or safety and protection of, or regulation of the discharge of substances into, the environment.
“Environmental Permits” means all permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates, approvals or registrations required by any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Laws.
“Equipment” means equipment, as that term is defined in the U.C.C.
19


“Equivalent Amount” of any currency at any date means the equivalent in Dollars of such currency, calculated on the basis of the arithmetic mean of the buy and sell spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the applicable interbank market (or other market where the Administrative Agent’s foreign exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted) for such other currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (Central time) on the date on which such amount is to be determined, rounded up to an amount not greater than the nearest .01 (1/100) of the standard unit of such currency, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided, however, that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such amount, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
“ERISA Event” means (a) the existence of a condition or event with respect to an ERISA Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a material excise tax under Chapter 43 of the Code or any other material liability under ERISA on a Company or of the imposition of a Lien on the assets of a Company pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 4068 of ERISA; (b) the engagement by a Company in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined under ERISA Section 406 or Code Section 4975) or a breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA with respect to an ERISA Plan that, in each case could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company; (c) the application by a Controlled Group member for a waiver from the minimum funding requirements of Code Section 412 or ERISA Section 302 or a Pension Plan is subject to funding based limitations pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(29) or 436; (d) the occurrence of a Reportable Event with respect to any Pension Plan as to which notice is required to be provided to the PBGC; (e) the withdrawal by a Controlled Group member from a Multiemployer Plan in a “complete withdrawal” or a “partial withdrawal” (as such terms are defined in ERISA Sections 4203 and 4205, respectively) that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company; (f) the failure of an ERISA Plan (and any related trust) that is intended to be qualified under Code Sections 401 and 501 to be so qualified or the failure of any “cash or deferred arrangement” under any such ERISA Plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(k) that, in each case, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company; (g) the taking by the PBGC of any steps to terminate a Pension Plan or appoint a trustee to administer a Pension Plan, or the taking by a Controlled Group member of any steps to terminate a Pension Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company; (h) the failure by a Controlled Group member or an ERISA Plan to satisfy any requirements of law applicable to an ERISA Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company; (i) the commencement, existence or, to the knowledge of a Company, threatening of a claim, action, suit, audit or investigation with respect to an ERISA Plan, other than a routine claim for benefits that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company; or (j) any incurrence by or any expectation of the incurrence by a Controlled Group member of any liability for post-retirement benefits under any Welfare Plan, other than as required by ERISA Section 601, et. seq. or Code Section 4980B or other applicable law that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to a Company.
20


As used in this definition of “ERISA Event”, “material” means the measure of a matter of significance that shall be determined as being an amount equal to Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000).
“ERISA Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(3)) that a Controlled Group member at any time sponsors, maintains, contributes to, has liability with respect to or has an obligation to contribute to such plan.
“ESG” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16.
“ESG Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16.
“ESG Pricing Provisions” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“Euro(s)”, “euro(s)” and “EUR” means the single currency of the participating member states of the EU.
“EURIBOR Loan” means a Loan which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(c), bears interest at the applicable EURIBOR Rate.
“EURIBOR Rate” means, for the relevant Interest Period, the sum of (a) the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate applicable to such Interest Period plus (b) the Applicable Margin.
“EURIBOR Screen Rate” means the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters as published at approximately 11:00 a.m. Brussels time two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.
“Eurocurrency Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.
“Event of Default” means an event or condition that shall constitute an event of default as defined in Article VIII hereof.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Exchange Rate” means on any day, for purposes of determining the Dollar Amount of any other currency, the rate at which such other currency may be exchanged into Dollars at the time of determination on such day on the applicable Reuters Page for such currency.
21


In the event that such rate does not appear on the applicable Reuters Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about such time as the Administrative Agent shall elect after determining that such rates shall be the basis for determining the Exchange Rate, on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two (2) Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error.
“Excluded Collateral” means (a) any intent-to-use trademark application filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office in Washington D.C. pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 1051(b) to the extent such application would be deemed to be transferred in violation of 15 U.S.C. § 1060(a) as a result of the security interest granted herein, or otherwise invalidated or made unenforceable as a result of the execution or performance of this Agreement, until such time as the circumstances that would give rise to such violation, invalidation or unenforceability no longer exist, (b) any item of equipment or general intangibles to the extent that such item is subject to a written agreement or a law or regulation which prohibits, or requires a consent of any Person other than the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower (which consent has not been obtained or waived) to, the security interest granted by this Agreement and such prohibition or requirement of consent is effective and enforceable under applicable law and is not rendered ineffective by applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC, (c) any deposit or other account used with respect to the funds or property held in the Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan Trust, and (d) any Deposit Account that is a trust or “special account” on the records of the financial institution where such Deposit Account is located that is exclusively comprised of funds for payroll (and related payroll taxes).
“Excluded Swap Obligations” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Credit Party of, or the grant by such Credit Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Credit Party’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Credit Party and any and all guarantees of such Credit Party’s Swap Obligations by other Credit Parties), at the time such guarantee or grant of security interest of such Credit Party becomes, or would become, effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is, or becomes, illegal.
22


“Excluded Taxes” means, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or revenue or branch profits, franchise taxes and branch profit taxes, in each case (i) imposed on it by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or in which its principal office is located, or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, and (b) any withholding tax imposed with respect to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, pursuant to FATCA.
“Existing Credit Agreement” means the Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2015, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and KeyBank National Association, as amended or modified prior to the date hereof.
“Existing Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b)(i).
“FATCA” means Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable to and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) zero percent (0.0%) and (b) the rate per annum calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Central time) on such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
“Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
“Fifth Amendment Effective Date” means April 21, 2021.
“Financial Officer” means any of the following officers: chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or treasurer. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a Financial Officer in this Agreement shall refer to a Financial Officer of the Borrower.
“First Amendment Effective Date” means February 11, 2019.
“Fiscal Year” means each fiscal year of the Borrower ending on the date corresponding with such fiscal year as set forth on Schedule 5.3.
23


“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, each Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or each Adjusted Other Interest Rate, as applicable. As of the Eighth Amendment Effective Date, the Floor equals 0% for all interest rate determinations.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as then in effect, which shall include the official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, applied on a basis consistent with the past accounting practices and procedures of the Borrower.
“General Intangibles” means (a) general intangibles, as that term is defined in the U.C.C. and (b) choses in action, causes of action, intellectual property, customer lists, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, service marks, registrations, trade names, trademarks, copyrights, licenses, goodwill, computer software, rights to indemnification and tax refunds.
“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, province or territory or local or other political subdivision thereof, any governmental agency, department, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other governmental entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization exercising such functions, and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
“Guarantor” means a Person that shall have pledged its credit or property in any manner for the payment or other performance of the indebtedness, contract or other obligation of another and includes (without limitation) any guarantor (whether of payment or of collection), surety, co-maker, endorser or Person that shall have agreed conditionally or otherwise to make any purchase, loan or investment in order thereby to enable another to prevent or correct a default of any kind.
“Guarantor of Payment” means each of the Companies designated a “Guarantor of Payment” on Schedule 2 hereto, and any other Person that shall execute and deliver a Guaranty of Payment (or Guaranty of Payment Joinder) to the Administrative Agent subsequent to the Closing Date.
24


“Guaranty of Payment” means each Guaranty of Payment executed and delivered on or after the Closing Date in connection with this Agreement by the Guarantors of Payment, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Guaranty of Payment Joinder” means each Guaranty of Payment Joinder, executed and delivered by a Guarantor of Payment for the purpose of adding such Guarantor of Payment as a party to a previously executed Guaranty of Payment.
“Hedge Agreement” means any (a) hedge agreement, interest rate swap, cap, collar or floor agreement, or other interest rate, commodity or foreign exchange management device entered into by a Company with any Person in connection with any Indebtedness of such Company, or (b) currency swap agreement, forward currency purchase agreement or similar arrangement or agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates entered into by a Company.
“Indebtedness” means, for any Company, without duplication, (a) all obligations to repay borrowed money, direct or indirect, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed, (b) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and Deferred Payments), (c) all obligations under conditional sales or other title retention agreements, (d) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit or banker’s acceptance, (e) all net obligations under any currency swap agreement, interest rate or commodity swap, cap, collar or floor agreement or other interest rate, commodity or foreign exchange management device or any Hedge Agreement, (f) all synthetic leases, (g) all Capitalized Lease Obligations, (h) all obligations of such Company with respect to asset securitization financing programs, (i) all obligations to advance funds to, or to purchase assets, property or services from, any other Person in order to maintain the financial condition of such Person, (j) all indebtedness of the types referred to in subparts (a) through (i) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Company is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Company, (k) any other transaction (including forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Company to finance its operations or capital requirements, and (l) any guaranty of any obligation described in subparts (a) through (k) above (for purposes of this subpart (l), the amount of any guaranty shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligations, or portion thereof, in respect of which such guaranty is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guarantor in good faith).
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed and delivered on or after the Closing Date by the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, granting a security interest in all intellectual property owned by the Borrower or such Guarantor of Payment, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Interest Adjustment Date” means the last day of each Interest Period.
25


“Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as determined for the most recently completed four Quarterly Reporting Periods of the Borrower, on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense.
“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan and any Swing Line Loan, the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, (b) with respect to any RFR Loan, each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the date such Loan is made (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month), (c) with respect to any Term SOFR Loan or EURIBOR Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, in the case of a Term SOFR Loan or EURIBOR Loan with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, (d) with respect to an Other Interest Rate Loan, such recurring day as agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, (e) with respect to any other payment not specified above or otherwise herein, the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and (f) as applicable, the last day of the Commitment Period or the Term Loan Maturity Date.
“Interest Period” means, with (a) respect to Term SOFR Loans, or EURIBOR Loans, a period of one, three, or six months or (b) if denominated in any other Agreed Currency (other than Sterling, which is subject to provisions governing RFR Loans), such period as shall be agreed to for such Agreed Currency by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (which period may follow one of the Interest Period conventions set forth in clause (a) above or those governing RFR Loans), in each case commencing on a Business Day selected by the Borrower of such Loan pursuant to this Agreement. Any Interest Period shall end on the day which corresponds numerically to such date one, three, or six months (or other relevant period) thereafter, as applicable; provided, however, that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such next, third, or sixth succeeding month, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such next, third, or sixth succeeding month. If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that if said next succeeding Business Day falls in a new calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, as a result of a Benchmark Replacement, a Loan may no longer correspond with an Interest Period, and this definition of Interest Period shall be modified pursuant to Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes to address such change.
“Inventory” means inventory, as that term is defined in the U.C.C.
“Investment Property” means investment property, as that term is defined in the U.C.C., unless the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in another jurisdiction would govern the perfection and priority of a security interest in investment property, and, in such case, “investment property” shall be defined in accordance with the law of that jurisdiction as in effect from time to time.
26


“ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.
“Issuing Lender” means, as to any Letter of Credit transaction hereunder, the Administrative Agent as issuer of the Letter of Credit, or, in the event that the Administrative Agent either shall be unable to issue or the Administrative Agent shall agree that another Lender may issue, a Letter of Credit, such other Lender as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall agree to issue the Letter of Credit in its own name, but in each instance on behalf of the Lenders. KeyBank National Association shall be the “Issuing Lender” with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit.
“KPIs” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.
“Landlord’s Waiver” means a landlord’s waiver or mortgagee’s waiver, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered by a Credit Party in connection with this Agreement, as such waiver may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Lender” means that term as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement and, as the context requires, shall include the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender.
“Lender Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, the outstanding principal amount of Loans made by such Lender (other than Swing Loans made by the Swing Line Lender and other than such Lender’s share of the Term Loan Exposure with respect to any Term Loan made by such Lender), plus such Lender’s pro rata share, if any, of the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swing Line Exposure.
“Letter of Credit” means a commercial documentary letter of credit or standby letter of credit that shall be issued by the Issuing Lender for the account of the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment, including amendments thereto, if any, and shall have an expiration date no later than the earlier of (a) three hundred sixty-four (364) days after its date of issuance (provided that such Letter of Credit may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one year periods), or (b) ten (10) days prior to the last day of the Commitment Period.
“Letter of Credit Commitment” means the commitment of the Issuing Lender, on behalf of the Lenders, to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).
“Letter of Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit, and (b) the aggregate of the draws made on Letters of Credit that have not been reimbursed by the Borrower or converted to a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(v) hereof.
27


“Letter of Credit Fee” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, for any day, an amount equal to (a) the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit, multiplied by (b) the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Term SOFR Loans in effect on such day divided by three hundred sixty (360).
“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, lien (statutory or other), charge, assignment, hypothecation, encumbrance on, pledge or deposit of, or conditional sale, lease (other than Operating Leases), sale with a right of redemption or other title retention agreement and any capitalized lease with respect to any property (real or personal) or asset.
“Liquidity” means, on any date of determination, the sum of (x) the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ unrestricted cash that is free and clear of Liens (other than those in favor of the Administrative Agent) plus (y) the aggregate amount of unused Revolving Credit Commitments available for a Credit Event on such date (including the Borrower’s ability to satisfy the requirements of Section 4.1 on such date).
“LLC” means any Person that is a limited liability company under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation.
“Loan” means a Revolving Loan, a Term Loan or a Swing Loan.
“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Note, each Guaranty of Payment, each Guaranty of Payment Joinder, all documentation relating to each Letter of Credit, each Security Document, and the Administrative Agent Fee Letter and any other fee letter from time to time delivered in connection herewith, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified or replaced, and any other document delivered pursuant thereto.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Companies taken as a whole, (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any Loan Document, (c) the ability of any Credit Party to perform its material obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (d) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Credit Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Material Indebtedness Agreement” means any debt instrument, lease (capital, operating or otherwise), guaranty, contract, commitment, agreement or other arrangement evidencing or entered into in connection with any Indebtedness of any Company or the Companies equal to or in excess of the principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).
“Maximum Foreign Currency Amount” means $25,000,000.
“Maximum Rate” means that term as defined in Section 2.3(d) hereof.
28


“Maximum Revolving Amount” means, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the column headed “Maximum Revolving Amount” as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, which in the aggregate for the Lenders, as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, equals Four Hundred Eighty-Five Million Dollars ($485,000,000), with such amount being subject to (a) decreases pursuant to Section 2.9 (a) hereof, (b) increases pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof, and (c) assignments of interests pursuant to Section 11.10 hereof; provided, that the Maximum Revolving Amount for the Swing Line Lender shall exclude the Swing Line Commitment (other than its pro rata share), and the Maximum Revolving Amount of the Issuing Lender shall exclude the Letter of Credit Commitment (other than its pro rata share thereof).
“Maximum Term Loan Amount” means, for each Term Loan Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the column headed “Term Loan Commitment Amount” as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, which in the aggregate for the Term Loan Lenders, as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, equaled Two-Hundred Million Dollars ($200,000,000), and was fully drawn on such date.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a Pension Plan that is subject to the requirements of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
“Net Leverage Ratio” means, as determined on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (as of the end of the most recently completed Quarterly Reporting Period), plus (ii) the total operating lease liabilities of Borrower, as calculated in accordance with ASC 842 accounting guidance (as of the end of the most recently completed Quarterly Reporting Period), minus (iii) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash-on-hand and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower located in the United States in excess of Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000); to (b) Consolidated EBITDAR (for the most recently completed four Quarterly Reporting Periods); provided, however, if, during any period of determination, the Borrower or any other Credit Party consummates an Acquisition (and the Administrative Agent has received financial and Acquisition-related reporting in respect thereof in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it), the Net Leverage Ratio shall be determined after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition as if such Acquisition (and related transactions, including the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) was consummated on the first day of the applicable four quarter Quarterly Reporting Period.
“Non-Consenting Lender” means that term as defined in Section 11.3(c) hereof.
“Non-U.S. Lender” means that term as defined in Section 3.2(d) hereof.
“Note” means a Revolving Credit Note, a Term Loan Note or the Swing Line Note, or any other promissory note delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
“Notice of Loan” means a Notice of Loan in the form of the attached Exhibit C.
“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
29


“Obligations” means, collectively, (a) all Indebtedness and other obligations now owing or hereafter incurred by the Borrower or any other Credit Party to the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Lender, or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and includes the principal of and interest on all Loans, and all obligations of the Borrower or any other Credit Party pursuant to Letters of Credit; (b) each extension, renewal, consolidation or refinancing of any of the foregoing, in whole or in part; (c) the commitment and other fees, and any prepayment fees, payable pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (d) all fees and charges in connection with Letters of Credit; (e) every other liability, now or hereafter owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Company pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (f) all Related Expenses.
“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and any successor thereto.
“Operating Leases” means all real or personal property leases under which any Company is bound or obligated as a lessee or sublessee and which, under GAAP, are not required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of such Company; provided that Operating Leases shall not include any such lease under which any Company is also bound as the lessor or sublessor.
“Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person (other than an individual), such Person’s Articles (Certificate) of Incorporation, operating agreement or equivalent formation documents, and Regulations (Bylaws), or equivalent governing documents, and any amendments to any of the foregoing.
“Other Basic Interest Rate” means, with respect to a Loan in an Agreed Currency other than Dollars, euro, or Sterling, the rate per annum agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as applying to such Agreed Currency, which rate may be determined using an interest settlement rate for deposits in such Agreed Currency administered by a body selected by the Administrative Agent and agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders, as such rate appears on the applicable Reuters or other agreed-upon screen (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of such Agreed Currency as may be designated by the Administrative Agent and agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders from time to time) at the time and on the Business Day designated by the Administrative Agent and agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto or on the first day on which the applicable Loan is to be made, as the case may be) with a term, if applicable to such Agreed Currency, equivalent to the relevant Interest Period; provided, that if an agreed-upon screen (or any successor or substitute page) is not available to the Administrative Agent for any reason, the applicable Other Basic Interest Rate shall instead equal such rate as reported by such service as agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; provided, further, that such alternative may be a central bank rate determined by the Administrative Agent and agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth herein, at no time shall an Other Basic Interest Rate be less than zero.
“Other Interest Rate” means the sum of (a) the Adjusted Other Interest Rate (which may be determined for an Interest Period, if applicable) plus (b) the Applicable Margin.
30


“Other Interest Rate Loan” means a Loan accruing interest at the Other Interest Rate applicable thereto.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from the Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise, ad valorem or property taxes, goods and services taxes, harmonized sales taxes and other sales taxes, use taxes, value added taxes, charges or similar taxes or levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
“Participant” means that term as defined in Section 11.11 hereof.
“Participating Member State” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.
“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, as amended from time to time.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and its successor.
“Pension Plan” means an ERISA Plan that is a “pension plan” (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.
“Permitted Capital Distributions for Performance or Taxes” means (i) repurchases or redemptions of capital stock or other equity interests by a Company in connection with the exercise of stock options, performance stock awards or restricted stock awards if such capital stock or other equity interests represent all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) any repurchases deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of such capital stock or other equity interests issued to directors, officers or employees of a Company under any equity plan or other benefit plan or agreement for directors, officers and employees of a Company and its Subsidiaries to cover withholding tax obligations of such directors, officers or employees in respect of such issuances.
“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, corporation, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, institution, trust, estate, Governmental Authority or any other entity.
“Pledge Agreement” means each of the Pledge Agreements, relating to the Pledged Securities, executed and delivered by the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment, as applicable, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, dated on or after the Closing Date, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
31


“Pledged Notes” means the promissory notes payable to the Borrower, as described on Schedule 7.4 hereto, and any additional or future promissory notes that may hereafter from time to time be payable to the Borrower.
“Pledged Securities” means all of the shares of capital stock or other equity interest of a Subsidiary of a Credit Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or created, and all proceeds thereof; provided that Pledged Securities shall exclude (a) shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary, (b) shares of capital stock of any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary that is a Dormant Subsidiary, and (c) shares of voting capital stock or other voting equity interests in any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the total outstanding shares of voting capital stock or other voting equity interest of such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary. (Schedule 3 hereto lists, as of the Closing Date, all of the Pledged Securities.)
“Pounds Sterling”, “Sterling” or “British Pounds Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
“Prime Rate” means the interest rate established from time to time by the Administrative Agent (or its parent) as the Administrative Agent’s (or its parent’s) generally applicable prime rate, whether or not such rate shall be publicly announced; the Prime Rate may not be the lowest interest rate charged by the Administrative Agent (or its parent) for commercial or other extensions of credit. Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective immediately from and after such change.
“Proceeds” means (a) proceeds, as that term is defined in the U.C.C., and any other proceeds, and (b) whatever is received upon the sale, exchange, collection or other Disposition of Collateral or proceeds, whether cash or non-cash. Cash proceeds include, without limitation, moneys, checks and Deposit Accounts. Proceeds include, without limitation, any Account arising when the right to payment is earned under a contract right, any insurance payable by reason of loss or damage to the Collateral, and any return or unearned premium upon any cancellation of insurance. Except as expressly authorized in this Agreement, the right of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to Proceeds specifically set forth herein, or indicated in any financing statement, shall never constitute an express or implied authorization on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to a Company’s sale, exchange, collection or other Disposition of any or all of the collateral securing the Obligations.
“Processor’s Waiver” means a processor’s waiver (or similar agreement), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered by a Credit Party in connection with this Agreement, as such waiver may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as amended from time to time.
32


“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 5390(c)(8)(D).
“QFC Credit Support” is defined in Section 11.23.
“Quarterly Reporting Period” means the period established by the Borrower as a fiscal quarter of the Borrower, as more specifically set forth on Schedule 5.3 hereto, as such Schedule 5.3 shall from time to time be replaced pursuant to Section 5.3(h) hereof.
“Reference Time” means with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is the Term SOFR Rate, 10:00 a.m. (Central time) on the day that is two U.S. Government Securities Business Days preceding the date of such setting, (2) if such Benchmark is the EURIBOR Rate, 11:00 a.m. Brussels time two TARGET Days preceding the date of such setting, (3) if the RFR for such Benchmark is SONIA, then four RFR Business Days prior to such setting, or (4) if such Benchmark is none of Term SOFR, the EURIBOR Screen Rate, or SONIA, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Register” means that term as described in Section 11.10(i) hereof.
“Regularly Scheduled Payment Date” means the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year.
“Related Expenses” means any and all costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, reasonable attorneys’ fees, legal expenses, judgments, suits and disbursements): (a) incurred by the Administrative Agent, or imposed upon or asserted against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in any attempt by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to (i) obtain, preserve, perfect or enforce any Loan Document or any security interest evidenced by any Loan Document; (ii) obtain payment, performance or observance of any and all of the Secured Obligations; or (iii) maintain, insure, audit, collect, preserve, repossess or Dispose of any of the collateral securing the Secured Obligations or any part thereof, including, without limitation, costs and expenses for appraisals, assessments and audits of any Company or any such collateral; or (b) incidental or related to subpart (a) above, including, without limitation, interest thereupon from the date incurred, imposed or asserted until paid at the Default Rate.
“Related Writing” means each Loan Document and any other assignment, mortgage, security agreement, guaranty agreement, subordination agreement, financial statement, audit report or other writing furnished by any Credit Party, or any of its officers, to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to or otherwise in connection with this Agreement.
33


“Relevant Governmental Body” means (i) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Dollars, the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto, (ii) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Sterling, the Bank of England, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Bank of England or, in each case, any successor thereto, (iii) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Euros, the European Central Bank, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the European Central Bank or, in each case, any successor thereto, and (iv) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in any other currency, (a) the central bank for the currency in which such Benchmark Replacement is denominated or any central bank or other supervisor which is responsible for supervising either (1) such Benchmark Replacement or (2) the administrator of such Benchmark Replacement or (b) any working group or committee officially endorsed or convened by (1) the central bank for the currency in which such Benchmark Replacement is denominated, (2) any central bank or other supervisor that is responsible for supervising either (A) such Benchmark Replacement or (B) the administrator of such Benchmark Replacement, (3) a group of those central banks or other supervisors or (4) the Financial Stability Board or any part thereof.
“Relevant Rate” means (i) with respect to any Loan denominated in Dollars, Term SOFR, (ii) with respect to any Loan denominated in Euros, the EURIBOR Screen Rate, (iii) with respect to any Loan denominated in Sterling, the RFR, and (iv) with respect to any Agreed Currency other than Dollars, Euros or Sterling, the applicable Other Interest Rate.
“Relief Period” means the period beginning on the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date and ending on the date that the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the audited financial statements and the compliance certificate for the Fiscal Year ending January 3, 2026 that are required to be delivered under and in accordance with Section 5.3(c) and Section 5.3(d).
“Reportable Event” means a reportable event as that term is defined in Title IV of ERISA, except actions of general applicability by the Secretary of Labor under Section 110 of such Act.
“Required Lenders” means the holders of more than fifty percent (50%), based upon each Lender’s Commitment Percentage plus its ratable share of the Term Loan Commitments, or, once funded, outstanding principal amount of Term Loans, of an amount (the “Total Amount”) equal to (a) during the Commitment Period, the Total Commitment Amount, or (b) after the Commitment Period, the Revolving Credit Exposure plus the Term Loan Exposure; provided that (i) the portion of the Total Amount held or deemed to be held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders, and (ii) if there shall be two or more Lenders (that are not Defaulting Lenders), Required Lenders shall constitute at least two Lenders.
“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination or policy statement or interpretation of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property.
“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
34


“Restricted Payment” means, with respect to any Company, (a) any Capital Distribution, (b) any amount paid by such Company in repayment, redemption, retirement or repurchase, directly or indirectly, of any Subordinated Indebtedness, or (c) any amount paid by such Company in respect of any management, consulting or other similar arrangement with any equity holder (other than (i) a Company, or (ii) customary and reasonable employment and severance arrangements and directors’ fees to directors) of a Company or an Affiliate.
“Revolving Credit Commitment” means the obligation hereunder, during the Commitment Period, of (a) the Lenders (and each Lender) to make Revolving Loans, (b) the Issuing Lender to issue, and each Lender to participate in, Letters of Credit pursuant to the Letter of Credit Commitment, and (c) the Swing Line Lender to make, and each Lender to participate in, Swing Loans pursuant to the Swing Line Commitment; up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time equal to the Maximum Revolving Amount.
“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding, (b) the Swing Line Exposure, and (c) the Letter of Credit Exposure.
“Revolving Credit Note” means a Revolving Credit Note, in the form of the attached Exhibit A-1, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(a) hereof.
“Revolving Loan” means a loan made to the Borrower by the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.2(a) hereof.
“RFR” means, for any RFR Loan denominated in Sterling, SONIA.
“RFR Administrator” means the SONIA Administrator.
“RFR Business Day” means, for any Loan denominated in Sterling, any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which banks are closed for general business in London.
“RFR Interest Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple RFR”.
“RFR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the RFR Rate.
“RFR Rate” means the sum of (a) the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR plus (b) the Applicable Margin.
“Risk-Based Capital Guidelines” means (i) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement, including transition rules, and (ii) the corresponding capital regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities outside the United States, including transition rules, and, in each case, any amendments to such regulations.
“Sanctions” means sanctions administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.
35


“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any governmental body or agency succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Second Amendment Effective Date” means April 3, 2020.
“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (a) the Obligations, (b) all obligations and liabilities of the Companies owing to a Lender (or an entity that is an affiliate of a then existing Lender) under Hedge Agreements, and (c) the Bank Product Obligations owing to a Lender (or an entity that is an affiliate of a then existing Lender) under Bank Product Agreements; provided that Secured Obligations of a Credit Party shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations owing from such Credit Party; provided, further, that the Administrative Agent must receive written notice from the applicable Credit Party on or prior to the date Bank Product Obligations and/or obligations under Hedge Agreements are incurred by a Company in order for such Bank Product Obligations and/or obligations under Hedge Agreements to constitute Secured Obligations hereunder.
“Securities Account” means a securities account, as that term is defined in the U.C.C.
“Securities Account Control Agreement” means each Securities Account Control Agreement among a Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and a Securities Intermediary, dated on or after the Closing Date, to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Securities Intermediary” means a clearing corporation or a Person, including, without limitation, a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains Securities Accounts for others and is acting in that capacity.
“Security Agreement” means each Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a Guarantor of Payment in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, dated on or after the Closing Date, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified.
“Security Agreement Joinder” means each Security Agreement Joinder, executed and delivered by a Guarantor of Payment for the purpose of adding such Guarantor of Payment as a party to a previously executed Security Agreement.
“Security Document” means each Security Agreement, each Security Agreement Joinder, each Pledge Agreement, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each Processor’s Waiver, each Consignee’s Waiver, each Landlord’s Waiver, each Bailee’s Waiver, each Control Agreement, each U.C.C. Financing Statement or similar filing as to a jurisdiction located outside of the United States filed in connection herewith or perfecting any interest created in any of the foregoing documents, and any other document pursuant to which any Lien is granted by a Company or any other Person to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, as security for the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, and each other agreement executed or provided to the Administrative Agent in connection with any of the foregoing, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, restated or otherwise modified or replaced.
36


“Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as determined on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Indebtedness of Companies that is secured by Liens that are pari passu with, or senior to, those Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent that secure (or are required to secure) the Secured Obligations (as of the end of the most recently completed Quarterly Reporting Period) plus (ii) the total operating lease liabilities of Borrower, as calculated in accordance with ASC 842 accounting guidance (as of the end of the most recently completed Quarterly Reporting Period) minus (iii) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash-on-hand and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower located in the United States in excess of Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) to (b) Consolidated EBITDAR (for the most recently completed four Quarterly Reporting Periods); provided, however, if, during any period of determination, the Borrower or any other Credit Party consummates an Acquisition (and the Administrative Agent has received financial and Acquisition-related reporting in respect thereof in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it), the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition as if such Acquisition (and related transactions, including the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) was consummated on the first day of the applicable four quarter Quarterly Reporting Period.
“Sixth Amendment Effective Date” means December 3, 2021.
“Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan” means that certain Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan, as amended and restated on December 1, 2014, as the same may be further amended or restated from time to time.
“Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan Trust” means that certain trust established under the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement for Sleep Number effective as of September 3, 2013, by and between the Borrower and Charles Schwab Bank as trustee, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.
“SOFR” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website.
“SOFR Adjustment” means, with respect to the adjustment of any SOFR-based Benchmark, 0.10%.
“SOFR Administrator” means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).
“SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.
“SONIA” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the Sterling Overnight Index Average for such Business Day published by the SONIA Administrator on the SONIA Administrator’s Website on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
37


“SONIA Administrator” means the Bank of England (or any successor administrator of the Sterling Overnight Index Average).
“SONIA Administrator’s Website” means the Bank of England’s website, currently at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk, or any successor source for the Sterling Overnight Index Average identified as such by the SONIA Administrator from time to time.
“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) the fair value of such Person’s assets is in excess of the total amount of such Person’s debts, as determined in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, (b) the present fair saleable value of such Person’s assets is in excess of the amount that will be required to pay such Person’s debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such liabilities mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its property would constitute an unreasonably small amount of capital. As used in this definition, the term “debts” includes any legal liability, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed or contingent, as determined in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code.
“Specified Acquisition” means the Acquisition disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior to the consummation thereof that complies with the terms of this Agreement and for which the Consideration (excluding contingent earnout obligations) shall not exceed [****]; provided, that the Companies shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the final amount of such Consideration (excluding contingent earnout obligations) prior to the consummation thereof and prior to such Acquisition qualifying as a Specified Acquisition.
“Standard & Poor’s” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc.
“Statutory Reserve Rate” means, (x) with respect to an Interest Period, (y) with respect to any day on which interest is determined for a EURIBOR Loan or (z) with respect to any other Loan where legal or regulatory requirements include the following type of reserve, the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves) which is imposed on Eurocurrency liabilities (i) under Regulation D or (ii) by any governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive of any jurisdiction outside of the United States of America or any subdivision thereof (whether or not having the force of law).
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that shall have been subordinated (by written terms or written agreement being, in either case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) in favor of the prior payment in full of the Obligations.
38


“Subsidiary” means (a) a corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower or by one or more other subsidiaries of the Borrower or by the Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of the Borrower, (b) a partnership, limited liability company or unlimited liability company of which the Borrower, one or more other subsidiaries of the Borrower or the Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, is a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, or otherwise has an ownership interest greater than fifty percent (50%) of all of the ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company or unlimited liability company, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or unlimited liability company) in which the Borrower, one or more other subsidiaries of the Borrower or the Borrower and one or more subsidiaries of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority interest in the Voting Power or the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of directors or other governing body of such Person.
“Supported QFC” is defined in Section 11.23.
“Sustainability Coordinator” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as the sustainability coordinator.
“Sustainability Linked Loan Principles” means the Sustainability Linked Loan Principles as most recently published by the Loan Market Association and Loan Syndications & Trading Association.
“Swap Agreement” means an agreement evidencing Swap Obligations.
“Swap Obligations” means, with respect to any Company, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Swing Line Commitment” means the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Loans to the Borrower, on a discretionary basis, up to the aggregate amount at any time outstanding, as of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date, of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000).
“Swing Line Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Loans outstanding.
“Swing Line Lender” means U.S. Bank, as holder of the Swing Line Commitment.
“Swing Line Note” means the Swing Line Note, in the form of the attached Exhibit B executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b) hereof.
“Swing Loan” means a loan that shall be denominated in Dollars made to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender under the Swing Line Commitment, in accordance with Section 2.2(c) hereof.
“Swing Loan Maturity Date” means, with respect to any Swing Loan, the earlier of (a) the date selected by the Administrative Agent, or (b) the last day of the Commitment Period.
39


“T2” means the real time gross settlement system operated by the Eurosystem, or any successor system.
“TARGET Day” means any day on which T2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system, if any, determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes of any kind, including, but not limited to, levies, imposts, duties, surtaxes, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (together with any interest, penalties, fines, additions to taxes or similar liabilities with respect thereto) other than Excluded Taxes.
“Tenth Amendment Effective Date” means November 2, 2023.
“Term Loan” means a loan made to the Borrower by the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.1(d) hereof.
“Term Loan Commitment” means the obligation hereunder, on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, of the Lenders with commitments to extend Term Loans as set forth in Schedule 1 hereto to make such Term Loans up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding equal to the Maximum Term Loan Amount.
“Term Loan Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding.
“Term Loan Lender” means a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or, once funded, Term Loans.
“Term Loan Maturity Date” means the earlier of December 3, 2026 and the date when all amounts owing in respect of the Term Loans (including all outstanding principal and interest) are fully paid.
“Term Loan Note” means a Term Loan Note, in the form of the attached Exhibit A-2, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(d) hereof.
“Term SOFR” means the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR.
“Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Ltd. (or a successor administrator of Term SOFR).
“Term SOFR Administrator’s Website” means https://www.cmegroup.com/market-data/cme-group-benchmark-administration/term-sofr, or any successor source for Term SOFR identified as such by the Term SOFR Administrator from time to time.
40


“Term SOFR Loan” means a Loan that, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(c), bears interest at the applicable Term SOFR Rate other than pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Alternate Base Rate.
“Term SOFR Rate” means, for the relevant Interest Period, the sum of (a) the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate applicable to such Interest Period plus (b) the Applicable Margin.
“Term SOFR Screen Rate” means, for the relevant Interest Period, the Term SOFR rate quoted by the Administrative Agent from the Term SOFR Administrator’s Website or the applicable Bloomberg screen (or other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time) (the “Screen”) for such Interest Period, which shall be the Term SOFR rate published two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period (such Business Day, the “Determination Date”). If as of 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any Determination Date, the Term SOFR rate has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator or on the Screen, then the rate used will be that as published by the Term SOFR Administrator or on the Screen for the first preceding Business Day for which such rate was published on such Screen so long as such first preceding Business Day is not more than three (3) Business Days prior to such Determination Date; provided that if the Term SOFR Screen Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for purposes of this Agreement.
“Total Commitment Amount” means, as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, the principal amount of Eight Hundred Twenty Five Million Dollars ($825,000,000), which amount gives effect to the Term Loan Commitments on the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, and as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof, or decreased pursuant to Section 2.9(a) hereof. As of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, the Total Commitment Amount is Six Hundred Eighty Five Million Dollars ($685,000,000), with the Term Loan Commitments having been fully funded prior to such date.
“Type” means, with respect to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan, a Term SOFR Loan, a EURIBOR Loan, an RFR Loan, or an Other Interest Rate Loan.
“U.C.C.” means the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
“U.C.C. Financing Statement” means a financing statement filed or to be filed in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time, in the relevant state or states.
“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
41


“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
“Undisclosed Administration” means in relation to a Lender the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.
“United States” means the United States of America.
“U.S. Bank” means U.S. Bank National Association, and its successors and assigns.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” is defined in Section 11.23.
“Voting Power” means, with respect to any Person, the exclusive ability to control, through the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or otherwise, the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person. The holding of a designated percentage of Voting Power of a Person means the ownership of shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other interests of such Person sufficient to control exclusively the election of that percentage of the members of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person.
“Welfare Plan” means an ERISA Plan that is a “welfare plan” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(l).
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that Person or any other Person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
Section 1.2.Accounting Terms.
(a)Any accounting term not specifically defined in this Article I shall have the meaning ascribed thereto by GAAP.
42


(b)If any change in the rules, regulations, pronouncements, opinions or other requirements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any successor thereto or agency with similar function) with respect to GAAP, or if the Borrower adopts the International Financial Reporting Standards, and such change or adoption results in a change in the calculation of any component (or components in the aggregate) of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.7 hereof or the related financial definitions, at the option of the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders or the Borrower, the parties hereto will enter into good faith negotiations to amend such financial covenants and financial definitions in such manner as the parties shall agree, each acting reasonably, in order to reflect fairly such change or adoption so that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition of the Borrower shall be the same in commercial effect after, as well as before, such change or adoption is made (in which case the method and calculating such financial covenants and definitions hereunder shall be determined in the manner so agreed); provided that, until so amended, such calculations shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect prior to such change or adoption. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made without giving effect to (i) any election under Accounting Standards Codification Section 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower, any other Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries at “fair value”, as defined therein, or (ii) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Financial Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the definitions set forth in this Agreement and any financial calculations required by the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude any change to lease accounting rules from those in effect pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 840 (Leases) and other related lease accounting guidance as in effect on the date hereof.
Section 1.3.Terms Generally. The foregoing definitions shall be applicable to the singular and plural forms of the foregoing defined terms. Unless otherwise defined in this Article I, terms that are defined in the U.C.C. are used herein as so defined.
Section 1.4.Foreign Exchange. For purposes of any determination of whether any borrowing, investment, payment, Lien, or other transaction is permitted under this Agreement, all amounts in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the Exchange Rate (as determined by the Administrative Agent) as of the date of determination; provided that (a) if Indebtedness denominated in currencies other than Dollars is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in the same foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, and (b) determinations of whether additional borrowings, investments, payments, Liens, or other transactions are permitted under this Agreement shall account for changes in any Exchange Rate with respect to other then existing borrowings, investments, payments, Liens, or other transactions in currencies other than Dollars.
Section 1.5.Term SOFR Notification. The interest rate on Term SOFR Loans is determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate, which is derived from Term SOFR. Section 3.5 provides a mechanism for (a) determining an alternative rate of interest if Term SOFR is no longer available or in the other circumstances set forth in Section 3.5, and (b) modifying this Agreement to give effect to such alternative rate of interest.
43


The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to Term SOFR or other rates in the definition of Term SOFR Rate or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including any Benchmark Replacement), including without limitation, whether any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate (including any Benchmark Replacement), as it may or may not be adjusted pursuant to Section 3.5, will have the same value as, or be economically equivalent to, the Term SOFR Rate. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of Base Rate, Term SOFR, the Term SOFR Rate, any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain the Base Rate, the Term SOFR Rate, Term SOFR or any other Benchmark, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.
Section 1.6.Additional Eligible Currencies; Daily Simple SOFR. The Companies may from time to time request that Revolving Loans be made in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Eligible Currency”; provided that such requested currency otherwise meets the requirements set forth in such definition. Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify each Lender thereof) not later than 11:00 a.m. twenty Business Days prior to the date the applicable Company desires to receive a Loan denominated in such currency. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m. ten Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to making Revolving Loans in such requested currency. Any failure by a Lender to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender to make Revolving Loans in such requested currency. If all the Lenders consent to making Revolving Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Companies and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Agreed Currency hereunder (a “Future Agreed Currency”). Interest on extensions of credit denominated in such Future Agreed Currencies may require interest rate determinations and calculations, including determinations of credit spread adjustments, as contemplated by the definition of Other Interest Rate or which are not included in this Agreement as of the Eighth Amendment Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth herein, prior to any such Future Agreed Currency becoming available hereunder, the Companies and the Lenders extending Loans in such Future Agreed Currencies shall amend this Agreement, on terms and conditions acceptable to all of them, as needed in order to include such interest rate mechanics. Daily Simple SOFR is included herein solely as an alternative Benchmark when Term SOFR is unavailable. So long as Term SOFR is available as a Benchmark, no Loan shall be made hereunder that accrues interest at Daily Simple SOFR. Certain Eurocurrency Loans (as defined herein prior to the Eighth Amendment Effective Date) shall remain outstanding on and after the Eighth Amendment Effective Date until such times as the existing Interest Periods therefor expire (or otherwise terminate early to the extent required hereunder). Thereafter, such Loans shall be fully repaid or shall accrue interest using one of the interest rates available hereunder on and after the Eighth Amendment Effective Date.
44


ARTICLE II

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT
Section 2.1.Amount and Nature of Credit.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders, during the Commitment Period and to the extent hereinafter provided, shall make Revolving Loans to the Borrower, participate in Swing Loans made by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower, and issue or participate in Letters of Credit at the request of the Borrower, in such aggregate amount as the Borrower shall request pursuant to the Commitment in respect of Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and Letters of Credit; provided that in no event shall (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans, Swing Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding under this Agreement be in excess of the Maximum Revolving Amount and (ii) the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all Loans in Agreed Currencies other than Dollars exceed the Maximum Foreign Currency Amount.
(b)Each Lender, for itself and not one for any other, agrees to make Revolving Loans, participate in Swing Loans, and issue or participate in Letters of Credit, during the Commitment Period, on such basis that, immediately after the completion of any borrowing by the Borrower or the issuance of a Letter of Credit:
(i)the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans made by such Lender (other than Swing Loans made by the Swing Line Lender), when combined with such Lender’s pro rata share, if any, of the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swing Line Exposure, shall not be in excess of the Maximum Revolving Amount for such Lender; and
(ii)the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans (other than Swing Loans) made by such Lender shall represent that percentage of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding on all Revolving Loans (other than Swing Loans) that shall be such Lender’s Commitment Percentage.
Each borrowing (other than Swing Loans which shall be risk participated on a pro rata basis) from the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Commitment Percentages of the Lenders.
(c)Loans other than Term Loans may be made as Revolving Loans as described in Section 2.2(a) hereof, and as Swing Loans as described in Section 2.2(c) hereof, and Letters of Credit may be issued in accordance with Section 2.2(b) hereof.
(d)On the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, the Term Loan Lenders shall make Term Loans to the Borrower in the amount of their respective Term Loan Commitments. The Term Loans shall be made in U.S. Dollars. Giving effect to any principal prepayments then previously applied to the Term Loans, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date. Once repaid, no Term Loan may be reborrowed. The Borrower shall make a scheduled principal payment in respect of the Term Loans equal to $2,500,000 on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date occurring on and after March 31, 2024.
Section 2.2.Revolving Credit Commitment.
45


(a)Revolving Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Commitment Period, the Lenders shall make a Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans to the Borrower in such amount or amounts as the Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, may from time to time request, but not exceeding in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding hereunder the Revolving Credit Commitment, when such Revolving Loans are combined with the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Swing Line Exposure. The Borrower shall have the option, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to borrow Revolving Loans, maturing on the last day of the Commitment Period, by means of any combination of Base Rate Loans, Term SOFR Loans, EURIBOR Loans, RFR Loans or Other Interest Rate Loans. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall be entitled under this Section 2.2(a) to borrow Revolving Loans, repay the same in whole or in part and re-borrow Revolving Loans hereunder at any time and from time to time during the Commitment Period. The aggregate outstanding amount of all Revolving Loans shall be payable in full on the last day of the Commitment Period. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Loans made in Agreed Currencies other than Dollars shall be repaid in the applicable Agreed Currency. Interest on such Loans also shall be paid in the applicable Agreed Currency.
(b)Letters of Credit.
(i)Generally. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Commitment Period, the Issuing Lender shall, in its own name, on behalf of the Lenders, issue such Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment, as the Borrower may from time to time request. All Letters of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars, and all reimbursement amounts in respect of Letters of Credit, as well as fees and expenses owing in respect of Letters of Credit, shall be paid in Dollars. The Borrower shall not request any Letter of Credit (and the Issuing Lender shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit) if, after giving effect thereto, (A) the Letter of Credit Exposure would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment, or (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment. The issuance of each Letter of Credit shall confer upon each Lender the benefits and liabilities of a participation consisting of an undivided pro rata interest in the Letter of Credit to the extent of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth herein, the letters of credit issued pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and identified on Schedule 2.2(b) (the “Existing Letters of Credit”) shall be deemed to be “Letters of Credit” for all purposes of the Loan Documents.
(ii)Request for Letter of Credit. Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (and to the Issuing Lender, if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent) by an Authorized Officer not later than 11:00 A.M. (Eastern time) three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed issuance of the Letter of Credit. Each such request shall be in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent (and the Issuing Lender, if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent) and shall specify the face amount thereof, whether such Letter of Credit is a commercial documentary or a standby Letter of Credit, the account party, the beneficiary, the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the expiry date thereof, and the nature of the transaction or obligation to be supported thereby. Concurrently with each such request, the Borrower, and any Guarantor of Payment for whose account the Letter of Credit is to be issued, shall execute and deliver to the Issuing Lender an appropriate application and agreement, being in the standard form of the Issuing Lender for such letters of credit, as amended to conform to the provisions of this Agreement if required by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall give the Issuing Lender and each Lender notice of each such request for a Letter of Credit.
46


(iii)Commercial Documentary Letters of Credit Fees. With respect to each Letter of Credit that shall be a commercial documentary letter of credit and the drafts thereunder, whether issued for the account of the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment, the Borrower agrees to (A) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a non-refundable commission based upon the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit, which shall be paid quarterly in arrears, on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate sum of the Letter of Credit Fee for such Letter of Credit for each day of such quarter; (B) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the sole benefit of the Issuing Lender, a Letter of Credit fee, which shall be paid on the date that such Letter of Credit is issued, amended or renewed, at the rate of one-fourth percent (1/4%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit; and (C) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the sole benefit of the Issuing Lender, such other issuance, amendment, renewal, negotiation, draw, acceptance, facsimile, courier, postage and similar transactional fees as are customarily charged by the Issuing Lender in respect of the issuance and administration of similar letters of credit under its fee schedule as in effect from time to time.
(iv)Standby Letters of Credit Fees. With respect to each Letter of Credit that shall be a standby letter of credit and the drafts thereunder, if any, whether issued for the account of the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment, the Borrower agrees to (A) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, a non-refundable commission based upon the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit, which shall be paid quarterly in arrears, on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate sum of the Letter of Credit Fee for such Letter of Credit for each day of such quarter; (B) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the sole benefit of the Issuing Lender, an additional Letter of Credit fee, which shall be paid on each date that such Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or renewed at the rate of one-fourth percent (1/4%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit; and (C) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the sole benefit of the Issuing Lender, such other issuance, amendment, renewal, negotiation, draw, acceptance, facsimile, courier, postage and similar transactional fees as are customarily charged by the Issuing Lender in respect of the issuance and administration of similar letters of credit under its fee schedule as in effect from time to time.
(v)Refunding of Letters of Credit with Revolving Loans. Whenever a Letter of Credit shall be drawn, the Borrower shall promptly reimburse the Issuing Lender for the amount drawn (with prompt notice of each such reimbursement to be provided by the applicable Issuing Lender to the Administrative Agent if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent). In the event that the amount drawn shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower within one Business Day of the drawing of such Letter of Credit, at the sole option of the Administrative Agent (and the Issuing Lender, if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.2(a) and 2.5 hereof (other than the requirement set forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof), in the amount drawn. Such Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes (or, if a Lender has not requested a Revolving Credit Note, by the records of the Administrative Agent and such Lender). Each Lender agrees to make a Revolving Loan on the date of such notice, subject to no conditions precedent whatsoever. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to make a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof when required by this Section 2.2(b)(v) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, and that its payment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, of the proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to apply the proceeds of any borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)(v) to reimburse, in full (other than the Issuing Lender’s pro rata share of such borrowing), the Issuing Lender for the amount drawn on such Letter of Credit. Each such Revolving Loan shall be deemed to be a Base Rate Loan unless otherwise requested by and available to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on its records relating to its Revolving Credit Note (or, if such Lender has not requested a Revolving Credit Note, its records relating to Revolving Loans) such Lender’s pro rata share of the amounts paid and not reimbursed on the Letters of Credit.
47


(vi)Participation in Letters of Credit. If, for any reason, the Administrative Agent (and the Issuing Lender if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent) shall be unable to or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, it shall be impracticable to, convert any amount drawn under a Letter of Credit to a Revolving Loan pursuant to the preceding subsection, the Administrative Agent (and the Issuing Lender if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right to request that each Lender fund a participation in the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof (by facsimile or email (confirmed by telephone) or telephone (confirmed in writing)). Upon such notice, but without further action, the Issuing Lender hereby agrees to grant to each Lender, and each Lender hereby agrees to acquire from the Issuing Lender, an undivided participation interest in the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the principal amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s ratable share of the amount due with respect to such Letter of Credit (determined in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in the amount due under any Letter of Credit that is drawn but not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)(vi) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this Section 2.2(b)(vi) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 hereof with respect to Revolving Loans. Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on its records such Lender’s pro rata share of the amounts paid and not reimbursed on the Letters of Credit.
(vii)Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit. If the Borrower so requests, a Letter of Credit shall have an automatic renewal provision; provided that any Letter of Credit that has an automatic renewal provision must permit the Administrative Agent (or the applicable Issuing Lender if the Issuing Lender is a Lender other than the Administrative Agent) to prevent any such renewal by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof at least thirty (30) days prior to the renewal date of such Letter of Credit (or such other period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender). Once any such Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Administrative Agent (and the Issuing Lender) to permit at any time the renewal of such Letter of Credit to an expiry date not later than one year after the last day of the Commitment Period.
(viii)Letters of Credit Outstanding Beyond the Commitment Period. If any Letter of Credit is outstanding upon the termination of the Commitment, then, upon such termination, the Borrower shall deposit with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender, with respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit, cash denominated in Dollars in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the undrawn amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit, which cash shall be free and clear of all rights and claims of third parties. The cash shall be deposited in an escrow account at a financial institution designated by the Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender shall be entitled to withdraw amounts necessary to reimburse the Issuing Lender for payments to be made under the Letters of Credit and any fees and expenses associated with such Letters of Credit, or incurred pursuant to the reimbursement agreements with respect to such Letters of Credit. The Borrower shall also execute such documentation as the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender may reasonably require in connection with the survival of the Letters of Credit beyond the Commitment or this Agreement. After expiration of all undrawn Letters of Credit, the remainder of the cash, if any, shall promptly be returned to the Borrower.
48


(c)Swing Loans.
(i)Generally. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Commitment Period, the Swing Line Lender may, but shall not be required to, make a Swing Loan or Swing Loans to the Borrower in such amount or amounts as the Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, may from time to time request and to which the Swing Line Lender may agree; provided that the Borrower shall not request any Swing Loan if, after giving effect thereto, (A) the Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment, or (B) the Swing Line Exposure would exceed the Swing Line Commitment. Each Swing Loan shall be due and payable on the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable thereto. Each Swing Loan shall be made in Dollars. All amounts due and payable in respect of Swing Loans (including principal, interest and fees) shall be paid in Dollars.
(ii)Refunding of Swing Loans. If the Swing Line Lender so elects, by giving notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, the Borrower agrees that the Swing Line Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require that the then outstanding Swing Loans be refinanced as a Revolving Loan. Such Revolving Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan unless otherwise requested by and available to the Borrower hereunder. Upon receipt of such notice by the Borrower and the Lenders, the Borrower shall be deemed, on such day, to have requested a Revolving Loan in the principal amount of such Swing Loan in accordance with Sections 2.2(a) and 2.5 hereof (other than the requirement set forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof). Such Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes (or, if a Lender has not requested a Revolving Credit Note, by the records of the Administrative Agent and such Lender). Each Lender agrees to make a Revolving Loan on the date of such notice, subject to no conditions precedent whatsoever. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that such Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof when required by this Section 2.2(c)(ii) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, and that its payment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, of the proceeds of such Revolving Loan shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to apply the proceeds of any borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.2(c)(ii) to repay in full such Swing Loan. Each Lender is hereby authorized to record on its records relating to its Revolving Credit Note (or, if such Lender has not requested a Revolving Credit Note, its records relating to Revolving Loans) such Lender’s pro rata share of the amounts paid to refund such Swing Loan.
(iii)Participation in Swing Loans. If, for any reason, the Swing Line Lender is unable to or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, it is impracticable to, convert any Swing Loan to a Revolving Loan pursuant to the preceding Section 2.2(c)(ii), then on any day that a Swing Loan is outstanding (whether before or after the maturity thereof), the Administrative Agent shall have the right to request that each Lender fund a participation in such Swing Loan, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof (by facsimile or email (confirmed by telephone) or telephone (confirmed in writing)). Upon such notice, but without further action, the Swing Line Lender hereby agrees to grant to each Lender, and each Lender hereby agrees to acquire from the Swing Line Lender, an undivided participation interest in the right to share in the payment of such Swing Loan in an amount equal
49


to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of such Swing Loan. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender, such Lender’s ratable share of such Swing Loan (determined in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swing Loans pursuant to this Section 2.2(c)(iii) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding or reduction whatsoever and whether or not the Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been reduced or terminated. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this Section 2.2(c)(iii) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 hereof with respect to Revolving Loans to be made by such Lender.
Section 2.3.Interest.
(a)Loans.
(i)Base Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of a Loan that is a Base Rate Loan outstanding from time to time from the date thereof until paid at the Base Rate from time to time in effect. Interest on such Base Rate Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date thereafter and at the maturity thereof.
(ii)Term SOFR Loans, EURIBOR Loans and Certain Other Interest Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan that is a Term SOFR Loan, a EURIBOR Loan, or an Other Interest Loan that accrues interest using Interest Period mechanics, in each case as may be outstanding from time to time, with the interest rate to be fixed in advance on the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto through the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (but subject to changes in the Applicable Margin), at the Term SOFR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the relevant Other Interest Rate, as applicable. Interest on such Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date with respect to an Interest Period (provided that, if an Interest Period shall exceed three months, the interest must also be paid every three months, commencing three months from the beginning of such Interest Period).
(iii)RFR Loans and certain Other Interest Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of a Loan that is an RFR Loan or an Other Interest Rate Loan that accrues interest using Payment Date mechanics, in each case as may be outstanding from time to time from the date thereof until paid at the RFR Rate or the Other Interest Rate from time to time in effect. Interest on each RFR Loan and each Other Interest Rate Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at the maturity thereof.
(b)Swing Loans. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Administrative Agent, for the sole benefit of the Swing Line Lender (and any Lender that shall have funded a participation in such Swing Loan), on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Loan outstanding from time to time from the date thereof until paid at either (i) the Base Rate from time to time in effect or (ii) the Term SOFR Rate (using a one-month Interest Period, resetting daily), in each case as selected by the Borrower (with such election being made by the Borrower together with the request for such Swing Loan). Interest on each Swing Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date and on the Swing Loan Maturity Date applicable thereto. Each Swing Loan shall bear interest for a minimum of one day.
50


(c)Default Rate. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, upon the election of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (i) the principal of each Loan and the unpaid interest thereon shall bear interest, until paid, at the Default Rate, (ii) the fee for the aggregate undrawn amount of all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit shall be increased by two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto, and (iii) in the case of any other amount not paid when due from the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, such amount shall bear interest at the Default Rate; provided that, during an Event of Default under Section 8.1 or 8.11 hereof, the applicable Default Rate shall apply without any election or action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and shall no longer apply when no Event of Default is continuing.
(d)Limitation on Interest. In no event shall the rate of interest hereunder exceed the maximum rate allowable by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations.
Section 2.4.Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness.
(a)Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(b)The Administrative Agent shall also maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Agreed Currency for such Loan and, as applicable, the Interest Period or Interest Payment Date with respect thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder, (iii) the original stated amount of each Letter of Credit and the amount of obligations in respect thereof outstanding at any time, and (iv) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.
(c)The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with their terms.
(d)Any Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) may request that its Loans be evidenced by a Note. Notes related to Revolving Loans shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, Notes related to Term Loans shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, and Notes related to Swing Loans shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto. The Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender such Note or Notes in favor of such Lender as supplied by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such
51


Note and interest thereon shall at all times (prior to any assignment pursuant to Section 12.3) be represented by one or more Notes in favor of the payee named therein, except to the extent that any such Lender subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that such Loans once again be evidenced as described in clauses (b) (i) and (ii) above.
Section 2.5.Notice of Loans and Credit Events; Funding of Loans.
(a)Notice of Loans and Credit Events. The Borrower, through an Authorized Officer, shall provide to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Loan prior to (i) 12:00 P.M. (Eastern time) on the proposed date of borrowing of, or conversion of a Loan to, a Base Rate Loan, (ii) 12:00 P.M. (Eastern time) three Business Days prior to the proposed date of borrowing of, continuation of, or conversion of a Loan to, a Term SOFR Loan or a EURIBOR Loan, (iii) 12:00 P.M. (Eastern time) five Business Days prior to the proposed date of borrowing of, or conversion of a Loan to, an RFR Loan or an Other Interest Rate Loan, and (iv) 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on the proposed date of borrowing of a Swing Loan (or such later time as agreed to from time to time by the Swing Line Lender). An Authorized Officer of the Borrower may verbally request a Loan, so long as a Notice of Loan is received by the end of the same Business Day, and, if the Administrative Agent or any Lender provides funds or initiates funding based upon such verbal request, the Borrower shall bear the risk with respect to any information regarding such funding that is later determined to have been incorrect. The Borrower shall comply with the notice provisions set forth in Section 2.2(b) hereof with respect to Letters of Credit.
(b)Funding of Loans. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the date, amount, Agreed Currency, and Interest Period (if applicable) promptly upon the receipt of a Notice of Loan (other than for a Swing Loan, or a Revolving Loan to be funded as a Swing Loan), and, in any event, by 2:00 P.M. (Eastern time) on the date such Notice of Loan is received. On the date that the Credit Event set forth in such Notice of Loan is to occur, each such Lender shall provide to the Administrative Agent, not later than 3:00 P.M. (Eastern time), the amount in the applicable Agreed Currency, in federal or other immediately available funds, required of it. If the Administrative Agent shall elect to advance the proceeds of such Loan prior to receiving funds from such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon prior notice to the Borrower, to debit any account of the Borrower or otherwise receive such amount from the Borrower, promptly after demand, in the event that such Lender shall fail to reimburse the Administrative Agent in accordance with this subsection (b). The Administrative Agent shall also have the right to receive interest from such Lender at the Federal Funds Effective Rate in the event that such Lender shall fail to provide its portion of the Loan on the date requested and the Administrative Agent shall elect to provide such funds.
(c)Conversion and Continuation of Loans.
(i)At the request of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, subject to the notice and other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall convert a Base Rate Loan to another Type of Loan at any time, shall convert an RFR Loan to another Type of Loan at any time, and shall convert a Term SOFR Loan or a EURIBOR Loan to another Type of Loan on any Interest Adjustment Date applicable thereto; provided, that (x) any Loan denominated in an Agreed Currency other than Dollars shall be converted into a Loan denominated in Dollars (using the then applicable Exchange Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent) prior to such Loan becoming a Base Rate Loan and (y) the currency of any Loan shall be converted, as necessary (using the then applicable Exchange Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent) to correspond with the requested Loan (by way of example, a Loan denominated in Euro would be converted to Sterling to the extent the Borrower desires an RFR Loan). Swing Loans may be converted by the Swing Line Lender to Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.2(c)(ii) hereof.
52


(ii)At the request of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, subject to the notice and other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall continue one or more Term SOFR Loans, EURIBOR Loans, or, as the case may be, Other Interest Rate Loans as of the end of the applicable Interest Period as a new Term SOFR Loans, EURIBOR Loan or Other Interest Rate Loan with a new Interest Period; provided, that any such Loan shall be continued in the same Agreed Currency in which it was initially made. RFR Loans and Other Interest Rate Loans subject to Payment Date interest rate mechanics shall continue as RFR Loans or Other Interest Rate Loans unless and until such RFR Loans or Other Interest Rate Loans are converted into different Types of Loans or are repaid, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or roll over all or a portion of its Loans in connection with any refinancing, extension, loan modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender.
(d)Minimum Amount for Loans. Each request for:
(i)a Base Rate Loan shall be in an amount of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), increased by increments of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);
(ii)a Term SOFR Loan, a EURIBOR Loan or an RFR Loan shall be in an amount of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), increased by increments of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (or the Approximate Equivalent Amount thereof, as applicable); and
(iii)a Swing Loan shall be in an amount of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), or such lower amount as may be agreed by the Swing Line Lender.
(e)Interest Periods and Interest Payment Dates. The Borrower shall not request that Loans subject to Interest Periods be outstanding for more than fifteen (15) different Interest Periods (and each outstanding RFR Loan and Other Interest Rate Loan using Payment Date interest mechanics shall constitute use of one Interest Period for purposes hereof) at the same time.
(f)Additional Provisions with Respect to Affected Lenders.
(i)Advancing of Non Pro-Rata Revolving Loans. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Borrower requests a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 2.5(a) hereof (and all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 hereof are met) at a time when one or more Lenders are Affected Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to require (and, at the request of the Borrower, shall require) the non-Affected Lenders to honor such request by making a non pro-rata Revolving Loan to the Borrower; provided that in no event shall the Lender Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender exceed the Maximum Revolving Amount of such Lender after giving effect to the making of such Revolving Loan.
53


(ii)Reallocation of Participations; Cash Collateralization and Repayment. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes an Affected Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer an Affected Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (A) all or any part of such Affected Lender’s participation interest in Letters of Credit (pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(vi) hereof) and Swing Loans (pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(iii) hereof) shall be reallocated among the non-Affected Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages (calculated as if such Affected Lender did not have a Commitment Percentage of the Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Lender Revolving Credit Exposure of any non-Affected Lender to exceed the Maximum Revolving Amount of such non-Affected Lender; provided that no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against an Affected Lender arising from that Lender having become an Affected Lender, including any claim of a non-Affected Lender as a result of such non-Affected Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation, and (B) if the reallocation described in clause (A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent (or the Swing Line Lender or Issuing Lender), and without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (1) first, prepay Swing Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender’s exposure with respect to such Affected Lender’s Commitment Percentage of outstanding Swing Loans (other than Swing Loans as to which such Affected Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders) and (2) second, cash collateralize the Issuing Lender’s exposure with respect to issued Letters of Credit (other than those Letter of Credit obligations as to which such Affected Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof).
(iii)New Swing Loans and Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is an Affected Lender, (A) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no exposure with respect to such Affected Lender’s Commitment Percentage of outstanding Swing Loans (other than Swing Loans as to which such Affected Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders) after giving effect to such Swing Loan, and (B) the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no exposure with respect to issued Letters of Credit (other than those Letter of Credit obligations as to which such Affected Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof) after giving effect thereto.
(g)Determination of Dollar Amounts. The Administrative Agent will determine the Dollar Amount of: (a) each Loan as of the date three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which such Loan is to be made or, if applicable, date of conversion/continuation of such Loan, and (b) all outstanding Loans on and as of the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on any other Business Day elected by the Administrative Agent in its discretion or upon instruction by the Required Lenders. Each day upon or as of which the Administrative Agent determines Dollar Amounts as described in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) is herein described as a “Computation Date” with respect to each Loan for which a Dollar Amount is determined on or as of such day. If at any time the Dollar Amount of (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans exceeds the Total Commitment Amount (excluding the Term Loans), or (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal Dollar Amount of all Loans in Agreed Currencies other than Dollars exceeds the Maximum Foreign Currency Amount, the Borrower shall immediately make a payment on the Loans sufficient to eliminate such excess.
Section 2.6.Payment on Loans and Other Obligations.
(a)Payments Generally. Each payment made hereunder by a Credit Party shall be made without any offset, abatement, recoupment, counterclaim, withholding (except as required or permitted under Section 3.2 hereof) or reduction whatsoever.
54


(b)Payments from Borrower. All payments (including prepayments) to the Administrative Agent of the principal of or interest on each Loan or other payment, including but not limited to principal, interest, fees or any other amount owed by the Borrower under this Agreement, shall be made in Dollars unless otherwise specified herein. All payments described in this subsection (b) shall be remitted to the Administrative Agent, at the address of the Administrative Agent for notices referred to in Section 11.4 hereof for the account of the Lenders (or the Issuing Lender or the Swing Line Lender, as appropriate) not later than 3:00 P.M. (Eastern time) on the due date thereof with respect to payments other than for application to Swing Loans, and not later than 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on the due date thereof with respect to payments for application to Swing Loans, in each case in immediately available funds. Any such payments received by the Administrative Agent (or the Issuing Lender or the Swing Line Lender) after the time required above shall be deemed to have been made and received on the next Business Day.
(c)Payments to Lenders. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of payments hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall immediately distribute to the Lenders (except with respect to Swing Loans, which shall be paid to the Swing Line Lender and any Lender that has funded a participation in the Swing Loans, or, with respect to Letters of Credit, certain of which payments shall be paid to the Issuing Lender) their respective ratable shares, if any, of the amount of principal, interest, and commitment and other fees received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender. Payments received by the Administrative Agent shall be delivered to the Lenders in immediately available funds. Each Lender shall record any principal, interest or other payment, the principal amounts of Loans and Letters of Credit, all prepayments and the applicable dates, including Interest Periods and Agreed Currencies, with respect to the Loans made, and payments received by such Lender, by such method as such Lender may generally employ; provided that failure to make any such entry shall in no way detract from the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement or any Note. The aggregate unpaid amount of Loans, types of Loans, Interest Periods, Agreed Currencies, and similar information with respect to the Loans and Letters of Credit set forth on the records of the Administrative Agent shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence with respect to such information, including the amounts of principal, interest and fees owing to each Lender.
(d)Timing of Payments. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder, including, without limitation, any payment to be made on any Loan, shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next Business Day and such extension of time shall in each case be included in the computation of the interest payable on such Loan; provided that, with respect to a Term SOFR Loan, a EURIBOR Loan, or an Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Period interest mechanics, if the next Business Day shall fall in the succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the preceding Business Day and the relevant Interest Period shall be adjusted accordingly.
(e)Affected Lenders; Application of Certain Cash Collateral. To the extent that the Administrative Agent receives any payments or other amounts for the account of an Affected Lender, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, such Affected Lender shall be deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent use such payment or other amount (or any portion thereof, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent) first, to cash collateralize its unfunded risk participation in Swing Loans and the Letters of Credit, and, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, second, to fulfill its obligations to make Loans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any cash collateral provided for in this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the applicable Affected Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit (including, as to cash collateral provided by a Affected Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the cash collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.
55


(f)Payment of Non Pro-Rata Loans and Letters of Credit. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts hereunder may first be applied to such Loans, Letters of Credit and other obligations that were not advanced or participated pro rata hereunder.
(g)Currency Unavailability. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any Loan in any currency other than Dollars, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency, or any other event occurs, in each case with the result that the type of currency in which the Loan was made (the “Original Currency”) no longer exists or would no longer be an Eligible Currency or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower take all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.
Section 2.7.Prepayment.
(a)Right to Prepay.
(i)The Borrower shall have the right at any time or from time to time to prepay, on a pro rata basis for all of the Lenders (except with respect to Swing Loans, which shall be paid to the Swing Line Lender and any Lender that has funded a participation in such Swing Loan), all or any part of the principal amount of the Revolving Loans or Term Loans then outstanding, as applicable, as designated by the Borrower. Such payment shall include interest accrued on the amount so prepaid to the date of such prepayment and any amount payable under Article III hereof with respect to the amount being prepaid. Prepayments of Base Rate Loans shall be without any premium or penalty. Unless otherwise specified by the Borrower prior to the time of making any prepayment in respect of Term Loans, any such prepayment shall be applied to scheduled installments in inverse order of maturity.
(ii)The Borrower shall have the right, at any time or from time to time, to prepay, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender (and any Lender that has funded a participation in such Swing Loan), all or any part of the principal amount of the Swing Loans then outstanding, as designated by the Borrower, plus interest accrued on the amount so prepaid to the date of such prepayment.
(iii)Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7 or otherwise to the contrary, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, in order to prepay Revolving Loans made to the Borrower that were not advanced pro rata by all of the Lenders, any prepayment of a Revolving Loan shall first be applied to Revolving Loans made by the Lenders during any period in which a Defaulting Lender shall exist.
(b)Notice of Prepayment. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice of prepayment of (i) a Base Rate Loan or Swing Loan by no later than 11:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the Business Day on which such prepayment is to be made, (ii) a Term SOFR Loan or EURIBOR Loan by no later than 1:00 P.M. (Eastern time) three Business Days before the Business Day on which such prepayment is to be made or (iii) an RFR Loan or Other Interest Rate Loan by no later than 1:00 P.M. (Eastern time) three Business Days before the Business Day on which such prepayment is to be made.
56


(c)Minimum Amount for Term SOFR Loans, EURIBOR Loans, Other Interest Rate Loans and Swing Line Loans. Each prepayment of a Term SOFR Loan, EURIBOR Loan, Other Interest Rate Loan or RFR Loan shall be in the principal amount of not less than the lesser of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (or the Approximate Equivalent Amount thereof, if applicable), or the principal amount of such Loan, or, with respect to a Swing Loan, the principal balance of such Swing Loan, except in the case of a mandatory payment pursuant to Section 2.11 or Article III hereof.
Section 2.8.Commitment and Other Fees.
(a)Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Lenders, as a consideration for the Revolving Credit Commitment, a commitment fee, for each day from the Closing Date through the last day of the Commitment Period, in an amount equal to (i) (A) the Maximum Revolving Amount at the end of such day, minus (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure (exclusive of the Swing Line Exposure) at the end of such day, multiplied by (ii) the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate in effect on such day divided by three hundred sixty (360). The commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on March 31, 2018 and continuing on each Regularly Scheduled Payment Date thereafter, and on the last day of the Commitment Period.
(b)Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay the fees set forth in the Administrative Agent Fee Letter.
(c)Authorization to Debit Account. The Borrower hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent has the right to debit from any Deposit Account of the Borrower held by the Administrative Agent, amounts owing and then due to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower under this Agreement and the Loan Documents for payment of fees, expenses and other amounts incurred or owing, and in each case, then due, in connection therewith.
Section 2.9.Modifications to Commitment.
(a)Optional Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitment. The Borrower may at any time and from time to time permanently reduce in whole or ratably in part the Maximum Revolving Amount to an amount not less than the then existing Revolving Credit Exposure, by giving the Administrative Agent not fewer than three Business Days’ written notice of such reduction, provided that any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount, for all of the Lenders, of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), increased in increments of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the date of each such reduction and such Lender’s proportionate share thereof. After each such partial reduction, the commitment fees payable hereunder shall be calculated upon the Maximum Revolving Amount as so reduced. If the Borrower reduces in whole the Revolving Credit Commitment, on the effective date of such reduction (the Borrower having prepaid in full the unpaid principal balance, if any, of the Revolving Loans, together with all interest (if any) and commitment and other fees accrued and unpaid with respect thereto, and provided that no Letter of Credit Exposure or Swing Line Exposure shall exist), all of the Revolving Credit Notes shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent marked “Canceled” and the Administrative Agent shall redeliver such Revolving Credit Notes to the Borrower. Any partial reduction in the Maximum Revolving Amount shall be effective during the remainder of the Commitment Period. Upon each decrease of the Maximum Revolving Amount, the Total Commitment Amount shall be decreased by the same amount.
57


(b)Increase in Commitment.
(i)At any time during the Commitment Increase Period, the Borrower may request that the Administrative Agent increase the Total Commitment Amount by increasing the Maximum Revolving Amount; provided that the aggregate amount of all such increases made pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) shall not exceed Three Hundred Forty Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($342,500,000), the entire amount of which is available as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date. Each such request for an increase shall be in an amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), and may be made by either (A) increasing, for one or more Lenders, with their prior written consent, their respective Revolving Credit Commitments, or (B) including one or more Additional Lenders, each with a new commitment under the Revolving Credit Commitment, as a party to this Agreement (each an “Additional Commitment” and, collectively, the “Additional Commitments”).
(ii)During the Commitment Increase Period, all of the Lenders agree that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may permit one or more Additional Commitments upon satisfaction of the following requirements: (A) each Additional Lender, if any, shall execute an Additional Lender Assumption Agreement, (B) each Additional Commitment from an Additional Lender, if any, shall be in an amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), (C) the Administrative Agent shall provide to the Borrower and each Lender a revised Schedule 1 to this Agreement, including revised Commitment Percentages for each of the Lenders, if appropriate, at least three Business Days prior to the date of the effectiveness of such Additional Commitments (each an “Additional Lender Assumption Effective Date”), and (D) the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders such replacement or additional Revolving Credit Notes as shall be required by the Administrative Agent (and requested by the Lenders). The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to execute each Additional Lender Assumption Agreement on behalf of the Lenders.
(iii)On each Additional Lender Assumption Effective Date, the Lenders shall make adjustments among themselves with respect to the Loans then outstanding and amounts of principal, interest, commitment fees and other amounts paid or payable with respect thereto as shall be necessary, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, in order to reallocate among such Lenders such outstanding amounts, based on the revised Commitment Percentages and to otherwise carry out fully the intent and terms of this Section 2.9(b) (and the Borrower shall pay to the Lenders any amounts that would be payable pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof if such adjustments among the Lenders would cause a prepayment of one or more Loans). In connection therewith, it is understood and agreed that the Maximum Revolving Amount of any Lender will not be increased (or decreased except pursuant to subsection (a) hereof) without the prior written consent of such Lender. The Borrower shall not request any increase in the Total Commitment Amount pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) if a Default or an Event of Default shall then exist, or, after giving pro forma effect to any such increase, would exist. At the time of any such increase, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders shall enter into an amendment to evidence such increase and to address related provisions as deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrative Agent. Upon each increase of the Maximum Revolving Amount, the Total Commitment Amount shall be increased by the same amount.
Section 2.10.Computation of Interest and Fees. Interest on Loans (other than Base Rate Loans and Loans denominated in Agreed Currencies other than Dollars where market convention does not follow a 360-day year), Letter of Credit fees, Related Expenses and commitment and other fees and charges hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year having three hundred sixty (360) days and calculated for the actual number of days elapsed. Interest on Base Rate Loans and Loans denominated in Agreed Currencies other than Dollars where market convention is to follow a 365/366 day year shall be computed on the basis of a year having three hundred sixty-five (365) days or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and calculated for the actual number of days elapsed.
58


Section 2.11.Mandatory Payments.
(a)Revolving Credit Exposure; Excess Cash and Cash Equivalents.
(i)If, at any time, the Revolving Credit Exposure shall exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment, the Borrower shall, as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the next Business Day, pay an aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans or the Swingline Loans sufficient to bring the Revolving Credit Exposure within the Revolving Credit Commitment. Prepayments resulting from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations shall be made as contemplated by Section 2.5(g).
(ii)During the period beginning on the Tenth Amendment Effective Date and ending on January 3, 2026, if the aggregate amount of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents (excluding Cash Equivalents subject to the Administrative Agent’s first-priority Lien) exceeds $60,000,000 at any time, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Credit Exposure (or, if applicable, cash collateralize Letter of Credit Exposure on terms and in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) within two Business Days after such excess first arises.
(b)Swing Line Exposure. If, at any time, the Swing Line Exposure shall exceed the Swing Line Commitment, the Borrower shall, as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the next Business Day, pay an aggregate principal amount of the Swing Loans sufficient to bring the Swing Line Exposure within the Swing Line Commitment.
(c)Application of Mandatory Payments. Unless otherwise designated by the Borrower, each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof shall be applied in the following order (i) first, on a pro rata basis for the Lenders, to outstanding Base Rate Loans, (ii) second, on a pro rata basis for the Lenders, to outstanding RFR Loans and Other Interest Rate Loans using Payment Date interest mechanics, and (iii) third, on a pro rata basis for the Lenders, to outstanding Term SOFR Loans, EURIBOR Loans, and Other Interest Rate Loans using Interest Period interest rate mechanics; provided that, if the outstanding principal amount of any Loan shall be reduced to an amount less than the minimum amount set forth in Section 2.5(d) hereof as a result of such prepayment, then such Loan shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan on the date of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a Loan pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to the prepayment provisions set forth in Article III hereof.
Section 2.12.Swap Obligations Make-Well Provision. The Borrower, to the extent that it is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Credit Party in order for such Credit Party to honor its obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of the Swap Obligations. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.12 shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations are paid in full. The Borrower intends that this Section 2.12 constitute, and this Section 2.12 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Credit Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Section 2.13.Market Disruption.
59


Notwithstanding the satisfaction of all conditions referred to in Article II and Article IV with respect to any Loan in any Agreed Currency other than Dollars, if there shall occur on or prior to the date of such Loan any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls, or any other event, in each case, which would in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders make it impracticable for such Loan to be denominated in the Agreed Currency specified by the Borrower, then the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, and such Loan shall not be denominated in such Agreed Currency but shall be made in Dollars on the requested date for such Loan to be extended, with such Loan being made in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar Amount of the aggregate principal amount specified in the related request for funding, continuation or conversion, as the case may be, as a Base Rate Loan, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent at least one (1) Business Day before such date that (i) it elects not to borrow on such date or (ii) it elects to borrow on such date in a different Agreed Currency, as the case may be, in which the denomination of such Loans would in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders be practicable and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar Amount of the aggregate principal amount specified in the related request for funding, continuation or conversion, as the case may be.
Section 2.14.Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “specified currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s offices on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under the requirements of this Agreement, such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.
Section 2.15.Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers. The Borrower from time to time may request in writing that one or more of its Foreign Subsidiaries become borrowers hereunder with the ability to request and receive Loans and Letters of Credit (each, a “Foreign Subsidiary Borrower”). Each such request shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall promptly circulate each such request to the Lenders. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 20 days after its receipt of such request as to whether the applicable Foreign Subsidiary may become a party hereto as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower. No Foreign Subsidiary shall become a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower unless approved in writing by all of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. Any Lender that fails to respond to such a request shall be deemed to have rejected the joinder of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereto. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender may request from the Borrower certain information in respect of such a Foreign Subsidiary in order to make such decision, including, without limitation, such Foreign Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of organization. Loans and Letters of Credit requested by a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be made or issued from the United States.
60


If the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree with the Borrower to add a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereto, this Agreement (and the other Loan Documents, as relevant) shall be amended to give effect to such addition. All Lenders shall be required to make Loans to each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, subject to any borrowing sublimits agreed to by the Borrower, the applicable Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders. Each such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be required to deliver, among other things (and in each case in form, scope and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), (a) amendments, joinders and other documents required by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to give such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower the ability to receive extensions of credit hereunder, (b) collateral documents made by such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent, (c) resolutions, charter documents, incumbency certificates, opinions of counsel and other documents or information, as may be required by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including without limitation, information necessary to evaluate (i) any withholding tax that may arise in respect of any Loans made to or Letters of Credit issued on behalf of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (ii) the manner in which Loans may be made available to such Foreign Subsidiary, including in Dollars or the requested Agreed Currency), (d) promissory notes signed by such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower to the extent any Lender so requires, and (e) information required under “know your customer”, anti-money laundering or similar regulations to which such Lender is subject. No Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall be joined hereto if (x) a violation of applicable law would result therefrom or (y) any Lender or the Administrative Agent objects to any adverse change in tax treatment that would result therefrom (including, without limitation, the payment of any tax gross-up or the accrual of any withholding tax). In addition, extensions of credit and other financial accommodations from the United States into the applicable jurisdiction must be permitted under applicable law. The Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment shall guaranty the Obligations of each such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower on terms and conditions acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Each Foreign Subsidiary that is or becomes a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and each related document, including service of process.
Section 2.16.Sustainability Adjustments.
(a)ESG Amendment. After the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower, in consultation with the Sustainability Coordinator, shall be entitled to establish up to two key performance indicators (“KPIs”) with respect to certain environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) targets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which KPIs shall apply to extensions of credit and commitment fees hereunder. The Sustainability Coordinator and the Borrower may amend this Agreement (such amendment, an “ESG Amendment”) solely for the purpose of incorporating the KPIs and the other related provisions (the “ESG Pricing Provisions”) into this Agreement, and any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Borrower) written notice that such Required Lenders object to such ESG Amendment. In the event that the Required Lenders deliver a written notice objecting to any such ESG Amendment, an alternative ESG Amendment may be effectuated with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Sustainability Coordinator. Upon the effectiveness of any such ESG Amendment, certain adjustments (increase, decrease or no adjustment) to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate and the Applicable Margin will be made based on the Borrower’s performance against one or both of the KPIs; provided that the amount of such adjustments shall not exceed a 5 basis point increase or decrease, in the aggregate, in the Applicable Margin (with such 5 basis point amount to be split across two KPIs if both are in existence at the same time), and a 1 basis point increase or decrease, in the aggregate, in the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate (with such 1 basis point amount to be split across two KPIs if both are in existence at the same time); provided, further, that no Applicable Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable Margin shall equal less than zero as a result of such adjustment. A pricing adjustment may be made solely based solely on the Borrower’s compliance with (or failure to comply with) a single KPI. The pricing adjustments pursuant to the KPIs will require, among other things, reporting and validation of the measurement of the KPIs in a manner that is aligned with the Sustainability Linked Loan Principles and is to be agreed between the Borrower and the Sustainability Coordinator (each acting reasonably). The Administrative Agent shall receive notice from the Borrower and the Sustainability Coordinator prior to giving effect to any ESG Amendment and pricing changes contemplated hereby. Following the effectiveness of an ESG Amendment:
61


(i)any modification to the ESG Pricing Provisions which has the effect of (x) reducing the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable Margin to a level not otherwise permitted by Section 2.16(a) or (y) increasing the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable Margin that is not accompanied by a corresponding reduction of the applicable Applicable Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable Margin by a percentage equivalent to such increase, shall (in each case) be subject to the consent of all Lenders; and
(ii)any other modification to the ESG Pricing Provisions (other than as provided for in Section 2.16(a)(i) above) shall be subject only to the consent of the Required Lenders.
(b)Sustainability Coordinator. If engaged by the Borrower, the Sustainability Coordinator will (i) assist the Borrower in determining the ESG Pricing Provisions in connection with the ESG Amendment and (ii) assist the Borrower in preparing informational materials focused on ESG to be used in connection with the ESG Amendment.
(c)Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.3 to the contrary.
ARTICLE III

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO
BENCHMARK REPLACEMENT; INCREASED CAPITAL; TAXES
Section 3.1.Requirements of Law.
(a)If, after the Closing Date, (i) the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority, or (ii) the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority:
(A)shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Taxes and Excluded Taxes which are governed by Section 3.2 hereof);
(B)shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity, insurance charge, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the interest rate for the applicable Loan; or
62


(C)shall impose on such Lender any other condition; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining the applicable Loan or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly after receipt of a written request therefor, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection (a), such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower in reasonable detail (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
(b)If any Lender shall have determined that, after the Closing Date, the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or Risk-Based Capital Guidelines regarding capital adequacy or liquidity, or liquidity requirements, or in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit, to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such corporation with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time, upon submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor (which shall include the method for calculating such amount and reasonable detail with respect to such calculation), the Borrower shall promptly pay or cause to be paid to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.
(c)For purposes of this Section 3.1 and Section 3.5 hereof, the Dodd-Frank Act, any requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), and any rules, regulations, orders, requests, guidelines and directives adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented in connection with any of the foregoing, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented, are deemed to have been introduced and adopted after the Closing Date.
(d)A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.1 together with a reasonably detailed calculation and description of such amounts contemplated by this Section 3.1, submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error. In determining any such additional amounts, such Lender may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its sole discretion) shall deem applicable. The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder. The Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.1 for any increased costs or reductions to the extent such Lender notifies the Borrower thereof more than one hundred eighty (180) days after such Lender becomes aware of such right to additional compensation (except that, if the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions are retroactive, then the one hundred eighty (180) day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
Section 3.2.Taxes.
63


(a)All payments made by any Credit Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes or Other Taxes. If any Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so payable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (after deducting, withholding and payment of all Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in the Loan Documents.
(b)Whenever any Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld and paid by a Credit Party, such Credit Party shall timely withhold and pay such taxes to the relevant Governmental Authorities. As promptly as possible thereafter, the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof or other evidence of payment reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender. If such Credit Party shall fail to pay any Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Credit Party and the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the appropriate Lenders on demand for any incremental Taxes or Other Taxes paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender as a result of any such failure.
(c)If any Lender shall be so indemnified by a Credit Party, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to obtain the benefits of any refund, deduction or credit for any taxes or other amounts with respect to the amount paid by such Credit Party and shall reimburse such Credit Party to the extent, but only to the extent, that such Lender shall receive a refund with respect to the amount paid by such Credit Party or an effective net reduction in taxes or other governmental charges (including any taxes imposed on or measured by the total net income of such Lender) of the United States or any state or subdivision or any other Governmental Authority thereof by virtue of any such deduction or credit, after first giving effect to all other deductions and credits otherwise available to such Lender. If, at the time any audit of such Lender’s income tax return is completed, such Lender determines, based on such audit, that it shall not have been entitled to the full amount of any refund reimbursed to such Credit Party as aforesaid or that its net income taxes shall not have been reduced by a credit or deduction for the full amount reimbursed to such Credit Party as aforesaid, such Credit Party, upon request of such Lender, shall promptly pay to such Lender the amount so refunded to which such Lender shall not have been so entitled, or the amount by which the net income taxes of such Lender shall not have been so reduced, as the case may be.
(d)Each Lender that is not (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States (or any jurisdiction thereof), or (iii) an estate or trust that is subject to federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income (any such Person, a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8IMY or Form W-8ECI, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement with respect to such interest and two copies of a Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement or such other Loan Document. In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms or appropriate replacements promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that such Lender is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection (c), a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this subsection (c) that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.
64


(e)Any Lender that is not a Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, upon the reasonable written request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.
(f)A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under any Loan Document shall use reasonable efforts to deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate; provided that (i) such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender, and (ii) to the extent that such Lender fails to comply with the requirements of this subpart (f), such Lender shall not be entitled to additional compensation otherwise payable under this Section 3.2 if such additional compensation would not have been required had such Lender so complied.
(g)If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.
(h)Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(i)The agreements in this Section 3.2 shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(j)For purposes of determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the Closing Date, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) the Loans and the Letters of Credit as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).
Section 3.3.Funding Losses.
65


The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender, promptly after receipt of a written request therefor, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Loans (other than Base Rate Loans not using the Term SOFR component thereof) after the Borrower has given a notice (including a written or verbal notice that is subsequently revoked) requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Loans other than Base Rate Loans (excluding those accruing interest based on the Term SOFR component thereof) after the Borrower has given a notice (including a written or verbal notice that is subsequently revoked) thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the making of a prepayment of (i) a Term SOFR Loan, a EURIBOR Loan or an Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Period interest rate mechanics on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto; provided, that no such indemnity payment shall be required in respect of a Swing Loan or (ii) an RFR Loan or an Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Payment Date interest rate mechanics on a day that is not the applicable Interest Payment Date therefor, (d) any conversion of a Loan accruing interest using Interest Period mechanics to a Base Rate Loan, an Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Period interest rate mechanics or an RFR Loan on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, or any conversion of an RFR Loan or an Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Payment Date interest rate mechanics to a Base Rate Loan, a Term SOFR Loan, a EURIBOR Loan or an Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Payment Date interest rate mechanics on a day that is not the applicable Interest Payment Date therefor; provided, that no such indemnity payment shall be required in respect of a Swing Loan, or (e) any compulsory assignment of such Lender’s interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.3(c) or 11.12 hereof. Such indemnification, in respect of a Term SOFR Loan, EURIBOR Loan or applicable Other Interest Rate Loan, shall be in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amounts so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the appropriate interbank market, along with any administration fee charged by such Lender. With respect to RFR Loans or applicable Other Interest Rate Loans, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event, if any. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.3 submitted to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) by any Lender together with a reasonably detailed calculation and description of such amounts, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
Section 3.4.Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office (or an affiliate of such Lender, if practical for such Lender) for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof.
66


Section 3.5.Lending Unlawful; Inability to Determine Rate; Benchmark Replacement.
(a)Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, but subject to the remainder of this Section 3.5, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have determined, that:
(i)for any reason in connection with any request for a Loan (other than a Base Rate Loan (excluding the Term SOFR component thereof)), or a conversion or continuation thereof, that the Adjusted Term SOFR Screen Rate, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or Adjusted Other Interest Rate, as applicable, does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of the funding such Loans; or
(ii)the interest rate applicable to Loans (other than a Base Rate Loan) is not ascertainable or available (including, without limitation, because the applicable screen on which the rate for such Loan is published (including any successor or substitute page on such screen) is unavailable, and such inability to ascertain or unavailability is not expected to be permanent,
then the Administrative Agent shall suspend the availability of the Type of Loan subject thereto and require any affected Loan to be repaid or converted (and redenominated into Dollars, if applicable) to Base Rate Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period.
(b)Benchmark Transition Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any agreement evidencing Swap Obligations shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 3.5), if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement with respect to Dollars is determined in accordance with clause (1) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” with respect to any Agreed Currency for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
(c)Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
67


(d)Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (A) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, and (B) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.5, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.5.
(e)Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Screen Rate and the EURIBOR Screen Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove any tenor of such Benchmark that is unavailable or non-representative for any Benchmark settings and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor
(f)Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon notice to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 11.4 of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period and until a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with this Section 3.5, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Loan (other than a Base Rate Loan (excluding the Term SOFR prong thereof, if unavailable) impacted by the applicable interest rate being unavailable, or any request for the conversion or continuation of such a Loan (other than a Base Rate Loan (excluding the Term SOFR prong thereof, if unavailable)) to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period at the end of the applicable Interest Period, and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request at the end of the applicable Interest Period into a request for a Base Rate Loan (excluding the Term SOFR prong thereof, if unavailable) or conversion to a Base Rate Loan (with a corresponding currency redenomination, if applicable). During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Alternate Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Alternate Base Rate.
(g)Illegality. If any Lender shall determine (which determination shall, upon notice thereof to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) that, after the Closing Date, (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law makes it unlawful, or (ii) any Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make or continue any Loan as, or to convert (if permitted pursuant to this Agreement) any Loan into, a Loan (other than a Base Rate Loan), the obligations of such Lender to make, continue or convert into any such Loan shall, upon such determination, be suspended until such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent that the circumstances
68


causing such suspension no longer exist, and all outstanding Loans payable to such Lender shall (i) if denominated in Dollars, automatically convert (if conversion is permitted under this Agreement) into a Base Rate Loan (excluding the Term SOFR component thereof, if unavailable), or be repaid (if no conversion is permitted) at the end of the then current Interest Periods with respect thereto or sooner, if required by law or such assertion, or (ii) if denominated in an Agreed Currency other than Dollars, shall be repaid at the end of the then current Interest Period or on the next scheduled Interest Payment Date. The foregoing also shall apply to Swing Loans accruing interest at the Term SOFR Rate or any Base Rate Loan accruing interest using the Term SOFR component thereof.
Section 3.6.Replacement of Lenders. The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof, or asserts its inability to make a Loan pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof; provided that (a) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (c) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 3.4 hereof so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof or, if it has taken any action, such request has still been made, (d) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement and assume all commitments and obligations of such replaced Lender, (e) the Borrower shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 3.3 hereof if any Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto (if applicable), (f) the replacement Lender, if not already a Lender, shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (g) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.10 hereof (provided that the Borrower (or the succeeding Lender, if such Lender is willing) shall be obligated to pay the assignment fee referred to therein), (h) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2(a) hereof, as the case may be; provided that a Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to replace such Lender cease to apply, and (i) if more than one Lender shall request such reimbursement based on the same circumstances giving rise to such request, the Borrower shall not be permitted to replace only one of such Lenders.
Section 3.7.Discretion of Lenders as to Manner of Funding. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, each Lender shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of such Lender’s Loans in any manner such Lender deems to be appropriate; it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder shall be made as if such Lender had actually funded and maintained each Term SOFR Loan, EURIBOR Loan, or Other Interest Rate Loan using Interest Period interest rate mechanics during the applicable Interest Period for such Loan through the purchase of deposits having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the applicable interest rate for such Interest Period.
69


ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Section 4.1.Conditions to Each Credit Event. The obligation of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender to participate in any Credit Event shall be conditioned, in the case of each Credit Event, upon the following:
(a)all conditions precedent as listed in Section 4.2 hereof required to be satisfied prior to the first Credit Event shall have been satisfied prior to or as of the first Credit Event;
(b)the Borrower shall have submitted a Notice of Loan (or with respect to a Letter of Credit, complied with the provisions of Section 2.2(b)(ii) hereof) and otherwise complied with Section 2.5 hereof;
(c)no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or immediately after such Credit Event would exist;
(d)each of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI hereof shall be true in all material respects as if made on and as of the date of such Credit Event, except to the extent that any thereof expressly relate to an earlier date; and
(e)from the Tenth Amendment Effective Date through and including January 3, 2026, the Borrower shall have provided written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the aggregate amount of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents (excluding Cash Equivalents subject to the Administrative Agent’s first-priority Lien), prior to giving effect to the requested Credit Event, and immediately after the application of the proceeds of such Credit Event (which application shall occur promptly after the occurrence of such Credit Event), does not exceed $60,000,000.
Each request by the Borrower for a Credit Event shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such request as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent specified in subsections (c), (d), and, if applicable, (e) above.
Section 4.2.Conditions to the First Credit Event. The Borrower shall cause the following conditions to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date. The obligation of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender to participate in the first Credit Event is subject to the Borrower satisfying each of the following conditions prior to or concurrently with such Credit Event:
(a)Notes as Requested. The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to (i) each Lender requesting a Revolving Credit Note such Lender’s Revolving Credit Note, and (ii) the Swing Line Lender the Swing Line Note, if requested by the Swing Line Lender.
(b)Subsidiary Documents. Each Guarantor of Payment shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) a Guaranty of Payment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) a Security Agreement and such other documents or instruments, as may be required by the Administrative Agent to create or perfect the Liens of the Administrative Agent in the assets of such Guarantor of Payment, all to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
70


(c)Pledge Agreements. The Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment that has a Subsidiary shall have (i) executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a Pledge Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to the Pledged Securities, (ii) executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, appropriate transfer powers for each of the Pledged Securities that are certificated, and (iii) delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the Pledged Securities (to the extent such Pledged Securities are certificated).
(d)Intellectual Property Security Agreements. The Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment that owns federally registered intellectual property shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e)Lien Searches. With respect to the property owned or leased by the Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment, and any other property securing the Obligations, the Borrower shall have caused to be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) the results of Uniform Commercial Code lien searches, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, (ii) the results of federal and state tax lien and judicial lien searches, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (iii) Uniform Commercial Code termination statements reflecting termination of all U.C.C. Financing Statements previously filed by any Person and not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof.
(f)Officer’s Certificate, Resolutions, Organizational Documents. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate (or comparable domestic or foreign documents) certifying the names of the officers of each Credit Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents, together with the true signatures of such officers and certified copies of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable domestic or foreign documents) of such Credit Party evidencing approval of the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the execution and performance of other Related Writings to which such Credit Party is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, and (ii) the Organizational Documents of such Credit Party.
(g)Good Standing and Full Force and Effect Certificates. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a good standing certificate or full force and effect certificate (or comparable document, if neither certificate is available in the applicable jurisdiction), as the case may be, for each Credit Party, issued on or about the Closing Date by the Secretary of State in the state or states where such Credit Party is incorporated or formed.
(h)Legal Opinion. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an opinion of counsel for the Borrower and each other Credit Party, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(i)Borrower Investment Policy. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a copy of the Borrower Investment Policy as in effect on the Closing Date.
(j)Insurance Certificates. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent certificates of insurance on ACORD 25 and 27 or 28 form and satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, providing for adequate real property, personal property and liability insurance for each Company, with the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, lender’s loss payee and additional insured, as appropriate.
(k)Pro-Forma Projections. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent annual pro-forma projections of financial statements (which report shall include balance sheets and statements of income (loss) and cash-flow) of the Borrower through and including the Fiscal Year ending December 30, 2023, prepared on a Consolidated basis, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
71


(l)Fees. The Borrower shall have (i) paid all fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date, including as set forth in the Administrative Agent Fee Letter, and (ii) paid all legal fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Loan Documents.
(m)Mortgage Releases. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all mortgages securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been or contemporaneously with the effectiveness hereof shall be terminated.
(n)Closing Certificate. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an officer’s certificate certifying that, as of the Closing Date, (i) all conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been satisfied, (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or immediately after the first Credit Event will exist, and (iii) each of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI hereof are true and correct as of the Closing Date.
(o)Letter of Direction. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a letter of direction authorizing the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to disburse the proceeds of the Loans, which letter of direction includes the authorization to transfer funds under this Agreement and the wire instructions that set forth the locations to which such funds shall be sent.
(p)No Material Adverse Change. No material adverse change, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, shall have occurred in the financial condition, operations or prospects of the Companies since December 31, 2016.
(q)Miscellaneous. The Borrower shall have provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders such other items and shall have satisfied such other conditions as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.
Section 4.3.Post-Closing Conditions. On or before the date specified in this Section 4.3 (unless a longer period is agreed to in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion), the Borrower shall satisfy each of the following items specified in the subsections below:
(a)Insurance Endorsements. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent proof of insurance endorsements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, evidencing, with respect to the real property, personal property and liability insurance for each Company, the inclusion of the Administrative Agent, as lender’s loss payee and additional insured, as appropriate.
(b)Control Agreements. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent an executed Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, for each Deposit Account and each Securities Account maintained by a Credit Party; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to deliver a Control Agreement with respect to any Deposit Account or Securities Account if it would not be required to deliver a Control Agreement pursuant to Section 5.21(d) hereof.
72


(c)Landlords’/Bailee’s/Processor’s Waivers. No later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver a Landlord’s, Bailee’s or Processor’s Waiver, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, for each location of a Credit Party where any of the collateral securing any part of the Obligations is located, unless such location is owned by the Company that owns the collateral located there; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to deliver a Landlord’s, Bailee’s or Processor’s Waiver with respect to any such location if it would not be required to deliver a Landlord’s, Bailee’s or Processor’s Waiver pursuant to Section 5.21(e) hereof.
ARTICLE V

COVENANTS
So long as any Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations) remain unpaid or the Commitment remains outstanding, the Borrower will (or, as applicable, cause each other Company to) comply with the following requirements, unless the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders) shall otherwise consent in writing:
Section 5.1.Insurance. Each Company (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) shall at all times maintain insurance upon its Inventory, Equipment and other personal and real property (including, if applicable, insurance required by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994) in such form, written by such companies, in such amounts, for such periods, and against such risks as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, with provisions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for, with respect to Credit Parties, payment of all losses thereunder to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, and such Company as their interests may appear (with lender’s loss payable and additional insured endorsements, as appropriate, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders), and, if required by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deposit the policies with the Administrative Agent. Any such policies of insurance shall provide for no fewer than thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. If any Event of Default then exists, any sums received by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in payment of insurance losses, returns, or unearned premiums under the policies may, at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, be applied upon the Obligations whether or not the same is then due and payable, or may be delivered to the Companies for the purpose of replacing, repairing, or restoring the insured property; provided that if an Event of Default does not then exist, any such sums received by the Administrative Agent shall be delivered to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to act as attorney-in-fact for the Companies, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in obtaining, adjusting, settling and canceling such insurance and indorsing any drafts. In the event of failure to provide such insurance as herein provided, the Administrative Agent may, at its option, provide such insurance and the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, upon demand, the cost thereof. Should the Borrower fail to pay such sum to the Administrative Agent upon demand, interest shall accrue thereon, from the date of demand until paid in full, at the Default Rate. Within ten days of the Administrative Agent’s written request, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent such information about the insurance of the Companies as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, which information shall be prepared in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and certified by a Financial Officer.
Section 5.2.Money Obligations.
73


Each Company shall pay in full (a) prior in each case to the date when penalties would attach, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies (except only those so long as and to the extent that the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and for which adequate provisions have been established in accordance with GAAP) for which it may be or become liable or to which any or all of its properties may be or become subject; (b) all of its material wage obligations to its employees in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. §§ 206-207) or any comparable provisions; and (c) all of its other material obligations calling for the payment of money (except only those so long as and to the extent that the same shall be contested in good faith and for which adequate provisions have been established in accordance with GAAP) before such payment becomes overdue.
Section 5.3.Financial Statements and Information.
(a)Monthly Financials. Within (i) twenty-one (21) days after the end of the last fiscal month of a Quarterly Reporting Period and (ii) fifteen (15) days after the end of each other fiscal month occurring during the term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders its internally-prepared monthly income statement and balance sheet for the applicable month as certified by a Financial Officer, in each case in form and detail consistent with those sample monthly income statements and balance sheets provided to the Administrative Agent and Lenders prior to the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, and with the form and detail of such monthly income statements and balance sheets otherwise being satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such financials also shall include (x) the average daily aggregate amount of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents for the applicable fiscal month and (y) a certification as to Liquidity as of the last day of the applicable fiscal month (with such detail in respect thereof as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).
(b)Quarterly Financials. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Reporting Periods of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, within five days after the date which Borrower shall be required to submit its Form 10-Q), balance sheets of the Companies as of the end of such period and statements of income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flow for the Quarterly Reporting Period and Fiscal Year to date periods, all prepared on a Consolidated (in accordance with GAAP, except for the absence of footnotes and year-end adjustments) basis, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and certified by a Financial Officer; provided that delivery pursuant to subsection (g) below of copies of the Form 10-Q quarterly report of the Borrower for such quarterly period filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this subsection (b).
(c)Annual Audit Report. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower (or, if earlier, within five days after the date which Borrower shall be required to submit its Form 10-K), an annual audit report of the Companies for that year prepared on a Consolidated (in accordance with GAAP) basis, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and certified by an unqualified opinion of an independent public accountant satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which report shall include balance sheets and statements of income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash-flow for that period; provided that delivery pursuant to subsection (g) below of copies of the Form 10-K annual report of the Borrower for such period filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this subsection (c).
(d)Compliance Certificate. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements set forth in subsections (b) and (c) above, a Compliance Certificate (which Compliance Certificate shall include a list of all patents, trademarks or copyrights that have been federally registered by the Credit Parties since delivery of the last Compliance Certificate).
74


(e)Management Reports. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, concurrently with the delivery of the quarterly and annual financial statements set forth in subsections (b) and (c) above, a copy of any management report, letter or similar writing furnished to the Companies by the accountants in respect of the systems, operations, financial condition or properties of the Companies.
(f)Pro-Forma Projections. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, annual pro-forma projections of the Companies for the then current Fiscal Year, to be in form and detail acceptable to the Administrative Agent and presented on a quarterly year-to-date basis.
(g)Shareholder and SEC Documents. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or give notice of the availability thereof on the SEC Edgar website), as soon as available, (i) copies of Form 10-Q quarterly reports, Form 10-K annual reports and Form 8-K current reports, (ii) notice of (and upon the request of the Administrative Agent, copies of) any other filings made by the Borrower with the SEC, and (iii) notice of (and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, copies of) any other information that is provided by the Borrower to its shareholders generally.
(h)Reporting Periods. If, at any time, the information set forth on Schedule 5.3 hereto becomes inaccurate, or does not set forth each Quarterly Reporting Period for the following Fiscal Year of the Borrower, the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a replacement Schedule 5.3 that includes such additional or corrected information, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
(i)Beneficial Ownership Certification. On or promptly after any time at which the Borrower or any Subsidiary becomes subject to the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a completed Beneficial Ownership Certification in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
(j)Financial Information of the Companies. The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within ten days of the written request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, such other information about the financial condition, properties and operations of any Company as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may from time to time reasonably request, which information shall be submitted in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or such Lender and certified by a Financial Officer of the Company or Companies in question.
(k)Store-Level Reporting. Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter occurring during the Relief Period, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent written financial reporting in respect of each of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ performance on an individual store-by-store basis (including, without limitation, sales and revenue reporting), with the form, substance and scope of such reporting being reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Section 5.4.Financial Records. Each Company shall at all times maintain true and complete records and books of account, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, appropriate provisions for possible losses and liabilities, all in accordance with GAAP, and at all reasonable times (during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to such Company) permit the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or any representative of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, to examine such Company’s books and records and to make excerpts therefrom and transcripts thereof.
75


Section 5.5.Franchises; Change in Business.
(a)Each Company (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) shall preserve and maintain at all times its existence, and its rights and franchises necessary for its business, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5.12 hereof.
(b)No Company shall engage in any business if, as a result thereof, the general nature of the business of the Companies taken as a whole would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business the Companies are engaged in on the Closing Date.
Section 5.6.ERISA Pension and Benefit Plan Compliance. No Company shall fail to satisfy any minimum funding requirements under Code Section 412 or incur any liability to the PBGC (other than premiums payable in the ordinary course), in connection with any Pension Plan in either case which would result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after any Company knows or has reason to know that any Reportable Event with respect to any Pension Plan has occurred, a statement of a Financial Officer of such Company, setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the action that such Company proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of the notice of such Reportable Event given to the PBGC if a copy of such notice is available to such Company. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any taxes assessed, proposed to be assessed or that the Borrower has reason to believe are likely to be assessed against a Company by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any ERISA Plan, if any such actual, proposed or possible assessment would result in a Material Adverse Effect. As soon as practicable, and in any event within twenty (20) days, after any Company shall become aware that an ERISA Event shall have occurred that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, such Company shall provide the Administrative Agent with notice of such ERISA Event with a certificate by a Financial Officer of such Company setting forth the details of the event and the action such Company or another Controlled Group member proposes to take with respect thereto. The Borrower shall, at the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent true and correct copies of any documents relating to the ERISA Plan of any Company.
Section 5.7.Financial Covenants.
(a)Net Leverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not suffer or permit at any time the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the end of any Quarterly Reporting Period, to exceed (i) 5.00 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Periods ending December 30, 2023 and March 30, 2024, (ii) 5.50 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending June 29, 2024, (iii) 5.00 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending September 28, 2024, (iv) 4.80 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending December 28, 2024, (v) 4.75 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Periods ending March 29, 2025 and June 28, 2025, (vi) 4.50 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending September 27, 2025, (vii) 4.35 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending January 3, 2026, and (viii) 4.00 to 1.00 for each Quarterly Reporting Period occurring thereafter.
(b)Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not suffer or permit at any time the Interest Coverage Ratio, as of the end of any Quarterly Reporting Period, to be less than (i) 1.50 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Periods ending December 30, 2023 and March 30, 2024, (ii) 1.25 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending June 29, 2024, (iii) 1.50 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Periods ending September 28, 2024 and December 28, 2024, (iv) 1.90 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Periods ending March 29, 2025, June 28, 2025, and September 27, 2025, (v) 2.10 to 1.00 for the Quarterly Reporting Period ending January 3, 2026, and (vi) 3.00 to 1.00 for each Quarterly Reporting Period occurring thereafter.
76


(c)Liquidity. From the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date through and including January 3, 2026, the Borrower shall cause Liquidity to equal or exceed $40,000,000 as of the last day of each fiscal month.
Section 5.8.Borrowing. No Company shall create, incur or have outstanding any Indebtedness of any kind; provided that this Section 5.8 shall not apply to the following:
(a)the Loans, the Letters of Credit and any other Indebtedness under this Agreement;
(b)any loans or other credit granted to, or Capitalized Lease Obligations entered into by, any Company for the purchase or lease of fixed assets (and refinancings of such loans, credit or Capitalized Lease Obligations), which loans, credit and Capitalized Lease Obligations shall only be secured by the fixed assets being purchased or leased, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such loans and Capitalized Lease Obligations for all Companies shall not exceed Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) at any time outstanding;
(c)the Indebtedness existing on the First Amendment Effective Date, in addition to the other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 5.8, as set forth in Schedule 5.8 hereto (and any extension, renewal or refinancing thereof but only to the extent that the principal amount thereof does not increase after the Closing Date);
(d)loans to, and guaranties of Indebtedness of, a Company from a Company so long as each such Company is a Credit Party;
(e)loans to, and guaranties of Indebtedness of, a Foreign Subsidiary by a Credit Party in an aggregate amount not to exceed Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) at any time outstanding; provided, however, that during the Relief Period, no more than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate of such loans and guaranties shall be outstanding;
(f)Indebtedness under any Hedge Agreement, so long as such Hedge Agreement shall have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(g)[Intentionally Omitted]; and
(h)other unsecured Indebtedness, in addition to the Indebtedness listed above, provided, that (i) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (including any undrawn commitments in respect thereof) exceeds $25,000,000 on the initial date of incurrence thereof, the Administrative Agent shall have approved the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness prior to the applicable Company’s incurrence of such Indebtedness; and (ii) immediately after the incurrence of any such other unsecured Indebtedness, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (giving pro forma effect thereto) equals or is less than 3.25 to 1.00.
Section 5.9.Liens. No Company shall create, assume or suffer to exist (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; provided that this Section 5.9 shall not apply to the following:
(a)Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been established in accordance with GAAP;
77


(b)other statutory Liens, including, without limitation, statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousers, utilities, mechanics, repairmen, workers and materialmen, incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets that (i) were not incurred in connection with the incurring of Indebtedness or the obtaining of advances or credit, and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;
(c)any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders (and affiliates thereof);
(d)the Liens existing on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date as set forth in Schedule 5.9 hereto and replacements, extensions, renewals, refundings or refinancings thereof, but only to the extent that the amount of debt secured thereby, and the amount and description of property subject to such Liens, shall not be increased;
(e)purchase money Liens on fixed assets securing the loans and Capitalized Lease Obligations pursuant to Section 5.8(b) hereof, provided that such Lien is limited to the purchase price and only attaches to the property being acquired, and replacements, extensions, renewals, refundings or refinancings thereof, but only to the extent that the amount of debt secured thereby, and the amount and description of property subject to such Liens, shall not be increased;
(f)easements or other minor defects or irregularities in title of real property not interfering in any material respect with the use of such property in the business of any Company;
(g)Liens securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 5.8(e) hereof; or
(h)other Liens, in addition to the Liens listed above, not incurred in connection with the incurring of Indebtedness, securing amounts, in the aggregate for all Companies, not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time.
No Company shall enter into any contract or agreement that would prohibit the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from acquiring a security interest, mortgage or other Lien on, or a collateral assignment of, any of the property or assets of such Company, other than the following:
(i)a contract or agreement entered into in connection with the purchase or lease of fixed assets that prohibits Liens on such fixed assets;
(ii)customary software license agreements that prohibit Liens on such agreement or the assets subject thereto; or
(iii)other leases, licenses and other agreements:
(x)entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(y)with respect to which (1) the value of the assets subject thereto, (2) the consideration payable by the applicable Company thereunder, and/or (3) the value of the benefits to be received by the applicable Company in connection therewith, does not in the aggregate exceed $10,000,000; and
78


(z)that contain a customary provision prohibiting Liens on such lease, license or other agreement or the assets subject thereto;
provided, that with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), such prohibition is limited to the relevant lease, license, contract or other agreement and/or the assets subject thereto, as the case may be; provided, further, that with respect to the foregoing clause (iii), the applicable Company shall negotiate diligently in good faith prior to entering into any such lease, license or other agreement to remove any prohibition on Liens on such lease, license or other agreement or the assets subject thereto.
Section 5.10.Regulations T, U and X. No Company shall take any action that would result in any non-compliance of the Loans or Letters of Credit with Regulations T, U or X, or any other applicable regulation, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Section 5.11.Investments, Loans and Guaranties. No Company shall (a) create, acquire or hold any Subsidiary, (b) make or hold any investment in any stocks, bonds or securities of any kind, (c) be or become a party to any joint venture or other partnership, (d) make or keep outstanding any advance or loan to any Person, or (e) be or become a Guarantor of any kind (other than a Guarantor of Payment under the Loan Documents); provided that this Section 5.11 shall not apply to the following:
(i)any endorsement of a check or other medium of payment for deposit or collection through normal banking channels or similar transaction in the normal course of business;
(ii)any investment in direct obligations of the United States or in certificates of deposit issued by a member bank (having capital resources in excess of Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000)) of the Federal Reserve System;
(iii)any investment in (A) commercial paper or securities that at the time of such investment is assigned the highest quality rating in accordance with the rating systems employed by either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s, (B) other Cash Equivalents, or (C) any other investment made in accordance with the Borrower Investment Policy;
(iv)the holding of each of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 6.1 hereto, and the creation, acquisition and holding of and any investment in any new Subsidiary after the Closing Date so long as such new Subsidiary shall have been created, acquired or held, and investments made, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
(v)loans to, investments in and guaranties of the Indebtedness (permitted under Section 5.8(d) hereof) and to the extent not in excess of $2,500,000 at any time outstanding in the aggregate with respect to the Companies, guaranties of trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and guaranties of obligations under agreements by which a third party provides a drafts payable program with respect to such accounts payable for the applicable Company, in each case of, a Company from or by a Company so long as each such Company is a Credit Party;
(vi)loans to, investments in and guaranties of the Indebtedness (permitted under Section 5.8(e) hereof) of, a Foreign Subsidiary from or by a Credit Party;
(vii)investments by the Borrower and the other Companies in the capital stock of their Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time outstanding; provided, however, that during the Relief Period, no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of cash investments shall be made in such Foreign Subsidiaries;
79


(viii)any advance or loan to an officer or employee of a Company made in the ordinary course of such Company’s business, so long as all such advances and loans from all Companies aggregate not more than the maximum principal sum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time outstanding; provided, however, that during the Relief Period, no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of such advances or loans shall be made, and any such loan or advance shall only be made in connection with the Specified Acquisition;
(ix)advances in the form of progress payments, prepaid rent or security deposits;
(x)investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(xi)Investments in Hedge Agreements, so long as such Hedge Agreement shall have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(xii)loans by one or more Companies to Persons that are not owned or controlled by, or otherwise affiliated with, any Company, and guaranties by one or more Companies of Indebtedness owing by such unaffiliated Persons, not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding; provided, however, that during the Relief Period, no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate of such loans or guarantees shall be extended or otherwise entered into by any Company;
(xiii)Investments constituting Permitted Capital Distributions for Performance or Taxes; provided, that such Investments must be permitted to be made under Section 5.15; and
(xiv)Acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 5.13; and
(xv)other investments in an aggregate amount for all of the Companies not to exceed Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) during any Fiscal Year of the Borrower; provided, however, that during the Relief Period, no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of cash investments shall be permitted under this clause (xv); provided, further, that during the Relief Period, in addition to the investments permitted pursuant to the foregoing proviso under this clause (xv), investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) existing as of the Eleventh Amendment Effective Date in the target entity of the Specified Acquisition shall be permitted; provided, further, that payments made in the ordinary course under any Company’s deferred compensation plans shall not constitute investments for purposes hereof.
For purposes of this Section 5.11, the amount of any investment in equity interests shall be based upon the initial amount invested and shall not include any appreciation in value or return on such investment but shall take into account replacements, redemptions and return of capital.
Section 5.12.Merger and Sale of Assets. No Company shall merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person, or Dispose of any assets to any Person, and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise, other than in the ordinary course of business, except that, if no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or immediately thereafter shall begin to exist:
80


(a)a Company (other than the Borrower) may merge with (i) the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person) or (ii) any one or more Guarantors of Payment (provided that at least one Guarantor of Payment shall be the continuing or surviving Person);
(b)a Company may Dispose of any of its assets to (i) the Borrower or (ii) any Guarantor of Payment; provided, however, that all of the intellectual property of the Companies identified on Schedule 6.17 (as such schedule shall be updated on a quarterly basis pursuant to the Compliance Certificates delivered by the Companies under Section 5.3), and necessary for one or more of the Companies to continue its or their current business operations shall at all times be owned or controlled by the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment;
(c)a Company (other than a Credit Party) may merge with or otherwise Dispose of any of its assets to any other Company;
(d)a Company may Dispose of any assets that are obsolete or no longer useful in such Company’s business or the subject of a condemnation or, subject to the insurance payment provisions of Section 5.1 hereof, casualty loss;
(e)a Company may transfer cash or other property or otherwise make payments in connection with transactions permitted under Sections 5.8, 5.11, 5.13 and 5.15 under this Agreement; and
(f)other Dispositions consummated by one or more of the Companies in any Fiscal Year in an aggregate amount not to exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets as determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year; provided, that no intellectual property shall be Disposed of in contravention of Section 5.12(b).
Section 5.13.Acquisitions. No Company shall effect an Acquisition; provided, however, that a Company may effect an Acquisition so long as:
(a)[Intentionally Omitted]; or
(b)such Acquisition meets all of the following requirements:
(i)in the case of an Acquisition that involves a merger, amalgamation or other combination including the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the surviving entity;
(ii)in the case of an Acquisition that involves a merger, amalgamation or other combination including a Credit Party (other than the Borrower), a Credit Party shall be the surviving entity;
(iii)the business to be acquired shall be similar, or related to, or incidental to the lines of business of the Companies;
(iv)the Companies shall be in full compliance with the Loan Documents both prior to and after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition;
(v)no Default or Event of Default shall exist prior to or, after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, thereafter shall begin to exist;
81


(vi)the Borrower shall have provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, at least five Business Days prior to such Acquisition, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, historical financial statements of the target entity and a pro forma financial statement of the Companies accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer showing pro forma compliance with Section 5.7 hereof, both before and after giving effect to the proposed Acquisition;
(vii)such Acquisition is not actively opposed by the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the selling Persons or the Persons whose equity interests are to be acquired; and
(viii)the aggregate Consideration paid by the Companies, when added to all other Acquisitions for all Companies, would not exceed the aggregate amount of Two Hundred Million Dollars ($200,000,000) for the twelve month period ending with the month in which such Acquisition is consummated; provided, however, that (x) the Consideration paid for the Specified Acquisition shall not be included in any determination of compliance with this clause (viii), (y) with the exception of the Specified Acquisition, the Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended reporting period for which the Administrative Agent has received a Compliance Certificate, immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, shall be less than 3.00 to 1.00, and (z) each such pro forma determination shall be made as if such Acquisition (and related transactions, including the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) was consummated on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period for which the Net Leverage Ratio is being determined.
Section 5.14.Notice. The Borrower shall cause a Financial Officer to promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in writing, whenever any of the following shall occur:
(a)a Default or Event of Default has occurred hereunder or any representation or warranty made in Article VI hereof or elsewhere in this Agreement or in any Related Writing is determined for any reason to have not been true and complete cease in any material respect when made;
(b)the Borrower learns of a litigation or proceeding against the Borrower before a court, administrative agency or arbitrator that, if successful, might have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(c)the Borrower learns that there has occurred or begun to exist any event, condition or thing that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.15.Restricted Payments. No Company shall make or commit itself to make any Restricted Payment at any time, except, that so long as (x) the Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 (as of the date of a Capital Distribution and giving pro forma effect thereto) and (y) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, the Companies may make Capital Distributions; provided, however, that the Companies may consummate Permitted Capital Distributions for Performance or Taxes at any time the Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 3.00 to 1.00 (as of the applicable consummation date and giving pro forma effect thereto) so long as (i) it complies with the foregoing clause (y) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Permitted Capital Distributions for Performance or Taxes consummated during any Fiscal Year when the Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 3.00 to 1.00 does not exceed $15,000,000.
Section 5.16.Environmental Compliance. Each Company shall comply in all material respects with any and all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws in jurisdictions in which such Company owns or operates a facility or site, arranges for disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes, accepts for transport any hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes or holds any interest in real property or otherwise, except where the failure to comply would not result in a material expenditure or loss to such Company.
82


The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any material notice any Company may receive from any Governmental Authority or private Person, or otherwise, that any material litigation or proceeding pertaining to any environmental, health or safety matter has been filed or is threatened against such Company, any real property in which such Company holds any interest or any past or present operation of such Company. No Company shall allow the release or disposal of hazardous waste, solid waste or other wastes on, under or to any real property in which any Company holds any ownership interest or performs any of its operations, in violation of any Environmental Law, except where the release or disposal or the failure to comply would not result in a material expenditure or loss to such Company. As used in this Section 5.16, “litigation or proceeding” means any demand, claim, notice, suit, suit in equity action, administrative action, investigation or inquiry whether brought by any Governmental Authority or private Person, or otherwise. The Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent and the Lenders harmless against all costs, expenses, claims, damages, penalties and liabilities of every kind or nature whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from the noncompliance of any Company with any Environmental Law. Such indemnification shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 5.17.Affiliate Transactions. No Company shall, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than a Company that is a Credit Party or a Foreign Subsidiary) on terms that shall be less favorable to such Company than those that might be obtained at the time in a transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the payment of customary and reasonable employment and severance arrangements with its employees and directors’ fees to directors who are not employees of a Company or an Affiliate.
Section 5.18.Use of Proceeds. The Borrower’s use of the proceeds of the Loans and its use of Letters of Credit shall be for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Companies and for the refinancing of existing Indebtedness and for Acquisitions permitted hereunder. The Borrower will not request any Loan or Letter of Credit, and will not use, and the Borrower will ensure that the other Companies, and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, shall not use, the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws. The Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of Credit, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise).
Section 5.19.Corporate Names and Locations of Collateral. No Company shall (a) change its corporate name, (b) consummate a Division or (c) change its state, province or other jurisdiction, or form of organization, or extend or continue its existence in or to any other jurisdiction (other than its jurisdiction of organization at the date of this Agreement); unless, in each case, the Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with at least ten (10) days prior written notice thereof. The Borrower shall also:
83


(i)provide written notice to the Administrative Agent within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower and within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, of any interest (including but not limited to any fee simple or leasehold interest) in any real property (including the name of any landlord (other than a retail store landlord) and the address of any such real property and whether such location will have or could reasonably be expected to have at any time Inventory and Equipment (excluding leasehold improvements) of the Credit Parties having an aggregate value in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)) not previously disclosed on Schedule 6.9 hereto or previously disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.19, and upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such written notice from the Borrower, such interest in real property so disclosed in such written notice shall be deemed to be included on Schedule 6.9 hereto;
(ii)promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in the location of the office where any Company’s records pertaining to its Accounts are kept; and
(iii)promptly notify the Administrative Agent any change in the location of any Company’s chief executive office.
In the event of any of the foregoing or if otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to file new U.C.C. Financing Statements describing the Collateral and otherwise in form and substance sufficient for recordation wherever necessary or appropriate, as determined in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect or continue perfected the security interest of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in the Collateral. The Borrower shall pay all filing and recording fees and taxes in connection with the filing or recordation of such U.C.C. Financing Statements and security interests and shall promptly reimburse the Administrative Agent therefor if the Administrative Agent pays the same. Such amounts not so paid or reimbursed shall be Related Expenses hereunder.
Section 5.20.Subsidiary Guaranties, Security Documents and Pledge of Stock or Other Ownership Interest.
(a)Guaranties and Security Documents. Each Domestic Subsidiary (that is not a Dormant Subsidiary) created, acquired or held subsequent to the Closing Date (including as a result of a Division, with respect to each applicable Division Successor), shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a Guaranty of Payment (or a Guaranty of Payment Joinder) of all of the Obligations and a Security Agreement (or a Security Agreement Joinder) such agreements to be prepared by the Administrative Agent and in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, along with any such other supporting documentation, Security Documents, corporate governance and authorization documents, and an opinion of counsel as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent. With respect to a Subsidiary that has been classified as a Dormant Subsidiary, at such time that such Subsidiary no longer meets the requirements of a Dormant Subsidiary, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice thereof, and shall provide, with respect to such Subsidiary, all of the documents referenced in the foregoing sentence.
84


(b)Pledge of Stock or Other Ownership Interest. With respect to the creation or acquisition of a Domestic Subsidiary or first-tier Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary (including as a result of a Division, with respect to each applicable Division Successor), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, all of the share certificates (or other evidence of equity) owned by a Credit Party pursuant to the terms of a Pledge Agreement prepared by the Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and executed by the appropriate Credit Party; provided that no such pledge shall include (i) shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) shares of voting capital stock or other voting equity interests in any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary in excess of sixty-five percent (65%) of the total outstanding shares of voting capital stock or other voting equity interest of such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary and (iii) shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any first-tier Foreign Subsidiary that is a Dormant Subsidiary; provided, that with respect to a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary that has been classified as a Dormant Subsidiary, at such time that such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary no longer meets the requirements of a Dormant Subsidiary, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice thereof, and, subject to Section 5.20(b)(ii) above, shall provide, with respect to such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary, share certificates (or other evidence of equity) and a Pledge Agreement as referenced in the foregoing sentence.
(c)Perfection or Registration of Interest in Foreign Shares. With respect to any foreign shares pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, on or after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall at all times, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, have the right to perfect, at the Borrower’s cost, payable upon request therefor (including, without limitation, any foreign counsel, or foreign notary, filing, registration or similar, fees, costs or expenses), its security interest in such shares in the respective foreign jurisdiction. Such perfection may include the requirement that the applicable Company promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a separate pledge document (prepared by the Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), covering such equity interests, that conforms to the requirements of the applicable foreign jurisdiction, together with an opinion of local counsel as to the perfection of the security interest provided for therein, and all other documentation necessary or desirable to effect the foregoing and to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, after consultation with the Borrower, determines that the cost of perfecting in a foreign jurisdiction, the security interest of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in the Pledged Securities relating to any Foreign Subsidiary, (i) is impractical or cost-prohibitive or (ii) the benefits obtained by such action are outweighed by the burdens of obtaining the same, then the Administrative Agent may agree to forego (until such time as the Administrative Agent determines it is practical to so perfect such interest) the foreign perfection of such security interest.
Section 5.21.Collateral. Each Credit Party shall:
(a)at all reasonable times and, except after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon reasonable notice, allow the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by or through any of the Administrative Agent’s officers, agents, employees, attorneys or accountants to (i) examine, inspect and make extracts from such Credit Party’s books and other records, including, without limitation, the tax returns of such Credit Party, (ii) arrange for verification of such Credit Party’s Accounts, under reasonable procedures, directly with Account Debtors or by other methods, and (iii) examine and inspect such Credit Party’s Inventory and Equipment, wherever located;
(b)promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon request (i) additional statements and information with respect to the Collateral, and all writings and information relating to or evidencing any of such Credit Party’s Accounts (including, without limitation, computer printouts or typewritten reports listing the mailing addresses of all present Account Debtors), and (ii) any other writings and information as the Administrative Agent or such Lender may request;
85


(c)promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing upon the acquisition or creation of any Account (other than any tax refund), in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States or any other Governmental Authority, or any business that is located in a foreign country;
(d)promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing upon the acquisition or creation by any Credit Party of a Deposit Account or Securities Account not listed on the notice provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.19 hereof, and, prior to or simultaneously with the creation of such Deposit Account or Securities Account, provide for the execution of a Deposit Account Control Agreement or Securities Account Control Agreement with respect thereto, if required by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; provided that a Control Agreement shall not be required for a Deposit Account or Securities Account (i) that constitutes Excluded Collateral, (ii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, that is a retail store Deposit Account provided that the aggregate amount maintained in all such retail store Deposit Accounts does not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) for any two consecutive Business Days during the ninety (90) day period immediately preceding such time of determination, or (iii) that is a disbursement account that automatically has a zero balance at the end of each day;
(e)subject to Section 4.3(c), with respect to any Equipment or Inventory of a Credit Party located at a location of a third party (other than another Credit Party), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed any Landlord’s Waiver, Bailee’s Waiver, Processor’s Waiver, Consignee’s Waiver or similar document or notice that may be required by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; provided that a Credit Party shall not be required to deliver a Landlord’s Waiver, Bailee’s Waiver, Processor’s Waiver, Consignee’s Waiver or similar document for any Equipment or Inventory located at such location to the extent that the aggregate value of all Equipment (excluding leasehold improvements) and Inventory of all Companies maintained at such location does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);
(f)promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing of any information that such Credit Party has or may receive with respect to the Collateral that might reasonably be determined to materially and adversely affect the value thereof or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect thereto;
(g)maintain such Credit Party’s Equipment used in its business in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence excepted, making all necessary replacements thereof so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved;
(h)deliver to the Administrative Agent, to hold as security for the Secured Obligations all certificated Investment Property owned by such Credit Party, to the extent not otherwise excluded from such requirements hereunder, in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or in the event such Investment Property is in the possession of a Securities Intermediary or credited to a Securities Account, to the extent not otherwise excluded from such requirements hereunder, execute with the related Securities Intermediary a Securities Account Control Agreement over such Securities Account in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(i)provide to the Administrative Agent, when each Compliance Certificate is due (as necessary), a list of any patents, trademarks or copyrights that have been federally registered by such Credit Party since delivery of the last Compliance Certificate, and provide for the execution of an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement; and
86


(j)upon request of the Administrative Agent, promptly take such action and promptly make, execute and deliver all such additional and further items, deeds, assurances, instruments and any other writings as the Administrative Agent may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, chattel paper, to carry into effect the intention of this Agreement, or so as to completely vest in and ensure to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders their respective rights hereunder and in or to the Collateral.
Each Credit Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to file U.C.C. Financing Statements or other appropriate notices with respect to the Collateral. Such U.C.C. Financing Statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure that the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent herein, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired. If certificates of title or applications for title are issued or outstanding with respect to any of the Inventory or Equipment of any Credit Party with an aggregate value in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), such Credit Party shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a short form security agreement, prepared by the Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) deliver such certificate or application to the Administrative Agent and cause the interest of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, to be properly noted thereon. Each Credit Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent’s designated agent (but without obligation by the Administrative Agent to do so) to incur Related Expenses (whether prior to, upon, or subsequent to any Default or Event of Default), and the Borrower shall promptly repay, reimburse, and indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any and all Related Expenses. If any Credit Party fails to keep and maintain its Equipment (other than Equipment that is obsolete or no longer useful in such Credit Party’s business) in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to) so maintain or repair all or any part of such Credit Party’s Equipment and the cost thereof shall be a Related Expense. All Related Expenses are payable to the Administrative Agent upon demand therefor; the Administrative Agent may, at its option, debit Related Expenses directly to any Deposit Account of a Company located at the Administrative Agent or draw Revolving Loans.
Section 5.22.Property Acquired Subsequent to the Closing Date and Right to Take Additional Collateral. Except as notice therefor is otherwise provided for herein or in any Security Document, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with prompt written notice with respect to any personal property constituting Collateral (other than in the ordinary course of business and excluding Accounts, Inventory, Equipment and General Intangibles and other property acquired in the ordinary course of business) acquired by any Credit Party subsequent to the Closing Date.
87


In addition to any other right that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may have pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, upon written request of the Administrative Agent, whenever made, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor of Payment to, grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, as additional security for the Secured Obligations, a first Lien on any personal property of the Borrower and each Guarantor of Payment constituting Collateral (other than for leased equipment or equipment subject to a purchase money security interest in which the lessor or purchase money lender of such equipment holds a first priority security interest, in which case, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to obtain a security interest junior only to such lessor or purchase money lender), including, without limitation, such property acquired subsequent to the Closing Date, in which the Administrative Agent does not have a first priority Lien. The Borrower agrees that, within twenty (20) days after the date of such written request, to secure all of the Secured Obligations by delivering to the Administrative Agent security agreements, intellectual property security agreements and pledge agreements with respect to any of the Credit Parties and relating to the Collateral. In addition, the Borrower agrees that, within thirty (30) days after the date of such written request, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents, instruments or agreements or such thereof as the Administrative Agent may require with respect to any of the Credit Parties and relating to perfection of the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral. The Borrower shall pay all recordation, legal and other expenses in connection therewith.
Section 5.23.Restrictive Agreements. Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) make, directly or indirectly, any Capital Distribution to the Borrower, (b) make, directly or indirectly, loans or advances or capital contributions to the Borrower or (c) transfer, directly or indirectly, any of the properties or assets of such Subsidiary to the Borrower; except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) customary non-assignment provisions in license agreements, leases or other agreements entered in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, or (iii) customary restrictions in license agreements, security agreements securing Indebtedness, or capital leases, of a Company to the extent such restrictions shall only restrict the transfer of the property subject to such license agreement, security agreement, mortgage or lease.
Section 5.24.Other Covenants and Provisions. In the event that any Company shall enter into, or shall have entered into, any Material Indebtedness Agreement, wherein the covenants, representations and agreements contained therein shall be more restrictive than the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein, then the Companies shall immediately be bound hereunder (without further action) by such more restrictive covenants, representations and agreements with the same force and effect as if such covenants, representations and agreements were written herein for as long as such more restrictive provisions are applicable to such Company with respect to such Material Indebtedness Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, the Borrower shall provide prompt written notice to the Administrative Agent of the creation or existence of any Material Indebtedness Agreement that has such more restrictive provisions, and shall, within fifteen (15) days thereafter (if requested by the Administrative Agent), execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an amendment to this Agreement that incorporates such more restrictive provisions for as long as such more restrictive provisions are applicable to such Company with respect to such Material Indebtedness Agreement, with such amendment to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Section 5.25.Guaranty Under Material Indebtedness Agreement. No Company (other than the Borrower) shall be or become a primary obligor or Guarantor of the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Material Indebtedness Agreement unless such Company shall also be a Guarantor of Payment under this Agreement prior to or concurrently therewith.
Section 5.26.Amendment of Organizational Documents. Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, no Company shall (a) amend its Organizational Documents in any manner adverse to the Lenders, or (b) amend its Organizational Documents to change its name or state, province or other jurisdiction of organization, or its form of organization.
88


Section 5.27.Fiscal Year of Borrower. The Borrower shall not change the date of its Fiscal Year-ends listed on Schedule 5.3 hereto without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
Section 5.28.Further Assurances. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Credit Party to, promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents.
Section 5.29.Contributions to the Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan Trust. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make any contribution or other deposit of cash or other property to the Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan Trust other than the deposit of actual deferrals of compensation made by or on behalf of employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries who are participants in the Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan, pursuant to the terms of the Sleep Number Executive Investment Plan.
Section 5.30.Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each Company to, (i) comply with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions and (ii) perform its obligations under material agreements to which it is a party, in each case under clause (i) and (ii) above to the extent a failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.1.Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will not maintain or otherwise hold more than $20,000,000 of cash and Cash Equivalents with Persons other than Lenders. All of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of $20,000,000 shall be held by and otherwise maintained with one or more of the Lenders.
ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 6.1.Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries; Foreign Qualification. Each Company is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing (or comparable concept in the applicable jurisdiction) under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and is duly qualified and authorized to do business and is in good standing (or comparable concept in the applicable jurisdiction) as a foreign entity in the jurisdictions set forth opposite its name on Schedule 6.1 hereto, which are all of the states or jurisdictions as of the Closing Date where the character of its property or its business activities makes such qualification necessary, except where a failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 6.1 hereto sets forth, as of the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of the Borrower (and whether such Subsidiary is a Dormant Subsidiary), its state (or jurisdiction) of formation, its relationship to the Borrower, including the percentage of each class of stock or other equity interest owned by a Company, each Person that owns the stock or other equity interest of each Company, its tax identification number, the location of its chief executive office and its principal place of business.
89


Except as set forth on Schedule 6.1 hereto, as of the Closing Date the Borrower, directly or indirectly, owns all of the equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries.
Section 6.2.Corporate Authority. Each Credit Party has the right and power and is duly authorized and empowered to enter into, execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform and observe the provisions of the Loan Documents. The Loan Documents to which each Credit Party is a party have been duly authorized and approved by such Credit Party’s board of directors or other governing body, as applicable, and are the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by an applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents do not conflict with, result in a breach in any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation of a Lien (other than Liens permitted under Section 5.9 hereof) upon any assets or property of any Company under the provisions of, such Company’s Organizational Documents or any material agreement to which such Company is a party.
Section 6.3.Compliance with Laws and Contracts. Each Company:
(a)holds permits, certificates, licenses, orders, registrations, franchises, authorizations, and other approvals from any Governmental Authority necessary for the conduct of its business and is in compliance with all applicable laws relating thereto, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(b)is in compliance with all federal, state, local, or foreign applicable statutes, rules, regulations, and orders including, without limitation, those relating to environmental protection, occupational safety and health, and equal employment practices, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c)is not in violation of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which its assets are subject or bound, except with respect to any violation or default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(d)is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.
Section 6.4.Litigation and Administrative Proceedings. Except as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent, there are (a) no lawsuits, actions, investigations, examinations or other proceedings pending or threatened against any Company, or in respect of which any Company may have any liability, in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority, arbitration board, or other tribunal that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) no orders, writs, injunctions, judgments, or decrees of any court or Governmental Authority to which any Company is a party or by which the property or assets of any Company are bound that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) no grievances, disputes, or controversies outstanding with any union or other organization of the employees of any Company, or threats of work stoppage, strike, or pending demands for collective bargaining that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect not fully covered by insurance and which is likely to result in any material adverse change in the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business, operations, properties or assets or its condition, financial or otherwise.
Section 6.5.Title to Assets. Each Company has good title to and ownership of all property it purports to own, which property is free and clear of all Liens, except those permitted under Section 5.9 hereof.
90


As of the Closing Date, the Companies own the real estate listed on Schedule 6.5 hereto.
Section 6.6.Liens and Security Interests. On and after the Closing Date, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof, (a) there is and will be no U.C.C. Financing Statement or similar notice of Lien outstanding covering any personal property of any Company, except for any such U.C.C. Financing Statement as to which the referenced secured party has provided written authorization to be terminated; (b) there is and will be no mortgage or charge outstanding covering any real property of any Company; and (c) no real or personal property of any Company is subject to any Lien of any kind. The Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, upon the filing of the U.C.C. Financing Statements and taking such other actions necessary to perfect its Lien against collateral of the corresponding type as authorized hereunder, will have a valid and enforceable first Lien on the collateral securing the Obligations (other than (x) with respect to Commercial Tort Claims, (y) as otherwise specifically provided pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof and (z) as enforceability may be limited by Section 9-408 of the UCC with respect to commercially available software license agreements or certain other general intangibles subject to such Section 9-408). No Company has entered into any contract or agreement (other than (a) a contract or agreement entered into in connection with the purchase or lease of fixed assets that prohibits Liens on such fixed assets, (b) customary software license agreements that prohibit Liens on such agreement or the assets subject thereto or (c) other leases, licenses and other agreements (i) entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ii) with respect to which (x) the value of the assets subject thereto, (y) the consideration payable by the applicable Company thereunder, and/or (z) the value of the benefits to be received by the applicable Company in connection therewith, does not in the aggregate exceed $5,000,000 and (iii) that contain a customary provision prohibiting Liens on such lease, license or other agreement or the assets subject thereto; provided, that with respect to the foregoing clauses (a)-(c), such prohibition is limited to the relevant lease, license, contract or other agreement and/or the assets subject thereto, as the case may be; provided, further, that with respect to the foregoing clause (c), the applicable Company shall negotiate diligently in good faith prior to entering into any such lease, license or other agreement to remove any prohibition on Liens on such lease, license or other agreement or the assets subject thereto) that exists on or after the Closing Date that would prohibit the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from acquiring a Lien on, or a collateral assignment of, any of the property or assets of any Company.
Section 6.7.Tax Returns. All federal, state, provincial and local tax returns and other reports required by law to be filed in respect of the income, business, properties and employees of each Company have been filed and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges that are due and payable have been paid, except as otherwise permitted herein. The provision for taxes on the books of each Company is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes and for the current Fiscal Year.
Section 6.8.Environmental Laws. Each Company is in compliance with all Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws in all jurisdictions in which any Company owns or operates, or has owned or operated, a facility or site, arranges or has arranged for disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes, accepts or has accepted for transport any hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes or holds or has held any interest in real property or otherwise, except where the release or disposal or the failure to comply would not result in a material expenditure or loss to such Company. No material litigation or proceeding arising under, relating to or in connection with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit is pending or, to the best knowledge of each Company, threatened, against any Company, any real property in which any Company holds or has held an interest or any past or present operation of any Company. No release, threatened release or disposal of hazardous waste, solid waste or other wastes is occurring, or has occurred (other than those that are currently being remediated in accordance with Environmental Laws), on, under or to any real property in which any Company holds any interest or performs any of its operations, in violation of any Environmental Law, except where the release or disposal or the failure to comply would not result in a material expenditure or loss to such Company.
91


As used in this Section 6.8, “litigation or proceeding” means any demand, claim, notice, suit, suit in equity, action, administrative action, investigation or inquiry whether brought by any Governmental Authority or private Person, or otherwise.
Section 6.9.Locations. Schedule 6.9 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, (x) the address of each location (including third party locations) where assets of the Companies exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and (y) each Company’s chief executive office. Schedule 6.9 hereto further specifies whether each location, as of the Closing Date, (a) is owned by the Companies, (b) is leased by a Company from a third party or (c) is the location of a bailee, processor or consignee of a Company, and, in the case of the foregoing clauses (b) and (c), if a Landlord’s Waiver, Bailee’s Waiver, Processor’s Waiver or Consignee’s Waiver has been requested.
Section 6.10.Continued Business. There exists no actual, pending, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any threatened termination, cancellation or limitation of, or any modification or change in the business relationship of any Company and any customer or supplier, or any group of customers or suppliers, whose purchases or supplies, individually or in the aggregate, are material to the business of any Company, and there exists no present condition or state of facts or circumstances that would have a Material Adverse Effect or prevent a Company from conducting such business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in substantially the same manner in which it was previously conducted.
Section 6.11.Employee Benefits Plans. Schedule 6.11 hereto identifies each ERISA Plan as of the Closing Date. No ERISA Event has occurred with respect to an ERISA Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) full payment has been made of all amounts that each Controlled Group member is required, under applicable law or under the governing documents, to have paid as a contribution to or a benefit under each ERISA Plan; (b) the liability of each Controlled Group member with respect to each ERISA Plan has been fully funded based upon reasonable and proper actuarial assumptions, has been fully insured, or has been fully reserved for on its financial statements, and (c) no changes have occurred or are expected to occur that would cause a material increase in the cost of providing benefits under the ERISA Plan. With respect to each ERISA Plan that is intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a), except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the ERISA Plan and any associated trust operationally comply with the applicable requirements of Code Section 401(a); (ii) the ERISA Plan and any associated trust have been amended to comply with all such requirements as currently in effect, other than those requirements for which a retroactive amendment can be made within the “remedial amendment period” available under Code Section 401(b) (as extended under Treasury Regulations and other Treasury pronouncements upon which taxpayers may rely); (iii) the ERISA Plan and any associated trust have received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service or is in the form of a prototype or volume submitter plan that is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service, unless the ERISA Plan was first adopted at a time for which the above-described “remedial amendment period” has not yet expired and subject to changes the Internal Revenue Service makes to the determination letter process; (iv) the ERISA Plan currently satisfies the requirements of Code Section 410(b); and (v) no contribution made to the ERISA Plan is subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4972. With respect to any Pension Plan, the “accumulated benefit obligation” of Controlled Group members with respect to the Pension Plan (as determined in accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, as amended) does not exceed the fair market value of Pension Plan assets by an amount that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
92


The Borrower represents that, as of the date hereof and throughout the term of this Agreement, no Credit Party is (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Code; (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.
Section 6.12.Consents or Approvals. No consent, approval or authorization of, or filing (other than any filing or recording necessary to perfect any Lien granted to the Lenders hereunder) registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required to be obtained or completed by any Company in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Loan Documents, that has not already been obtained or completed.
Section 6.13.Solvency. The Borrower has received consideration that is the reasonably equivalent value of the obligations and liabilities that the Borrower has incurred to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Borrower is not insolvent as defined in any applicable state, federal or relevant foreign statute, nor will the Borrower be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. The Borrower is not engaged or about to engage in any business or transaction for which the assets retained by it are or will be an unreasonably small amount of capital, taking into consideration the obligations to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders incurred hereunder. The Borrower does not intend to, nor does it believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. Each Company is Solvent.
Section 6.14.Financial Statements. The audited Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2016, and the unaudited Consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the Quarterly Reporting Period ended September 30, 2017, furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, are true and complete, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fairly present the financial condition of the Companies as of the dates of such financial statements and the results of their operations for the periods then ending. Since the dates of such statements, there has been no material adverse change in any Company’s financial condition, properties or business or, except as required by GAAP, any change in any Company’s accounting procedures.
Section 6.15.Regulations. No Company is engaged principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States). Neither the granting of any Loan (or any conversion thereof) or Letter of Credit nor the use of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will violate, or be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X or any other Regulation of such Board of Governors.
Section 6.16.Material Agreements. Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.16 hereto, as of the Closing Date, no Company is a party to any (a) debt instrument (excluding the Loan Documents); (b) lease (capital, operating or otherwise), whether as lessee or lessor thereunder; (c) contract, commitment, agreement, or other arrangement involving the purchase or sale of any inventory by it, or the license of any right to or by it; (d) contract, commitment, agreement, or other arrangement with any of its “Affiliates” (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act) other than a Company; (e) management or employment contract or contract for personal services with any of its Affiliates that is not otherwise terminable at will or on less than ninety (90) days’ notice without liability; (f) collective bargaining agreement; or (g) other contract, agreement, understanding, or arrangement with a third party; that, as to subparts (a) through (g) above, if violated, breached, or terminated for any reason, would have or would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
93


Section 6.17.Intellectual Property. Each Company owns, or has the right to use, all of the patents, patent applications, industrial designs, designs, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and licenses, and rights with respect to the foregoing, necessary for the conduct of its business without any known material infringement of valid rights of others to any of the foregoing. Schedule 6.17 hereto sets forth all patents, trademarks, copyrights and service marks owned by each Company which are federally registered as of the Closing Date and all material license agreements of any the foregoing by any Company to another party, as of the Closing Date.
Section 6.18.Insurance. Each Company maintains with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with coverage (including, if applicable, insurance required by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994) and limits as required by law and as is customary with Persons engaged in the same businesses as the Companies. Schedule 6.18 hereto sets forth all insurance carried by the Companies on the Closing Date, setting forth in detail the amount and type of such insurance.
Section 6.19.Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. The Borrower has provided to the Administrative Agent a list of all banks, other financial institutions and Securities Intermediaries at which any Credit Party maintains Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts as of the Closing Date, which list correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each such financial institution or Securities Intermediary, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.
Section 6.20.Accurate and Complete Statements. Neither the Loan Documents nor any written statement made by any Company in connection with any of the Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein or in the Loan Documents not misleading. After due inquiry by the Borrower, there is no known fact that any Company has not disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 6.21.Investment Company; Other Restrictions. No Company is (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) subject to any foreign, federal, state or local statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.
Section 6.22.Defaults. No Default or Event of Default exists, nor will any begin to exist immediately after the execution and delivery hereof.
Section 6.23.Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions. Each of the Companies and its respective officers and employees, and to the knowledge of the Borrower, its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect for itself, and the other Companies policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Borrower, and the other Companies, and their respective officers, employees, directors, and agents, with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. None of the Companies, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, any directors, officer, employee, agent, or affiliate of a Company is an individual or entity that is, or is 50% or more owned (individually or in the aggregate, directly or indirectly) or controlled by individuals or entities (including any agency, political subdivision or instrumentality of any government) that are (i) the target of any Sanctions or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions (which include, as of the Tenth Amendment Effective Date, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, the Kherson and Zaporizhzhia regions of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria).
94


Section 6.24.Anti-Money Laundering Compliance. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Company to, provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
Section 6.25.Affected Financial Institution. No Credit Party is an Affected Financial Institution.
ARTICLE VII

SECURITY
Section 7.1.Security Interest in Collateral. In consideration of and as security for the full and complete payment of all of the Secured Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders (and affiliates thereof that hold Secured Obligations), a security interest in the Collateral.
Section 7.2.Collections and Receipt of Proceeds by Borrower.
(a)Prior to the exercise by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders of their rights under Article IX hereof, both (i) the lawful collection and enforcement of all of the Borrower’s Accounts, and (ii) the lawful receipt and retention by the Borrower of all Proceeds of all of the Borrower’s Accounts and Inventory shall be as the agent of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(b)Upon written notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Cash Collateral Account shall be opened by the Borrower at the main office of the Administrative Agent (or such other office as shall be designated by the Administrative Agent) and all such lawful collections of the Borrower’s Accounts and such Proceeds of the Borrower’s Accounts and Inventory shall be remitted daily by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in the form in which they are received by the Borrower, either by mailing or by delivering such collections and Proceeds to the Administrative Agent, appropriately endorsed for deposit in the Cash Collateral Account. In the event that such notice is given to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall not commingle such collections or Proceeds with any of the Borrower’s other funds or property, but shall hold such collections and Proceeds separate and apart therefrom upon an express trust for the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders. In such case, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, and shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, apply all or any portion of the account balance in the Cash Collateral Account as a credit against (i) the outstanding principal or interest of the Loans, or (ii) any other Secured Obligations in accordance with this Agreement. If any remittance shall be dishonored, or if, upon final payment, any claim with respect thereto shall be made against the Administrative Agent on its warranties of collection, the Administrative Agent may charge the amount of such item against the Cash Collateral Account or any other Deposit Account maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent or with any other Lender, and, in any event, retain the same and the Borrower’s interest therein as additional security for the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, release funds from the Cash Collateral Account to the Borrower for use in the Borrower’s business. The balance in the Cash Collateral Account may be withdrawn by the Borrower upon termination of this Agreement and payment in full of all of the Secured Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations).
95


(c)After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the Administrative Agent’s written request, the Borrower shall cause all remittances representing collections and Proceeds of Collateral to be mailed to a lockbox at a location acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to which the Administrative Agent shall have access for the processing of such items in accordance with the provisions, terms and conditions of the customary lockbox agreement of the Administrative Agent.
(d)The Administrative Agent, or the Administrative Agent’s designated agent, is hereby constituted and appointed attorney-in-fact for the Borrower with authority and power to endorse, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and all instruments, documents, and chattel paper upon the failure of the Borrower to do so. Such authority and power, being coupled with an interest, shall be (i) irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations) are paid, (ii) exercisable by the Administrative Agent at any time and without any request upon the Borrower by the Administrative Agent to so endorse, and (iii) exercisable in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower. The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and any and all other similar notices with respect thereto, regardless of the form of any endorsement thereof. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders shall be bound or obligated to take any action to preserve any rights therein against prior parties thereto.
Section 7.3.Collections and Receipt of Proceeds by Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent, or the Administrative Agent’s designated agent, as the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to exercise, at any time, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any of the following powers which, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until the complete and full payment of all of the Secured Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations):
(a)to receive, retain, acquire, take, endorse, assign, deliver, accept, and deposit, in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, any and all of the Borrower’s cash, instruments, chattel paper, documents, Proceeds of Accounts, Proceeds of Inventory, collection of Accounts, and any other writings relating to any of the Collateral. The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and any and all other similar notices with respect thereto, regardless of the form of any endorsement thereof. The Administrative Agent shall not be bound or obligated to take any action to preserve any rights therein against prior parties thereto;
(b)to transmit to Account Debtors, on any or all of the Borrower’s Accounts, notice of assignment to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, thereof and the security interest therein, and to request from such Account Debtors at any time, in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, information concerning the Borrower’s Accounts and the amounts owing thereon;
(c)to transmit to purchasers of any or all of the Borrower’s Inventory (other than with respect to individual consumers), notice of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and to request from such purchasers at any time, in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, information concerning the Borrower’s Inventory and the amounts owing thereon by such purchasers;
(d)to notify and require Account Debtors on the Borrower’s Accounts and purchasers of the Borrower’s Inventory on credit granted by the Borrower to make payment of their obligations to the Borrower directly to the Administrative Agent;
96


(e)to enter into or assent to such amendment, compromise, extension, release or other modification of any kind of, or substitution for, the Accounts, or any thereof, as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem to be advisable;
(f)to enforce the Accounts or any thereof, or any other Collateral, by suit or otherwise, to maintain any such suit or other proceeding in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, and to withdraw any such suit or other proceeding. The Borrower agrees to lend every assistance requested by the Administrative Agent in respect of the foregoing, all at no cost or expense to the Administrative Agent and including, without limitation, the furnishing of such witnesses and of such records and other writings as the Administrative Agent may require in connection with making legal proof of any Account. The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent in full for all court costs and attorneys’ fees and every other cost, expense or liability, if any, incurred or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, which obligation of the Borrower shall constitute Obligations, shall be secured by the Collateral and shall bear interest, until paid, at the Default Rate;
(g)to take or bring, in the name of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, all steps, actions, suits, or proceedings deemed by the Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to effect the receipt, enforcement, and collection of the Collateral; and
(h)to accept all collections in any form relating to the Collateral, including remittances that may reflect deductions, and to deposit the same into the Cash Collateral Account or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, to apply them as a payment against the Loans or any other Secured Obligations in accordance with this Agreement.
Section 7.4.Administrative Agent’s Authority Under Pledged Notes. For the better protection of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, the Borrower has executed (or will execute, with respect to future Pledged Notes) an appropriate endorsement on (or separate from) each Pledged Note and has deposited (or will promptly deposit, but in any event within 30 days after the date of receipt thereof) such Pledged Note with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, to, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) ask for, demand, collect and receive all payments of principal of and interest on the Pledged Notes; (b) compromise and settle any dispute arising in respect of the foregoing; (c) execute and deliver vouchers, receipts and acquittances in full discharge of the foregoing; (d) exercise, in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, any right, power or privilege granted to the holder of any Pledged Note by the provisions thereof including, without limitation, the right to demand security or to waive any default thereunder; (e) endorse the Borrower’s name to each check or other writing received by the Administrative Agent as a payment or other proceeds of or otherwise in connection with any Pledged Note; (f) enforce delivery and payment of the principal and/or interest on the Pledged Notes, in each case by suit or otherwise as the Administrative Agent may desire; and (g) enforce the security, if any, for the Pledged Notes by instituting foreclosure proceedings, by conducting public or other sales or otherwise, and to take all other steps as the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, may deem advisable in connection with the forgoing; provided, however, that nothing contained or implied herein or elsewhere shall obligate the Administrative Agent to institute any action, suit or proceeding or to make or do any other act or thing contemplated by this Section 7.4 or prohibit the Administrative Agent from settling, withdrawing or dismissing any action, suit or proceeding or require the Administrative Agent to preserve any other right of any kind in respect of the Pledged Notes and the security, if any, therefor.
Section 7.5.Commercial Tort Claims. The Borrower has provided to the Administrative Agent a list of all Commercial Tort Claims of the Companies in existence as of the Closing Date.
97


If the Borrower shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, the Borrower shall, no later than the date the next Compliance Certificate is due, notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by the Borrower, that sets forth the details thereof and grants to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders) a Lien thereon and on the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be prepared by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Section 7.6.Use of Inventory and Equipment. Until the exercise by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders of their rights under Article IX hereof, the Borrower may (a) retain possession of and use its Inventory and Equipment in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or with the terms, conditions, or provisions of any policy of insurance thereon; (b) sell or lease its Inventory in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement; and (c) use and consume any raw materials or supplies, the use and consumption of which are necessary in order to carry on the Borrower’s business.
ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Any of the following specified events shall constitute an Event of Default (each an “Event of Default”):
Section 8.1.Payments. If (a) the interest on any Loan, any commitment or other fee, or any other Obligation not listed in subpart (b) hereof, shall not be paid in full when due and payable or within three Business Days thereafter, or (b) the principal of any Loan, any reimbursement obligation under any Letter of Credit that has been drawn, or any amount owing pursuant to Section 2.11(a) or (b) hereof shall not be paid in full when due and payable.
Section 8.2.Special Covenants. If any Company shall fail or omit to perform and observe Section 5.3, 5.5 (with respect to the Borrower) 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.18, 5.19, 5.20, 5.21, 5.22, 5.23, 5.24, 5.25, 5.26, 5.27, 5.28 or 5.30 hereof.
Section 8.3.Other Covenants. If any Company shall fail or omit to perform and observe any agreement or other provision (other than those referred to in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof) contained or referred to in this Agreement or any other Related Writing that is on such Company’s part to be complied with, and that Default shall not have been fully corrected within fifteen (15) days after the earlier of (a) any Financial Officer of such Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, or (b) the giving of written notice thereof to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders that the specified Default is to be remedied.
Section 8.4.Representations and Warranties. If any representation, warranty or statement made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Related Writing or any other material information furnished by any Company to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any thereof, shall be false or erroneous.
Section 8.5.Cross Default. If any Company shall default in the payment of principal or interest due and owing under any Material Indebtedness Agreement beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto or in the performance or observance of any other agreement, term or condition contained in any agreement under which such obligation is created, if the effect of such default is to allow the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness or to permit the holder thereof to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity.
98


Section 8.6.ERISA Default. The occurrence of one or more ERISA Events that (a) the Required Lenders determine could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) results in a Lien on any of the assets of any Company.
Section 8.7.Change in Control. If any Change in Control shall occur.
Section 8.8.Judgments. There is entered against any Company a final judgment or order for the payment of money by a court of competent jurisdiction, that remains unpaid or unstayed and undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of thirty (30) days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired, provided that such occurrence shall constitute an Event of Default only if the aggregate of all such judgments for all such Companies, shall exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (less any amount that will be covered by the proceeds of insurance and is not subject to dispute by the insurance provider).
Section 8.9.Security. If any Lien granted in this Agreement or any other Loan Document in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, shall be determined to be (a) void, voidable or invalid, or is subordinated or not otherwise given the priority contemplated by this Agreement and the Borrower (or the appropriate Credit Party) has failed to promptly execute appropriate documents to correct such matters, or (b) unperfected as to any material amount of Collateral (as determined by the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion) and the Borrower (or the appropriate Credit Party) has failed to promptly execute appropriate documents to correct such matters.
Section 8.10.Validity of Loan Documents. If (a) any material provision, in the sole opinion of the Administrative Agent, of any Loan Document shall at any time cease to be valid, binding and enforceable against any Credit Party; (b) the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document against any Credit Party shall be contested by any Credit Party; (c) any Credit Party shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document; or (d) any Loan Document shall be terminated, invalidated or set aside, or be declared ineffective or inoperative or in any way cease to give or provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the benefits purported to be created thereby.
Section 8.11.Solvency. If any Company (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) shall (a) except as permitted pursuant to Section 5.12 hereof, discontinue business; (b) generally not pay its debts as such debts become due; (c) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (d) apply for or consent to the appointment of an interim receiver, a receiver, a receiver and manager, an administrator, a sequestrator, a monitor, a custodian, a trustee, an interim trustee, a liquidator, an agent or any other similar official of all or a substantial part of its assets or of such Company; (e) be adjudicated a debtor or insolvent or have entered against it an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or under any other bankruptcy insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, corporate or similar statute or law, foreign, federal, state or provincial, in any applicable jurisdiction, now or hereafter existing, as any of the foregoing may be amended from time to time, or other applicable statute for jurisdictions outside of the United States, as the case may be; (f) file a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or seek relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency or analogous law in any jurisdiction outside of the United States, or file a proposal or notice of intention to file such petition; (g) have an involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code filed against it and the same shall not be controverted within ten days, or shall continue undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days from commencement of such proceeding or case; (h) file a petition, an answer, an application or a proposal seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to take advantage of any other law (whether federal, provincial or state, or, if applicable, other jurisdiction) relating to relief of debtors, or admit (by answer, by default or otherwise) the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other proceeding (whether federal, provincial or state, or, if applicable, other jurisdiction) relating to relief of debtors; (i) suffer or permit to continue unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days any judgment, decree or order entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, that approves a petition or an application or a proposal seeking its reorganization or appoints an interim receiver, a receiver and manager, an administrator, custodian, trustee, interim trustee or liquidator of all or a substantial part of its assets, or of such Company; (j) have an administrative receiver appointed over the whole or substantially the whole of its assets, or of such Company; (k) have assets, the value of which is less than its liabilities; or (l) have a moratorium declared in respect of any of its Indebtedness, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
99


ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT
Notwithstanding any contrary provision or inference herein or elsewhere:
Section 9.1.Optional Defaults. If any Event of Default referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9 or 8.10 hereof shall occur, the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, and shall, at the written request of the Required Lenders, give written notice to the Borrower to:
(a)terminate the Commitment, if not previously terminated, and, immediately upon such election, the obligations of the Lenders, and each thereof, to make any further Loan, and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, immediately shall be terminated; and/or
(b)accelerate the maturity of all of the Obligations (if the Obligations are not already due and payable), whereupon all of the Obligations shall become and thereafter be immediately due and payable in full without any presentment or demand and without any further or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.
Section 9.2.Automatic Defaults. If any Event of Default referred to in Section 8.11 hereof shall occur:
(a)all of the Commitment shall automatically and immediately terminate, if not previously terminated, and no Lender thereafter shall be under any obligation to grant any further Loan, nor shall the Issuing Lender be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit; and
(b)the principal of and interest then outstanding on all of the Loans, and all of the other Obligations, shall thereupon become and thereafter be immediately due and payable in full (if the Obligations are not already due and payable), all without any presentment, demand or notice of any kind, which are hereby waived by the Borrower.
Section 9.3.Letters of Credit. If the maturity of the Obligations shall be accelerated pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 hereof, the Borrower shall immediately deposit with the Administrative Agent, as security for the obligations of the Borrower and any Guarantor of Payment to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any then outstanding Letters of Credit, cash in Dollars equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the sum of the aggregate undrawn balance of any then outstanding Letters of Credit. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders are hereby authorized, at their option, to deduct any and all such amounts from any deposit balances then owing by any Lender (or any affiliate of such Lender, wherever located) to or for the credit or account of any Company, as security for the obligations of the Borrower and any Guarantor of Payment to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any then outstanding Letters of Credit.
100


Section 9.4.Offsets.
(a)If there shall occur or exist any Event of Default referred to in Section 8.11 hereof or if the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 hereof, each Lender shall have the right at any time to set off against, and to appropriate and apply toward the payment of, any and all of the Obligations then owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor of Payment to such Lender (including, without limitation, any participation purchased or to be purchased pursuant to Section 2.2(b), 2.2(c) or 9.5 hereof), whether or not the same shall then have matured, any and all deposit (general or special) balances and all other indebtedness then held or owing by such Lender (including, without limitation, by branches and agencies or any affiliate of such Lender, wherever located) to or for the credit or account of the Borrower or any Guarantor of Payment, all without notice to or demand upon the Borrower or any other Person, all such notices and demands being hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
(b)Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if a Lender acts as a Securities Intermediary or a depository institution for a Credit Party, and the applicable Securities Accounts or Deposit Accounts of such Credit Party with such Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) are not subject to a Control Agreement, then such Lender agrees that such accounts are subject to the Lien of the Administrative Agent (to the extent granted pursuant to the Security Documents) and it will not set off against or appropriate toward the payment of, any Indebtedness owing to such Lender that does not constitute Obligations (other than Customary Setoffs with respect to such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts).
Section 9.5.Equalization Provisions. Each Lender agrees with the other Lenders that, if it at any time shall obtain any Advantage over the other Lenders, or any thereof, in respect of the Obligations (except as to Swing Loans and Letters of Credit prior to the Administrative Agent’s giving of notice to participate and except under Article III hereof), it shall purchase from the other Lenders, for cash and at par, such additional participation in the Obligations as shall be necessary to nullify such Advantage. If any such Advantage resulting in the purchase of an additional participation as aforesaid shall be recovered in whole or in part from the Lender receiving such Advantage, each such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price restored (but without interest unless the Lender receiving such Advantage is required to pay interest on such Advantage to the Person recovering such Advantage from such Lender) ratably to the extent of the recovery. Each Lender further agrees with the other Lenders that (a) if it at any time shall receive any payment for or on behalf of the Borrower (or through any Guarantor of Payment) on any Indebtedness owing by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by reason of offset of any deposit or other indebtedness, by counterclaim or cross-action, by the enforcement of any right under any Loan Document, or otherwise), or (b) if any Lender (or affiliate of a Lender) (i) maintains Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, and (ii) exercises a right of offset or takes other action against such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts; then such Lender will apply such payment (other than Customary Setoffs with respect to the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts referenced in subpart (b) above) first to any and all Obligations owing by the Borrower to that Lender (including, without limitation, any participation purchased or to be purchased pursuant to this Section 9.5 or any other section of this Agreement). Each Credit Party agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from the other Lenders or any thereof pursuant to this Section 9.5 may exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation.
Section 9.6.Collateral. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall at all times have the rights and remedies of a secured party under the U.C.C., in addition to the rights and remedies of a secured party provided elsewhere within this Agreement, in any other Related Writing executed by the Borrower or otherwise provided in law or equity.
101


Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may require the Borrower to assemble the collateral securing the Obligations, which the Borrower agrees to do, and make it available to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at a reasonably convenient place to be designated by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may, with or without notice to or demand upon the Borrower and with or without the aid of legal process, make use of such force as may be necessary to enter any premises where such collateral, or any thereof, may be found and to take possession thereof (including anything found in or on such collateral that is not specifically described in this Agreement, each of which findings shall be considered to be an accession to and a part of such collateral) and for that purpose may pursue such collateral wherever the same may be found, without liability for trespass or damage caused thereby to the Borrower. After any delivery or taking of possession of the collateral securing the Obligations, or any thereof, pursuant to this Agreement, then, with or without resort to the Borrower personally or any other Person or property, all of which the Borrower hereby waives, and upon such terms and in such manner as the Administrative Agent may deem advisable, the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, may sell, assign, transfer and deliver any of such collateral at any time, or from time to time. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. No prior notice need be given to the Borrower or to any other Person in the case of any sale of such collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be perishable or to be declining speedily in value or that is customarily sold in any recognized market, but in any other case the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower not fewer than ten days’ prior notice of either the time and place of any public sale of such collateral or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof is to be made. The Borrower waives advertisement of any such sale and (except to the extent specifically required by the preceding sentence) waives notice of any kind in respect of any such sale. At any such public sale, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may purchase such collateral, or any part thereof, free from any right of redemption, all of which rights the Borrower hereby waives and releases. After deducting all Related Expenses, and after paying all claims, if any, secured by Liens having precedence over this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may apply the net proceeds of each such sale to or toward the payment of the Secured Obligations, whether or not then due, in such order and by such division as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable. Any excess, to the extent permitted by law, shall be paid to the Borrower, and the Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall at all times have the right to obtain new appraisals of the Borrower or any collateral securing the Obligations, the cost of which shall be paid by the Borrower.
Section 9.7.Other Remedies. The remedies in this Article IX are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other right, power, privilege, or remedy, either in law, in equity, or otherwise, to which the Lenders may be entitled. The Administrative Agent shall exercise the rights under this Article IX and all other collection efforts on behalf of the Lenders and no Lender shall act independently with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to exercise remedies, pursuant to the Loan Documents, against collateral securing the Secured Obligations, on behalf of any Affiliate of a Lender that holds Secured Obligations, and no Affiliate of a Lender shall act independently with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.
Section 9.8.Application of Proceeds.
(a)Payments Prior to Exercise of Remedies. Prior to the exercise by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, of remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, all monies received by the Administrative Agent in connection with the Revolving Credit Commitment shall be applied, unless otherwise required by the terms of the other Loan Documents or by applicable law, to the Loans and Letters of Credit, as appropriate; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have the right at all times to apply any payment received from the Borrower first to the payment of all obligations (to the extent not paid by the Borrower) incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 11.5 and 11.6 hereof and to the payment of Related Expenses.
102


(b)Payments Subsequent to Exercise of Remedies. After the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders of remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, all monies received by the Administrative Agent shall be applied, unless otherwise required by the terms of the other Loan Documents or by applicable law, as follows:
(i)first, to the payment of all obligations (to the extent not paid by the Borrower) incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 11.5 and 11.6 hereof and to the payment of Related Expenses to the Administrative Agent;
(ii)second, to the payment pro rata of (A) interest then accrued and payable on the outstanding Loans, (B) any fees then accrued and payable to the Administrative Agent, (C) any fees then accrued and payable to the Issuing Lender or the holders of the Letter of Credit Commitment in respect of the Letter of Credit Exposure, (D) any commitment fees, amendment fees and similar fees shared pro rata among the Lenders under this Agreement that are then accrued and payable, and (E) to the extent not paid by the Borrower, to the obligations incurred by the Lenders (other than the Administrative Agent) pursuant to Sections 11.5 and 11.6 hereof;
(iii)third, for payment of (A) principal outstanding on the Loans and the Letter of Credit Exposure, on a pro rata basis to the Lenders, based upon the total of each such Lender’s (a) Commitment Percentage and (b) ratable share of the Term Loan Exposure, provided that the amounts payable in respect of the Letter of Credit Exposure shall be held and applied by the Administrative Agent as security for the reimbursement obligations in respect thereof, and, if any Letter of Credit shall expire without being drawn, then the amount with respect to such Letter of Credit shall be distributed to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis in accordance with this subpart (iii), (B) the Indebtedness under any Hedge Agreement with a Lender (or an entity that is an affiliate of a then existing Lender), such amount to be based upon the net termination obligation of the Borrower under such Hedge Agreement, and (C) the Bank Product Obligations owing to a Lender (or an entity that is an affiliate of a then existing Lender) under Bank Product Agreements; with such payment to be pro rata among (A), (B) and (C) of this subpart (iii);
(iv)fourth, to any remaining Secured Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations); and
(v)finally, any remaining surplus after all of the Secured Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations) have been paid in full, to the Borrower or to whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled thereto.
Each Lender hereby agrees to promptly provide all information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent regarding any Bank Product Obligations owing to such Lender (or affiliate of such Lender) or any Hedge Agreement entered into by a Company with such Lender (or affiliate of such Lender), and each such Lender, on behalf of itself and any of its affiliates, hereby agrees to promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent upon such Lender (or any of its affiliates) entering into any such Hedge Agreement or cash management services agreement.
103


ARTICLE X

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
KeyBank National Association acted as administrative agent under the Existing Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Section 11.23 hereof, KeyBank National Association has resigned as administrative agent and U.S. Bank has agreed to act as administrative agent. The Lenders authorize U.S. Bank and U.S. Bank hereby agrees to act as agent for the Lenders in respect of this Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, and upon the following terms and conditions:
Section 10.1.Appointment and Authorization. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers hereunder as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, attorneys or employees shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), or be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for the effectiveness, enforceability, genuineness, validity or due execution of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, (b) be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof or thereof on the part of the Borrower or any other Company, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any other Company, or (c) be liable to any of the Companies for consequential damages resulting from any breach of contract, tort or other wrong in connection with the negotiation, documentation, administration or collection of the Loans or Letters of Credit or any of the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.
Section 10.2.ERISA Matters. Each Lender as of the date hereof represents and warrants as of the date hereof to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, that such Lender is not and will not be (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Code; (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.
Section 10.3.Consultation With Counsel. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by the Administrative Agent and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.
104


Section 10.4.Documents. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any duty to examine into or pass upon the validity, effectiveness, genuineness or value of any Loan Document or any other Related Writing furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or the value of any collateral obtained hereunder, and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same are valid, effective and genuine and what they purport to be.
Section 10.5.Administrative Agent and Affiliates. U.S. Bank and its affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Companies and Affiliates as though U.S. Bank were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that, pursuant to such activities, U.S. Bank or its affiliates may receive information regarding any Company or any Affiliate (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Company or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to other Lenders. With respect to Loans and Letters of Credit (if any), U.S. Bank and its affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though U.S. Bank were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include U.S. Bank and its affiliates, to the extent applicable, in their individual capacities.
Section 10.6.Knowledge or Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable, in its discretion, for the protection of the interests of the Lenders.
Section 10.7.Action by Administrative Agent. Subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, so long as the Administrative Agent shall be entitled, pursuant to Section 10.6 hereof, to assume that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights that may be vested in it by, or with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action or actions that it may be able to take under or in respect of, this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice, certificate, warranty or other paper or instrument believed by it to be genuine or authentic or to be signed by the proper party or parties, or with respect to anything that it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment, or that may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the premises. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent’s acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.
Section 10.8.Release of Collateral or Guarantor of Payment; Lien Subordination.
105


In the event of a merger, transfer of assets or other transaction permitted pursuant to Section 5.12 hereof (or otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement) where the proceeds of such merger, transfer or other transaction are applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the extent required to be so applied, or in the event of a merger, consolidation, dissolution or similar event, permitted pursuant to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent, at the request and expense of the Borrower, is hereby authorized by the Lenders to (a) release the relevant Collateral (and any other collateral securing the Obligations) from this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) release a Guarantor of Payment in connection with such permitted transfer or event, and (c) duly assign, transfer and deliver to the affected Person (without recourse and without any representation or warranty) such Collateral (and any other collateral securing the Obligations) as is then (or has been) so transferred or released and as may be in the possession of the Administrative Agent and has not theretofore been released pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, the Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to subordinate its Lien hereunder on any Collateral to the holder of any Lien on such Collateral to the extent such Lien is permitted under Section 5.9(a), (b), (e), or (f).
Section 10.9.Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Section 10.10.Indemnification of Administrative Agent. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) ratably, according to the total of their respective Commitment Percentages and ratable share of Term Loan Exposure, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, or from any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent in any capacity other than as agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. No action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 10.10. The undertaking in this Section 10.10 shall survive repayment of the Loans, cancellation of the Notes, if any, expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit, termination of the Commitment, any foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Loan Documents, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of the agent.
Section 10.11.Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as agent hereunder by giving not fewer than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall resign under this Agreement, then either (a) the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders (with the consent of the Borrower so long as an Event of Default does not exist and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), or (b) if a successor agent shall not be so appointed and approved within the thirty (30) day period following the Administrative Agent’s notice to the Lenders of its resignation, then the Administrative Agent shall appoint a successor agent that shall serve as agent until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date that is thirty (30) days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.
106


Upon its appointment, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties as agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” means such successor effective upon its appointment, and the former agent’s rights, powers and duties as agent shall be terminated without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former agent or any of the parties to this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Section 10.12.Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender and the documents associated therewith. The Issuing Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (a) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Lender in connection with the Letters of Credit and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent”, as used in this Article X, included the Issuing Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (b) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Lender.
Section 10.13.Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Swing Loans. The Swing Line Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (a) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the Swing Loans as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent”, as used in this Article X, included the Swing Line Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (b) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Swing Line Lender.
Section 10.14.Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, (a) the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to (i) file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent) allowed in such judicial proceedings, and (ii) collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and (b) any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
107


Section 10.15.No Reliance on Administrative Agent’s Customer Identification Program. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Administrative Agent to carry out such Lender’s or its affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other anti-terrorism law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with the Borrower, its Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (a) any identity verification procedures, (b) any record keeping, (c) any comparisons with government lists, (d) any customer notices or (e) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.
Section 10.16.Other Agents. The Administrative Agent shall have the continuing right, in consultation with the Borrower, from time to time to designate one or more Lenders (or its or their affiliates) as “syndication agent”, “co-syndication agent”, “documentation agent”, “co-documentation agent”, “book runner”, “lead arranger”, “joint lead arranger”, “arrangers” or other designations for purposes hereof. Any such designation referenced in the previous sentence or listed on the cover of this Agreement shall have no substantive effect, and any such Lender and its affiliates so referenced or listed shall have no additional powers, duties, responsibilities or liabilities as a result thereof, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.
ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.1.Lenders’ Independent Investigation. Each Lender, by its signature to this Agreement, acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent has made no representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to the creditworthiness, financial condition, or any other condition of any Company or with respect to the statements contained in any information memorandum furnished in connection herewith or in any other oral or written communication between the Administrative Agent and such Lender. Each Lender represents that it has made and shall continue to make its own independent investigation of the creditworthiness, financial condition and affairs of the Companies in connection with the extension of credit hereunder, and agrees that the Administrative Agent has no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto (other than such notices as may be expressly required to be given by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders hereunder), whether coming into its possession before the first Credit Event hereunder or at any time or times thereafter. Each Lender further represents that it has reviewed each of the Loan Documents.
Section 11.2.No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No omission or course of dealing on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the holder of any Note (or, if there is no Note, the holder of the interest as reflected on the books and records of the Administrative Agent) in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and in addition to any other rights, powers or privileges held under any of the Loan Documents or by operation of law, by contract or otherwise.
108


Section 11.3.Amendments, Waivers and Consents.
(a)General Rule. No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document nor consent to any variance therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
(b)Exceptions to the General Rule. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 11.3:
(i)Consent of Affected Lenders Required. No amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall (A) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (B) extend the date scheduled for payment of any principal (excluding mandatory prepayments) of or interest on the Loans or Letter of Credit reimbursement obligations or commitment fees payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (C) reduce the principal amount of any Loan, the stated rate of interest thereon (provided that the institution of the Default Rate or post default interest and a subsequent removal of the Default Rate or post default interest shall not constitute a decrease in interest rate pursuant to this Section 11.3) or the stated rate of commitment fees payable hereunder, without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that any reduction in the Applicable Margin or Applicable Commitment Fee Rate pursuant to Section 2.16 shall not constitute a reduction for purposes of this clause (C) and shall be subject to the voting requirements of Section 2.16, (D) change the manner of pro rata application of any payments made by the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder, without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (E) without the unanimous consent of the Lenders, change any percentage voting requirement, voting rights, or the Required Lenders definition in this Agreement, (F) without the unanimous consent of the Lenders, release the Borrower or any Guarantor of Payment or of any material amount of collateral securing the Secured Obligations, or subordinate the priority of the Administrative Agent’s Lien on all or any part of the Collateral, except in connection with a transaction specifically permitted hereunder as provided in Section 10.8 hereof, or (G) without the unanimous consent of the Lenders, amend the definition of “Agreed Currency”, this Section 11.3, or Section 2.13, 9.5 or 9.8 hereof.
(ii)Provisions Relating to Special Rights and Duties. No provision of this Agreement affecting the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent Fee Letter may be amended or modified by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the consent of any other Lender. No provision of this Agreement relating to the rights or duties of the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the Issuing Lender. No provision of this Agreement relating to the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the Swing Line Lender.
(iii)Technical and Conforming Modifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (A) if such modifications are not adverse to the Lenders and are requested by Governmental Authorities, (B) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or (C) to the extent necessary to integrate any increase in the Commitment or new Loans pursuant to Section 2.9(b) hereof.
109


(c)Replacement of Non-Consenting Lender. If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, the consent of all Lenders is required, but only the consent of Required Lenders is obtained, (any Lender withholding consent as described in this subsection (c) being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, so long as the Administrative Agent is not the Non-Consenting Lender, the Administrative Agent may (and shall, if requested by the Borrower), at the sole expense of the Borrower, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Borrower, require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with the restrictions contained in Section 11.10 hereof) all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to a financial institution acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from such financial institution (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including any breakage compensation under Article III hereof).
(d)Generally. Notice of amendments, waivers or consents ratified by the Lenders hereunder shall be forwarded by the Administrative Agent to all of the Lenders. Each Lender or other holder of a Note, or if there is no Note, the holder of the interest as reflected on the books and records of the Administrative Agent (or interest in any Loan or Letter of Credit) shall be bound by any amendment, waiver or consent obtained as authorized by this Section 11.3, regardless of its failure to agree thereto.
Section 11.4.Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and:
(a)if to the Borrower, mailed or delivered to it, addressed to it at the address specified on the signature pages of this Agreement;
(b)if to the Administrative Agent, mailed or delivered to it at U.S. Bank National Association, 800 Nicollet Mall, BC-MN-H03L, Minneapolis, MN  55402, Attention: Beth Correll, Agent Deal Administrator, Facsimile: 612-303-3851, Email: elizabeth.correll@usbank.com, with a copy to agencyserviceslcmshared@usbank.com, and with a copy to U.S. Bank National Association, 800 Nicollet Mall, BC-MN-H03N, Minneapolis, MN  55402, Attention: Conan Schleicher, Senior Vice President, Portfolio Manager, Email: conan.schleicher@usbank.com;
(c)if to U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as Issuing Lender, mailed or delivered to it at U.S. Bank National Association, 800 Nicollet Mall, BC-MN-H03L, Minneapolis, MN  55402, Attention: Julie M. Seaton, International Banking Officer, Facsimile: 612.303.5226, Email: julie.seaton@usbank.com;
(d)if to a Lender, mailed or delivered to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire;
or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each of the other parties.
All notices, statements, requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be deemed to be given or made when delivered (if received during normal business hours on a Business Day, such Business Day or otherwise the following Business Day), or two Business Days after being deposited in the mails with postage prepaid by registered or certified mail, addressed as aforesaid, or sent by facsimile or electronic communication, in each case of facsimile or electronic communication with telephonic confirmation of receipt. All notices pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall not be effective until received.
110


For purposes of Article II hereof, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on telephonic instructions from any person that the Administrative Agent in good faith believes is an Authorized Officer, and the Borrower shall hold the Administrative Agent and each Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense resulting from any such reliance.
Section 11.5.Costs, Expenses and Documentary Taxes. The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and all Related Expenses, including but not limited to (a) syndication, administration, travel and out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and expenses, of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and closing of the Loan Documents and the administration of the Loan Documents, and the collection and disbursement of all funds hereunder and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, (b) out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration of the Loan Documents and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, and (c) the reasonable fees and expenses of special counsel for the Administrative Agent, with respect to the foregoing, and of local counsel, if any, who may be retained by said special counsel with respect thereto. The Borrower also agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses (including Related Expenses) of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, in connection with the restructuring, workout or enforcement of the Obligations, this Agreement or any other Related Writing. In addition, the Borrower shall pay any and all stamp, transfer, documentary and other taxes, assessments, charges and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to hold the Administrative Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or failure to pay such taxes or fees. All obligations provided for in this Section 11.5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 11.6.Indemnification. The Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, attorneys, agents and employees) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether or not such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be designated a party thereto) or any other claim by any Person relating to or arising out of any Loan Document (including the execution of any Loan Document using an electronic signature platform not provided by the Administrative Agent) or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of the Loans or any of the Obligations, or any activities of any Company or its Affiliates; provided that no Lender nor the Administrative Agent or any other party shall have the right to be indemnified under this Section 11.6 for (a) its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (b) such party’s material breach of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or Related Writing or (c) disputes solely among such parties not arising from or in connection with any action or omission of any Company or any of their Affiliates. All obligations provided for in this Section 11.6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 11.7.Obligations Several; No Advisory or Fiduciary Obligations. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute the Administrative Agent or the Lenders a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity. No default by any Lender hereunder shall excuse the other Lenders from any obligation under this Agreement; but no Lender shall have or acquire any additional obligation of any kind by reason of such default.
111


The relationship between the Borrower and the Lenders with respect to the Loan Documents and the other Related Writings is and shall be solely that of debtor and creditors, respectively, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary obligation toward any Credit Party with respect to any such documents or the transactions contemplated thereby. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner and each of the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any arranger and any book runner and each of the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
Section 11.8.Execution in Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments; Electronic Records.
(a)This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, and by facsimile or other electronic signature, each of which counterparts when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
(b)The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any assignment and assumption agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including E-SIGN or any other state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
(c)The Borrower hereby acknowledges the receipt of a copy of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent and each Lender may, on behalf of the Borrower, create a microfilm or optical disk or other electronic image of this Agreement and any or all of the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent and each Lender may store the electronic image of this Agreement and Loan Documents in its electronic form and then destroy the paper original as part of the Administrative Agent’s and each Lender’s normal business practices, with the electronic image deemed to be an original and of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as the paper originals. The Administrative Agent and each Lender are authorized, when appropriate, to convert any note into a “transferable record” under the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
112


Section 11.9.Binding Effect; Borrower’s Assignment. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and all of the Lenders.
Section 11.10.Lender Assignments.
(a)Assignments of Commitments. Each Lender shall have the right at any time or times to assign to an Eligible Transferee (other than to a Defaulting Lender), without recourse, all or a percentage of all of the following: (i) such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) all Loans made by that Lender, (iii) such Lender’s Notes, and (iv) such Lender’s interest in any Letter of Credit or Swing Loan, and any participation purchased pursuant to Section 2.2(b) or (c) or Section 9.5 hereof.
(b)Prior Consent. No assignment may be consummated pursuant to this Section 11.10 without the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (other than an assignment by any Lender to any affiliate of such Lender which affiliate is an Eligible Transferee and either wholly-owned by a Lender or is wholly-owned by a Person that wholly owns, either directly or indirectly, such Lender, or to another Lender), which consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided that (i) the consent of the Borrower shall not be required if, at the time of the proposed assignment, any Default or Event of Default shall then exist and (ii) the Borrower shall be deemed to have granted its consent unless the Borrower has expressly objected to such assignment within three Business Days after notice thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time make a pledge or collateral assignment of all or any portion of its rights under the Loan Documents to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, as applicable, provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such assigning Lender from its obligations hereunder or substitute such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(c)Minimum Amount. Each such assignment shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of the assignor’s Commitment or Term Loans, as applicable, and interest herein, or the entire amount of the assignor’s Commitment or Term Loans, as applicable, and interest herein.
(d)Assignment Fee. Unless the assignment shall be to an affiliate of the assignor or the assignment shall be due to merger of the assignor or for regulatory purposes, either the assignor or the assignee shall remit to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, an administrative fee of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500).
(e)Assignment Agreement. Unless the assignment shall be due to merger of the assignor or a collateral assignment for regulatory purposes, the assignor shall (i) cause the assignee to execute and deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement, and (ii) execute and deliver, or cause the assignee to execute and deliver, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent such additional amendments, assurances and other writings as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
113


(f)Non-U.S. Assignee. If the assignment is to be made to an assignee that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof, the assignor Lender shall cause such assignee, at least five Business Days prior to the effective date of such assignment, (i) to represent to the assignor Lender (for the benefit of the assignor Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) that under applicable law and treaties no taxes will be required to be withheld by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the assignor with respect to any payments to be made to such assignee in respect of the Loans hereunder, (ii) to furnish to the assignor Lender (and, in the case of any assignee registered in the Register (as defined below), the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Form W-8IMY, Form W-8BEN, or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (wherein such assignee claims entitlement to complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments hereunder), and (iii) to agree (for the benefit of the assignor, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) to provide to the assignor Lender (and, in the case of any assignee registered in the Register, to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) a new Form W-8ECI, Form W-8IMY, Form W-8BEN, or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form and comparable statements in accordance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations and amendments duly executed and completed by such assignee, and to comply from time to time with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations with regard to such withholding tax exemption.
(g)Deliveries by Borrower. Upon satisfaction of all applicable requirements specified in subsections (a) through (f) above, the Borrower shall execute and deliver (i) to the Administrative Agent, the assignor and the assignee, any consent or release (of all or a portion of the obligations of the assignor) required to be delivered by the Borrower in connection with the Assignment Agreement, and (ii) to the assignee, if requested, and the assignor, if applicable, an appropriate Note or Notes. After delivery of the new Note or Notes, the assignor’s Note or Notes, if any, being replaced shall be returned to the Borrower marked “replaced”.
(h)Effect of Assignment. Upon satisfaction of all applicable requirements set forth in subsections (a) through (g) above, and any other condition contained in this Section 11.10, (i) the assignee shall become and thereafter be deemed to be a “Lender” for the purposes of this Agreement, (ii) the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent that its interest has been assigned, (iii) in the event that the assignor’s entire interest has been assigned, the assignor shall cease to be and thereafter shall no longer be deemed to be a “Lender” and (iv) the signature pages hereto and Schedule 1 hereto shall be automatically amended, without further action, to reflect the result of any such assignment.
(i)Administrative Agent to Maintain Register. Administrative Agent shall maintain at the address for notices referred to in Section 11.4 hereof a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
Section 11.11.Sale of Participations. Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell participations to one or more Eligible Transferees (each a “Participant”) in all or a portion of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans and participations owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it); provided that:
(a)any such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged;
114


(b)such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations;
(c)the parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents;
(d)such Participant shall be bound by the provisions of Section 9.5 hereof, and the Lender selling such participation shall obtain from such Participant a written confirmation of its agreement to be so bound; and
(e)no Participant (unless such Participant is itself a Lender) shall be entitled to require such Lender to take or refrain from taking action under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, except that such Lender may agree with such Participant that such Lender will not, without such Participant’s consent, take action of the type described as follows:
(i)increase the portion of the participation amount of any Participant over the amount thereof then in effect, or extend the Commitment Period, without the written consent of each Participant affected thereby; or
(ii)reduce the principal amount of or extend the time for any payment of principal of any Loan, or reduce the rate of interest or extend the time for payment of interest on any Loan, or reduce the commitment fee, without the written consent of each Participant affected thereby.
The Borrower agrees that any Lender that sells participations pursuant to this Section 11.11 shall still be entitled to the benefits of Article III hereof, notwithstanding any such transfer; provided that the obligations of the Borrower shall not increase as a result of such transfer and the Borrower shall have no obligation to any Participant.
Section 11.12.Replacement of Affected Lenders. Each Lender agrees that, during the time in which any Lender is an Affected Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have the right (and the Administrative Agent shall, if requested by the Borrower), at the sole expense of the Borrower, upon notice to such Affected Lender and the Borrower, to require that such Affected Lender assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with the restrictions contained in Section 11.10 hereof), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Transferee, approved by the Borrower (unless an Event of Default shall exist) and the Administrative Agent, that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that such Affected Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (recognizing that any Affected Lender may have given up its rights under this Agreement to receive payment of fees and other amounts pursuant to Section 2.6(e) and (f) hereof), from such Eligible Transferee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including any breakage compensation under Article III hereof).
Section 11.13.Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender, and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party), hereby notifies the Credit Parties that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, such Lender and the Administrative Agent are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of each of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrower shall provide, to the extent commercially reasonable, such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or a Lender in order to assist the Administrative Agent or such Lender in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.
115


Section 11.14.Severability of Provisions; Captions; Attachments. Any provision of this Agreement that shall be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. The several captions to sections and subsections herein are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in interpreting the provisions of this Agreement. Each schedule or exhibit attached to this Agreement shall be incorporated herein and shall be deemed to be a part hereof.
Section 11.15.Investment Purpose. Each of the Lenders represents and warrants to the Borrower that such Lender is entering into this Agreement with the present intention of acquiring any Note issued pursuant hereto (or, if there is no Note, the interest as reflected on the books and records of the Administrative Agent) for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of distribution or resale, it being understood, however, that each Lender shall at all times retain full control over the disposition of its assets.
Section 11.16.Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any Note and any other Loan Document or other agreement, document or instrument attached hereto or executed on or as of the Closing Date integrate all of the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersede all oral representations and negotiations and prior writings with respect to the subject matter hereof (except with respect to any provisions of the Administrative Agent Fee Letter, that by their terms survive the termination thereof, in each case, which shall remain in full force and effect after the Closing Date).
Section 11.17.Limitations on Liability of the Issuing Lender. The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letters of Credit. Neither the Issuing Lender nor any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for (a) the use that may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (c) payment by the Issuing Lender against presentation of documents that do not comply with the terms of a Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit; or (d) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit, except that the account party on such Letter of Credit shall have a claim against the Issuing Lender, and the Issuing Lender shall be liable to such account party, to the extent of any direct, but not consequential, damages suffered by such account party that such account party proves were caused by (i) the Issuing Lender’s willful misconduct or gross negligence (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) in determining whether documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (ii) the Issuing Lender’s willful failure to make lawful payment under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation.
Section 11.18.General Limitation of Liability.
116


No claim may be made by any Credit Party or any other Person against any Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, or any other Lender or the affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents of any of them for any damages other than actual compensatory damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and the Borrower, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender hereby, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, waive, release and agree not to sue or counterclaim upon any such claim for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in their favor and regardless of whether any Company, any Lender, Issuing Lender, or the Administrative Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss of damage.
Section 11.19.No Duty. All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, consultants and other professional persons (including the firms or other entities on behalf of which any such Person may act) retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to the Borrower, any other Companies, or any other Person, with respect to any matters within the scope of such representation or related to their activities in connection with such representation. The Borrower agrees, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, not to assert any claim or counterclaim against any such persons with regard to such matters, all such claims and counterclaims, now existing or hereafter arising, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseeable, being hereby waived, released and forever discharged.
Section 11.20.Legal Representation of Parties. The Loan Documents were negotiated by the parties with the benefit of legal representation and any rule of construction or interpretation otherwise requiring this Agreement or any other Loan Document to be construed or interpreted against any party shall not apply to any construction or interpretation hereof or thereof.
Section 11.21.Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.
(a)GOVERNING LAW. THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A CONTRARY EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
(b)SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ISSUING LENDER OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER OR TO ENFORCE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES IN RESPECT OF COLLATERAL IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY THE BORROWER AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ISSUING LENDER OR ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ISSUING LENDER OR ANY LENDER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED
117


WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK.
(c)WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ISSUING LENDER AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.
Section 11.22.Certain ERISA Matters.
(a)Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:
(i)such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement;
(ii)the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement;
(iii)(A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement; or
(iv)such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.
(b)In addition, unless either (i) clause (i) of Section 11.22(a) is true with respect to a Lender or (ii) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with clause (iv) of Section 11.22(a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to
118


or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).
Section 11.23.Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Obligations or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
Section 11.24.Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of a Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by a Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and
119


(b)the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(i)a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
(ii)a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(iii)the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any Resolution Authority.
Section 11.25.Erroneous Payments.
(a)If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, Issuing Lender or other holder of any Obligations (each, a “Lender Party”) or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender Party (any such Lender Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”), that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not such error is known to any Payment Recipient) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Payment Recipient shall promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(b)Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), if any Payment Recipient receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) that (x) is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) such Payment Recipient otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error (in whole or in part):
(i)(A) in the case of immediately preceding clause (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) in the case of immediately preceding clause (z), an error has been made, in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and
120


(ii)such Payment Recipient shall promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 11.25(b).
(c)Each Lender Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under Section 11.25(a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.
(d)An Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations, except to the extent such Erroneous Payment comprises funds received by the Administrative Agent from a Credit Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.
(e)To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Payment Recipient hereby agrees not to assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine, with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment.
(f)Each party’s agreements under this Section 11.25 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Lender, the termination of the Commitments, or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any or all Obligations.
Section 11.26.Amendment and Restatement; Agency Transfer; New Lenders.
(a)The parties to this Agreement agree that, upon (i) the execution and delivery by each of the parties hereto of this Agreement and (ii) satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2, the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be and hereby are amended, superseded and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not constitute a novation. All Loans made and Obligations incurred under the Existing Credit Agreement which are outstanding on the Closing Date shall continue as Loans and Obligations under (and shall be governed by the terms of) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the effectiveness hereof: (a) all references in the “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) to the “Administrative Agent”, the “Credit Agreement” and the “Loan Documents” shall be deemed to refer to the Administrative Agent, this Agreement and the Loan Documents, (b) all obligations constituting “Obligations” with any Lender or any affiliate of any Lender which are outstanding on the Closing Date shall continue as Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (c) the Administrative Agent shall make such reallocations, sales, assignments or other relevant actions in respect of each Lender’s credit exposure under the Existing Credit Agreement as are necessary in order that each such Lender’s credit exposure and outstanding Loans hereunder reflects such Lender’s ratable share of the outstanding aggregate credit exposure on the Closing Date and (d) the Borrower hereby agrees to compensate each Lender for any and all losses, costs and expenses incurred by such Lender in connection with the sale and assignment of any “Eurocurrency Loans” as defined herein prior to the Eighth Amendment Effective Date (including the “Eurodollar Loans” under the Existing Credit Agreement) and such reallocation described above, in each case on the terms and in the manner set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.
121


(b)Each of the parties hereto agrees that, notwithstanding the requirements of Article X of this Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, but subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2, (a) KeyBank National Association has resigned as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (b) U.S. Bank is hereby appointed (and U.S. Bank accepts such appointment) as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. KeyBank National Association is discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents as Administrative Agent; provided that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of such resignation, the provisions of Article X of this Agreement and similar provisions in the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for KeyBank National Association in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement. U.S. Bank, acting as Administrative Agent, shall bear no responsibility for any actions taken or omitted to be taken by KeyBank National Association while it served as Administrative Agent under or in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, and KeyBank National Association shall bear no responsibility for any actions taken or omitted to be taken by U.S. Bank acting as Administrative Agent on and after the Closing Date. The parties hereto agree that all Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent run in favor of U.S. Bank acting in such capacity upon the effectiveness hereof.
(c)By its execution hereof, each of the following is becoming a party to this Agreement as a Lender: Bank of America, N.A. and Fifth Third Bank (each a “New Lender”). Each New Lender agrees that it constitutes a Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each New Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment appears in Schedule 1 hereto. Each New Lender acknowledges and agrees that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of financial statements and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and to become a Lender, which analysis and decision has been made independently of and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender.  Each New Lender confirms it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the Loan Documents, and it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
[Signature Pages on file with the Administrative Agent]
[Schedule omitted]
122
EX-10.42 4 a2024-q4ex1042formofrsu.htm EX-10.42 Document
Exhibit 10.42
FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
(CEO and Executive Team)
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into and effective as of             , 20__ (the “Date of Grant”), by and between Sleep Number Corporation (the “Company”) and          (the “Grantee”).
Unless defined in this Agreement, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings established in the Sleep Number Corporation 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”).
The Company has adopted the Plan, which authorizes the grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards to Employees, Non-Employee Directors, and Consultants. The Company desires to give the Grantee a proprietary interest in the Company and its Subsidiaries in recognition of the Grantee’s contributions and as an added incentive to advance the interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries by granting to the Grantee a Restricted Stock Unit Award pursuant to the Plan.
Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:
1.    Grant of Award Units. The Company hereby grants to the Grantee a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Award”) consisting of                  units (the “Award Units”) that will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth below and in the Plan. Reference in this Agreement to the Award Units will be deemed to include the Dividend Proceeds (as defined in Section 3.3 of this Agreement) with respect to such Award Units that are retained and held by the Company as provided in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.
2.    Grant Restriction.
2.1    Restriction and Forfeiture. The Grantee’s right to the Award Units and the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Award Units will vest in three (3) as nearly equal as possible installments (rounding down to the nearest whole share if necessary) on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Date of Grant (the “Vesting Period”), subject to the Grantee remaining in continuous employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary during the Vesting Period; provided, however, that such employment or service period restrictions (the “Restrictions”) will lapse and terminate prior to end of the Vesting Period as set forth in Section 2.2 below (or as otherwise set forth in the Plan for any circumstance not contemplated by the terms of Section 2.2).
2.2    Death, Disability, or other Termination of Employment or Service.
(a)    Death or Disability. In the event that the Grantee’s employment or service is terminated prior to the end of the Vesting Period due to the Grantee’s death or Disability, the Restrictions applicable to the Award Units will immediately lapse and terminate, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued in settlement of the Award Units will be issued as soon as reasonably possible.
(b)    Termination Due to Retirement.
(i)    In the event that the Grantee’s employment or other service is terminated prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of the Grantee’s retirement at or beyond age fifty-five (55) and the Grantee has five (5) or more years of service with the Company prior to such retirement, the Grantee will become vested in a pro rata portion of Award Units based on the number of calendar days elapsed since the most recent anniversary of the Date of Grant as of the date of retirement, divided by the total number of calendar days in


Exhibit 10.42
the Vesting Period (collectively, the “Pro Rata Award Units”). The remaining unvested Award Units will immediately terminate and be forfeited without notice of any kind.
For example, if the Grantee was granted 1,200 Award Units and retirement occurs 548 calendar days into the Vesting Period, assuming the Vesting Period contains 1,095 calendar days, the Grantee would have (i) 1,200/3 = 400 Award Units vested pursuant to Section 2.1, plus (ii) 1,200 x (183/1095) = 201 Pro Rata Award Units. The shares of Common Stock to be issued in settlement of the vested Award Units will be issued as soon as reasonably possible after the Grantee’s retirement.
(ii)    In the event that the Grantee’s employment or other service with the Company and all Subsidiaries is terminated prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of the Grantee’s retirement prior to age fifty-five (55) or the Grantee has fewer than five (5) years of service with the Company prior to retirement, all rights of the Grantee under the Plan and this Agreement relating to all Award Units with respect to which the Restrictions have not lapsed will immediately terminate and be forfeited without notice of any kind.
(d)    Termination for Reasons other than Death, Disability, or Retirement. In the event that the Grantee’s employment or other service with the Company and all Subsidiaries is terminated prior to the end of the Vesting Period for any reason other than death, Disability, or retirement as provided above, or if the Grantee is in the employ or service of a Subsidiary and the Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company (unless the Grantee continues in the employ or service of the Company or another Subsidiary), all rights of the Grantee under this Agreement relating to Award Units with respect to which the Restrictions have not lapsed will immediately terminate and be forfeited without notice of any kind.
3.    Issuance of Shares.
3.1    Timing. Vested Award Units shall be converted to shares of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, and such shares shall be issued as soon as reasonably possible after the end of the Vesting Period, subject to the provisions set forth above applicable to vesting events that occur prior to the end of the Vesting Period.
3.2    Limitations on Transfer. Award Units will not be assignable or transferable by the Grantee, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and may not be subjected to any lien, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt to transfer, assign, or encumber the Award Units, other than in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan, will be null and void and will void the Award, and all Award Units for which the Restrictions have not lapsed will be forfeited and immediately returned to the Company.
3.3    Dividends and Other Distributions. The Award Units are being granted with an equal number of dividend equivalents. Accordingly, the Grantee is entitled to receive an additional award unit with a value equal to any dividends or distributions (including, without limitation, any cash dividends, stock dividends or dividends in kind, the proceeds of any stock split, or the proceeds resulting from any changes or exchanges described in Section 6 of this Agreement, all of which are referred to herein collectively as the “Dividend Proceeds”) that are paid or payable with respect to one share of Common Stock for each Award Unit, which will be subject to the same rights, restrictions, and performance conditions under this Agreement as the Award Units to which such dividends or distributions relate. The number of additional award units to be received as dividend equivalents for each Award Unit shall be determined by dividing the cash dividend per share by the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the dividend or distribution payment date. All such additional award units received as dividend equivalents will be subject to the same restrictions and performance conditions as the Award Units to which such Dividend Proceeds relate.


Exhibit 10.42
3.4    Fractional Shares. The Grantee acknowledges that the Company will not issue or deliver fractional shares of Common Stock under this Agreement. All fractional shares will be rounded up to the nearest whole share.
4.    Rights of Grantee.
4.1    Employment or Service. Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of the Grantee at any time, nor confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary at any particular position or rate of pay or for any particular period of time.
4.2    Rights as a Shareholder. The Grantee will have no rights as a shareholder until the Grantee becomes the holder of record of shares of Common Stock issued in settlement of the Award Units. As soon as reasonably possible after the satisfaction of any conditions to the effective issuance of shares of Common Stock in settlement of the Award Units, the shares will be issued by the Company.
5.    Withholding Taxes. The Company is entitled to (i) withhold and deduct from future wages of the Grantee (or from other amounts that may be due and owing to the Grantee from the Company), or to withhold from the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be determined to be paid to the Company out of Dividend Proceeds, or make other arrangements for the collection of all amounts the Company determines are legally required to satisfy any federal, state, or local withholding and employment-related tax requirements attributable to the receipt of the Award, the receipt of dividends or distributions on Award Units, or the lapse or termination of the Restrictions applicable to Award Units, or (ii) require the Grantee promptly to remit the amount of such withholding to the Company. In the event that the Company is unable to withhold such amounts, for whatever reason, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal, state, or local law.
6.    Adjustments. In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, rights offering, or divestiture (including a spin-off), or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, the Committee (or, if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the surviving corporation), in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee, will make appropriate adjustment (which determination will be conclusive) as to the number and kind of securities or other property (including cash) subject to this Award.
7.    Subject to Plan. The Award and the Award Units granted pursuant to this Agreement have been granted under the Plan and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan. In addition, the Grantee, by execution hereof, acknowledges having received a copy of the Plan and acknowledges that the Company, or a third party vendor designated by the Company, may deliver to the Grantee any documents related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan by electronic means, including through email, the Company’s website, and through the website of the third party vendor designated by the Company.  The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted as to be consistent with the Plan, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted by reference to the Plan. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is not authorized under the Plan, the terms of the Plan will prevail.
8.    Forfeiture, Clawback or Recoupment. This Award is subject to the forfeiture and clawback provisions pursuant to the Plan. Additionally, the Grantee may be subject to the Company’s policy regarding clawback and forfeiture of certain compensation, as in effect at such time.


Exhibit 10.42
9.    Miscellaneous.
9.1    Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, and successors of the parties to this Agreement.
9.2    Governing Law. This Agreement and all rights and obligations under this Agreement will be construed in accordance with the Plan and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to conflicts of laws provisions. Any legal proceeding related to this Agreement will be brought in an appropriate Minnesota court, and the parties to this Agreement consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court for this purpose.
9.3    Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the grant and vesting of this Award and the administration of the Plan and supersede all prior agreements, arrangements, plans, and understandings relating to the grant and vesting of this Award and the administration of the Plan.
9.4    Amendment and Waiver. Other than as provided in the Plan, this Agreement may be amended, waived, modified, or canceled only by a written instrument executed by the parties to this Agreement or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.
    9.5    Code Section 409A. Payments of amounts under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from the requirements of Code section 409A, except for a Grantee who will become entitled to partial vesting during the Vesting Period on account of eligibility for retirement under Section 2(b), in which case payment of amounts under the Agreement are intended to comply with the requirements of Code section 409A, and this Agreement shall in all respects be administered and construed to give effect to such intent. A payment on account of a termination of employment by reason of the Grantee’s retirement under Section 2(b) shall only be made if such termination is a “separation from service” under Code section 409A, and if payment is made as a result of such “separation from service” at such time the Grantee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code section 409A, then no shares shall be issued prior to the first business day after the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after the Grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the date of the Grantee’s death. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate or delay distribution of any shares in payment of amounts due under this Agreement if and to the extent allowed under Code section 409A.
The parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective the day and year first above written.
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
    
    ______________________________________
President and CEO
By execution of this Agreement,    GRANTEE
the Grantee acknowledges having
received a copy of the Plan.                            
    (Signature)

                        
(Name and Address)

                        


Exhibit 10.42
[Attachments omitted]

EX-10.43 5 a2024-q4ex10432024psuaward.htm EX-10.43 2024-Q4 EX10.43 2024 PSU Award Agreement (redacted)
Exhibit 10.43
FORM OF PERFORMANCE ADJUSTED
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
(CEO and Executive Team)
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into and effective as of __________, 20____ (the “Date of Grant”), by and
between Sleep Number Corporation (the “Company”) and (the “Grantee”).
Unless defined in this Agreement, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings
established in the Sleep Number Corporation 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
The Company has adopted the Plan, which authorizes the grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards to
Employees, Non-Employee Directors, and Consultants. The Company desires to give the Grantee a proprietary
interest in the Company and its Subsidiaries in recognition of the Grantee’s contributions and as an added
incentive to advance the interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries by granting to the Grantee a Restricted
Stock Unit Award pursuant to the Plan.
Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:
1.Grant of Award Units and Performance Adjustments.
1.1Grant of Award Units.  The Company hereby grants to the Grantee a Restricted Stock Unit Award
(the “Award”) consisting of __________ units (the “Award Units”) that will be settled in shares of the Company’s
common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), subject to the terms, conditions, and
restrictions set forth below and in the Plan.  Reference in this Agreement to the Award Units or the Adjusted
Award Units (as defined in Section 1.2 of this Agreement) will be deemed to include the Dividend Proceeds (as
defined in Section 3.3 of this Agreement) with respect to such Award Units or Adjusted Award Units as provided
in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.
1.2Performance Adjustments.  The number of Award Units granted hereunder is subject to
adjustment based on the Company’s level of achievement versus annual Net Sales goals and annual NOP goals
for the _____, _____, and ____ fiscal years (the “Performance Period”).  (For purposes of this Agreement, “NOP”
will be defined as Net Operating Income). The Net Sales growth goals and NOP growth goals will be equally
weighted.
The annual Net Sales and NOP goals and the corresponding performance adjustment multiples are as
follows:
Payout Multiple
Net Sales
NOP
Annual growth Target
Annual Growth
Target
Threshold
0.5X
Target
1.0X
Maximum
2.0X
Exhibit 10.43
The calculation of the “Adjusted Award Units” based on performance versus these annual goals will be
determined as follows:
(a)The Company’s actual percent achievement of AOP for _____ or achievement of annual
growth for _____ and ______ will be measured for each of the two (2) performance measures and for
each of the three (3) fiscal years of the Performance Period;
(b)A payout multiple will be determined for each performance goal and for each fiscal year,
based on interpolation between the performance goals in the foregoing table (performance relative to a
performance goal that is below the threshold for a fiscal year will result in a payout multiple of zero (0)
for that performance goal for that fiscal year); and
(c)The mean, or average, of the resulting six (6) payout multiples will be applied to the
number of Award Units to determine the number of “Adjusted Award Units.”
For example, if the annual Net Sales growth rate achieved for _____ is 5%, the multiple for that
performance goal for that year will be 1.0X; and if the annual NOP growth rate achieved for ____ is 12%, the
multiple for that performance goal for that year will be 2.0X.  Similar multiples will be determined for each
performance goal and for each of the following fiscal years.  The resulting six (6) payout multiples will then be
averaged to determine the final payout multiple.  This final payout multiple times the number of Award Units
originally granted results in the number of Adjusted Award Units that would vest, subject to all of the other
proration and vesting provisions set forth in this Agreement.
The “Adjusted Award Units” will be subject to reduction for failure to generate Return on Invested
Capital (“ROIC”) that exceeds Weighted Average Cost of Capital by at least 300 basis points (“bps”), as outlined
in the table below.  The measurement will be based on an average of the basis points difference between annual
ROIC and WACC for the three fiscal years _____, ______, and ______.
ROIC Basis Points difference versus WACC
(e.g., ROIC of 12% vs. WACC of 10% = +200 bps)
Reduction to Final Payout
0 bps or lower (i.e., ROIC at or below WACC)
-20% of target award
1 to 99 bps
-15% of target award
100 to 199 bps
-10% of target award
200 to 299 bps
-5% of target award
300 bps or greater
No reduction
For the purpose of this calculation, ROIC shall be defined as detailed in the annual 10-K disclosure.
For the purpose of this calculation, WACC shall be defined as detailed in Attachment A.
The Company’s actual performance relative to the performance goals set forth above and the
calculation of the Adjusted Award Units shall be determined by the Management Development and
Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors following the conclusion of the
Performance Period.  The Committee’s determination shall be final and conclusive for all purposes under this
Agreement.  The number of Award Units resulting after adjustment as described above will be referred to herein
as the “Adjusted Award Units.”
Exhibit 10.43
1.3Restrictive Covenant Agreement.  In consideration for the grant of this Award, the Grantee
agrees to execute and be bound by the terms of the Employee Inventions, Confidentiality, Non-Compete and
Mutual Arbitration Agreement (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) attached hereto, and the Grantee
acknowledges that the Grantee’s failure to execute the Non-Compete Agreement will cause this Award to
automatically terminate and be forfeited without any further action.
2.Grant Restriction.
2.1Restriction and Forfeiture.  The Grantee’s right to the Award Units or the Adjusted Award Units
and the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Award Units or Adjusted Award Units will be subject to the
Grantee remaining in continuous employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary for a period of
three (3) years (the “Vesting Period”) following the Date of Grant; provided, however, that such employment or
service period restrictions (the “Restrictions”) will lapse and terminate prior to end of the Vesting Period as set
forth in Section 2.2 below (or as otherwise set forth in the Plan for any circumstance not contemplated by the
terms of Section 2.2).
2.2Death, Disability, or other Termination of Employment or Service.
(a)Death.  In the event that the Grantee’s employment or service is terminated prior to the
end of the Vesting Period due to the Grantee’s death, the Restrictions applicable to the Award Units or
Adjusted Award Units will immediately lapse and terminate, and the shares of Common Stock to be
issued in settlement of the Award Units will be issued within 90 days of the Grantee’s death, with the
performance adjustment determination related to any incomplete fiscal year(s) within the Performance
Period deemed to be satisfied at the target level, with no reduction based on ROIC performance.
(b)Disability.  In the event that the Grantee’s employment or service is terminated prior to
the end of the Vesting Period due to the Grantee’s Disability, the Grantee will become fully vested in the
Award Units pending completion of the Performance Period and final determination of the Adjusted
Award Units.  The shares of Common Stock to be issued in settlement of the Adjusted Award Units will
be retained and held by the Company pending the final determination of the Adjusted Award Units and
will be issued within 90 days of the end of the Vesting Period.
(c)Termination Due to Retirement.
(i)In the event that the Grantee’s employment or other service is terminated prior
to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of the Grantee’s retirement at or beyond age fifty-
five (55) and the Grantee has five (5) or more years of service with the Company prior to such
retirement, the Grantee will become vested in a pro rata portion of Award Units based on the
number of calendar days elapsed in the Vesting Period as of the date of retirement (e.g., If the
Grantee was granted 1,200 Award Units, and if retirement occurs 730 calendar days into the
1,095 calendar days vesting period, then the Grantee will become vested with respect to an
aggregate of 800 Award Units and the remaining 400 Award Units will immediately terminate
and be forfeited without notice of any kind) pending completion of the Performance Period and
final determination of the Adjusted Award Units.
(ii)In the event that the Grantee’s employment or other service with the Company
and all Subsidiaries is terminated prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of the
Grantee’s retirement prior to age fifty-five (55) or the Grantee has fewer than five (5) years of
service with the Company prior to retirement, all rights of the Grantee under the Plan and this
Agreement relating to all Award Units with respect to which the Restrictions have not lapsed will
immediately terminate and be forfeited without notice of any kind.
(iii)In the event that the Grantee’s employment or other service with the Company
and all Subsidiaries is terminated prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of the
Grantee’s retirement at or beyond age sixty (60) and the Grantee has five (5) or more years of
service with the Company prior to retirement, the Grantee will become fully vested in the Award
Units pending completion of the Performance Period and final determination of the Adjusted
Award Units if the following criteria are met: Grantee provides written notice of Grantee’s
Exhibit 10.43
intention to retire three months before Grantee’s actual retirement date.  Provided, however,
and only to the extent permitted by applicable law, that as a condition of Grantee becoming
vested in the Award Units at completion of the Performance Period, Grantee cannot have
engaged in competitive activities to Company’s business in the United States during the period
between the Grantee’s termination date and the end of the Vesting Period, up to any duration
limitation under applicable law.
(iv)The shares of Common Stock to be issued in settlement of the Adjusted Award
Units pursuant to paragraphs (i) or (iii) above will be retained and held by the Company pending
the final determination of the Adjusted Award Units and will be issued within 90 days of the end
of the Vesting Period.
(d)Termination for Reasons other than Death, Disability, or Retirement.  In the event the
Grantee’s employment or other service with the Company and all Subsidiaries is terminated prior to the
end of the Vesting Period for any reason other than death, Disability, or retirement as provided above,
or if the Grantee is in the employ or service of a Subsidiary and the Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary
of the Company (unless the Grantee continues in the employ or service of the Company or another
Subsidiary), all rights of the Grantee under this Agreement relating to Award Units with respect to which
the Restrictions have not lapsed will immediately terminate and be forfeited without notice of any kind.
3.Issuance of Shares.
3.1Timing.  Vested Award Units or Adjusted Award Units shall be converted to shares of Common
Stock on a one-for-one basis, and such shares shall be issued as soon as reasonably possible, but not more than
90 days, after the end of the Vesting Period, subject to the provisions set forth above applicable to vesting
events that occur prior to the end of the Vesting Period.
3.2Limitations on Transfer.  Award Units or Adjusted Award Units will not be assignable or
transferable by the Grantee, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and may not be subjected to any lien, directly or
indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise.  Any attempt to transfer, assign, or encumber the Award Units or
Adjusted Award Units, other than in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan, will be null and void and will
void the Award, and all Award Units or Adjusted Award Units for which the Restrictions have not lapsed will be
forfeited and immediately returned to the Company.
3.3Dividends and Other Distributions.  The Award Units are being granted with an equal number of
dividend equivalents.  Accordingly, the Grantee is entitled to receive an additional award unit with a value equal
to any dividends or distributions (including, without limitation, any cash dividends, stock dividends or dividends
in kind, the proceeds of any stock split, or the proceeds resulting from any changes or exchanges described in
Section 6 of this Agreement, all of which are referred to herein collectively as the “Dividend Proceeds”) that are
paid or payable with respect to one share of Common Stock for each Award Unit, which will be subject to the
same rights, restrictions, and performance adjustments under this Agreement as the Award Units to which such
dividends or distributions relate.  The number of additional award units to be received as dividend equivalents
for each Award Unit shall be determined by dividing the cash dividend per share by the Fair Market Value of one
share of Common Stock on the dividend or distribution payment date.  All such additional award units received
as dividend equivalents will be subject to the same restrictions and performance adjustments as the Award Units
to which such Dividend Proceeds relate.
3.4Fractional Shares.  The Grantee acknowledges that the Company will not issue or deliver
fractional shares of Common Stock under this Agreement.  All fractional shares will be rounded up to the nearest
whole share.
4.Rights of Grantee.
4.1Employment or Service.  Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or limit in any way the
right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of the Grantee at any time, nor
confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary
at any particular position or rate of pay or for any particular period of time.
Exhibit 10.43
4.2Rights as a Shareholder.  The Grantee will have no rights as a shareholder until the Grantee
becomes the holder of record of shares of Common Stock issued in settlement of the Adjusted Award Units.  As
soon as reasonably possible after the satisfaction of any conditions to the effective issuance of shares of
Common Stock in settlement of the Adjusted Award Units, the shares will be issued by the Company.
5.Withholding Taxes.  The Company is entitled to (i) withhold and deduct from future wages of the
Grantee (or from other amounts that may be due and owing to the Grantee from the Company), or to withhold
from the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be determined to be paid to the Company out of
Dividend Proceeds, or make other arrangements for the collection of all amounts the Company determines are
legally required to satisfy any federal, state, or local withholding and employment-related tax requirements
attributable to the receipt of the Award, the receipt of dividends or distributions on Award Units or Adjusted
Award Units, or the lapse or termination of the Restrictions applicable to Award Units or Adjusted Award Units,
or (ii) require the Grantee promptly to remit the amount of such withholding to the Company.  In the event that
the Company is unable to withhold such amounts, for whatever reason, the Grantee agrees to pay to the
Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal,
state, or local law.
6.Adjustments.  In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation,
reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, rights offering, or divestiture (including a spin-
off), or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, the Committee (or, if the
Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the surviving
corporation), in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Grantee, will make appropriate
adjustment (which determination will be conclusive) as to the number and kind of securities or other property
(including cash) subject to this Award.
7.Subject to Plan.  The Award and the Award Units granted pursuant to this Agreement have been granted
under the Plan and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, are subject to all of the terms and
conditions of the Plan.  In addition, the Grantee, by execution hereof, acknowledges having received a copy of
the Plan and acknowledges that the Company, or a third party vendor designated by the Company, may deliver
to the Grantee any documents related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan by electronic means, including
through email, the Company’s website, and through the website of the third party vendor designated by the
Company.  The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted as to be consistent with the Plan, and any
ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted by reference to the Plan.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement is not authorized under the Plan, the terms of the Plan will prevail.
8.Forfeiture, Clawback or Recoupment.  This Award is subject to the forfeiture and clawback provisions
pursuant to the Plan. Additionally, the Grantee may be subject to the Company’s policy regarding clawback and
forfeiture of certain compensation, as in effect at such time.  In addition to the other rights of the Committee
under the Plan, if Grantee is determined by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, to have taken any action
that would constitute Adverse Action or Cause or that is subject to any other or additional “clawback,”
forfeiture, or recoupment policy adopted by the Company, either prior to or after the date of this Agreement, or
to have violated the Non-Compete Agreement, as defined in Section 1.3, (i) all of Grantee’s rights under the Plan
and any agreements evidencing an award granted under the Plan, including this Agreement evidencing this
Award, then held by Grantee shall terminate and be forfeited upon the effectiveness of such Committee action,
and without notice of any kind, and (ii) the Committee, in its sole discretion may require Grantee to surrender
and return, transfer, or assign to the Company all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock received, or to
disgorge all or any profits or any other economic value (however defined by the Committee) made or realized by
Grantee or Grantee’s affiliate, during the period beginning two (2) years prior to your termination of
employment or service with the Company, in connection with any awards granted under the Plan, including this
Award, or any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or vesting of any awards, including this Award. 
This Section 8 shall not apply and shall automatically become void ab initio following a Change of Control.
9.Miscellaneous
9.1Binding Effect.  This Agreement will be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, and
successors of the parties to this Agreement.
Exhibit 10.43
9.2Governing Law.  This Agreement and all rights and obligations under this Agreement will be
construed in accordance with the Plan and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to
conflicts of laws provisions.  Any legal proceeding related to this Agreement will be brought in an appropriate
Minnesota court, and the parties to this Agreement consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the court for this
purpose.
9.3Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and
understanding of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the grant and vesting of this Award and the
administration of the Plan and supersede all prior agreements, arrangements, plans, and understandings relating
to the grant and vesting of this Award and the administration of the Plan.
9.4Amendment and Waiver.  Other than as provided in the Plan, this Agreement may be amended,
waived, modified, or canceled only by a written instrument executed by the parties to this Agreement or, in the
case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.
9.5Code Section 409A.  Payments of amounts under this Agreement are intended to comply with
the requirements of Code section 409A, and this Agreement shall in all respects be administered and construed
to give effect to such intent.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate or delay distribution of any
shares in payment of amounts due under this Agreement if and to the extent allowed under Code section 409A.
Exhibit 10.43
The parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective the day and year first above written.
SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION
(Signature)
(Title)
By execution of this Agreement,GRANTEE
the Grantee acknowledges having
received a copy of the Plan.
(Signature)
(Name and Address)
____________________________________
[Attachments omitted]
ATTACHMENT A: Definition for the Company’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC)
WACC is an approximation of the average rate of return a company expects to compensate all of its different
investors.  The WACC formula and key assumptions used in the Company’s WACC calculation are outlined below:
formula3.jpg
•The market value of all debt reflects the capitalization of our operating leases as debt, plus any other
outstanding debt.  We calculate our capitalized operating lease obligations as part of our Return on Invested
Capital (ROIC) calculation. The market value of all debt (including capitalized operating lease obligations) for
each fiscal year within the Performance Period will equal the amounts included in our publicly reported ROIC
calculations.
•The market value of all common stock for each fiscal year within the Performance Period is
calculated based on the 5-quarter average (the first day of the first quarter and the last day of each
of the 4 quarters) of our common shares outstanding multiplied by the respective closing share
price at the end of each quarter.
•Cost of debt is the effective interest rate a company would pay for its debt.  Our research indicates our debt
would receive a rating of approximately BB (high-yield corporate debt).  We base our cost of debt on the JP
Morgan Chase Domestic High Yield 7-10 Year Corporate Bond Index rates computed on a five-quarter
average (the first day of the first quarter and the last day of each of the 4 quarters) for each fiscal year
within the Performance Period.
•Cost of equity
̶Risk-free rate is the theoretical rate of return of an investment with no risk of financial loss.  In practice,
a bond issued by a government with a negligible risk of default is used. We base our risk-free rate on the
five quarter average (the first day of the first quarter and the last day of each of the four quarters) 10-
year U.S. treasury bill rate during each fiscal year within the Performance Period
̶Risk premium is the return in excess of the risk-free rate that an investment (as adjusted for risk) is
expected to yield.  We use the risk premium by industry/sector as annually reported by the Stern School
of Business at New York University.  For the purposes of this calculation, we use the average of the
annual risk premium estimates for the Furniture/Home Furnishings, Retail (Special Lines), and Retail
(Building Supply) industry sectors for the period that most closely corresponds to each fiscal year within
the Performance Period
•Marginal corporate tax rate is our effective tax rate before discrete adjustments for each fiscal year within
the Performance Period
•If any benchmark or index referenced above is unavailable at the time of the performance
measurement, we will substitute with a substantially similar benchmark or index approved by the Compensation
Committee.
EX-19.1 6 a2024-q4ex191.htm EX-19.1 2024-Q4 EX19.1 Insider Trading Policy
image_01a.jpg
Insider Trading Policy
Exhibit 19.1
Policy Overview:  This Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”) applies to all Sleep Number team members,
members of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Directors”), and their respective Family Members and
Controlled Entities, as each is defined below. If you are an “Insider,” as defined below, this Policy restricts
your ability to buy, sell, gift, and trade Sleep Number stock, it similarly restricts  your qualifying Family
Members and Controlled Entities from engaging in such activities, and it places additional obligations on you,
as detailed below. Please review the Policy carefully and direct any questions to the Chief Legal and Risk
Officer.
Purpose
The purpose of this Policy is to:
•Protect confidential and proprietary information of Sleep Number Corporation and its subsidiaries
(collectively, the “Company” or “Sleep Number”) from unauthorized disclosure;
•Prevent potentially unlawful trading in securities of the Company by team members, Directors, and
other covered persons while they are in possession of material non-public information relating to
the Company; and
•Provide guidelines with respect to lawful trading in the Company’s Securities (as defined below) by
team members, Directors, and other covered persons.
This Policy also includes the Company’s policies prohibiting (i) hedging transactions involving the Company’s
Securities, and (ii) pledging of the Company’s Securities.
Scope
Persons Subject to this Policy. This Policy applies to all Company team members, Directors, and their
respective Family Members and Controlled Entities (as each is defined below). The Company may also
determine that other persons should be subject to this Policy, such as business partners, contractors, or
consultants who have access to material non-public information.
Applicability to Family Members and Others.  This Policy applies to (i) your family members who reside
with you (including a spouse, a partner, a child, a child away at college, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents,
stepparents, grandparents, siblings, and in-laws), (ii) anyone else who lives in your household, and (iii) anyone
else who does not live in your household but whose transactions in Company Securities are directed by you or
are subject to your influence or control, such as parents, children, or significant others who consult with you
before they trade in Company Securities (collectively referred to as “Family Members”). You are responsible
for the transactions of these other persons and therefore should make them aware of the need to confer with
you before they trade in Company Securities, and you should treat all such transactions for the purposes of this
Policy and applicable securities laws as if the transactions were for your own account. This Policy does not apply
to personal securities transactions of Family Members where the purchase or sale decision is made by a third
party not controlled by, influenced by, or related to you or your Family Members.
image_01a.jpg
Applicability to Entities that You Influence or Control.  This Policy applies to any entities that you
influence or control, including any corporations, partnerships, trusts, or non-profit/charitable organizations
(collectively referred to as “Controlled Entities”). Any transactions by these Controlled Entities are subject to
this Policy and should be treated as if they were for your own account for purposes of this Policy and applicable
securities laws.
Policy
It is the policy of the Company that no Director or team members of the Company (which includes Directors and
team members of subsidiaries) may:
•Engage in any transactions involving the Company’s Securities at any time while in possession of
material non-public information about the Company, except as expressly permitted below under
“Specific Prohibitions, Requirements and Exceptions”;
•Engage in any transactions involving securities of any third-party company with which the Company
does business, including a customer or supplier of the Company, or that is involved in a potential
transaction or business relationship with the Company while in possession of material non-public
information about such third-party company obtained through the Company (such as information
regarding purchases or sales of businesses or information obtained during the negotiation or
implementation of contracts or other transactions with any such third-party company);
•Disclose any such material non-public information to persons within the Company whose jobs do
not require them to have that information, or to any person outside of the Company (including
Family Members, Controlled Entities, friends, business associates, and investors) unless such
disclosure is in compliance with the Company’s policies regarding authorized disclosure of Company
information or is authorized in writing by the Company's Chief Legal and Risk Officer or his or her
designee; provided, however, this policy in no way prohibits good faith reports of potential illegal
conduct to the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory body;
•Recommend to any person any transaction involving the Company's Securities or otherwise express
an opinion with respect to trading in the Company’s Securities at any time while in possession of
material non-public information about the Company or communicate or pass ("tip”) that material
non-public information about the Company to anyone outside the Company who may trade on the
basis of that information; or
•Assist any person engaging in any of the foregoing prohibited activities.
Definitions
Company Securities: The term “Company Securities” includes the Company’s common stock, options to
purchase common stock, or any other type of securities that the Company may issue, such as preferred stock,
convertible debentures, or warrants, and also includes derivative securities that are not issued by the Company,
such as exchange-traded put or call options or swaps related to any of the Company’s Securities.
Insiders: The term “Insiders” includes Directors, officers of the Company (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), director-level and above team members
and other team members designated by the Company from time to time.
image_01a.jpg
Material Information: Information should be considered material if a reasonable person would consider it
important in making a decision to buy, sell, or hold a company’s securities, or if it would reasonably be expected
to affect the market price of such securities. There is no bright-line standard for assessing materiality.
Materiality must be based on assessment of all relevant facts and circumstances at the time and is evaluated by
enforcement authorities with the benefit of perfect hindsight so questions concerning the materiality of
particular information will be resolved in favor of materiality. While it is not possible to define all categories of
potentially material information, some examples of information that may be considered material include:
•Current sales or earnings trends, or projections of future sales or earnings results, that differ from
previously announced guidance or market expectations;
•A pending or proposed joint venture, merger, or acquisition;
•Significant new product introductions;
•Major marketing changes;
•The gain or loss of a significant partner or supplier;
•Bank borrowings or other financing transactions out of the ordinary course;
•The establishment of a new share repurchase program or significant changes to an existing share
repurchase program;
•A significant change in senior management;
•Significant cybersecurity events; or
•Pending or threatened significant litigation, or the resolution of such litigation.
Non-public Information: Material Information that has not been disclosed to the public should be considered
non-public until after the first (1st) full trading day following its release to the public (by means of a press
release or a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission).
Specific Prohibitions, Requirements and Exceptions
Prohibition of Trading other than During Authorized Open Window Periods or Pursuant to
Approved Trading Plans: In addition to the general prohibition against trading in Company Securities or the
securities of any third-party company while in possession of material non-public information, Insiders and their
Family Members and Controlled Entities may only engage in transactions involving Company Securities within
the following requirements:
Quarterly Open Window Periods.  Following the end of each of the Company's fiscal quarters and after
proper notice and approval from the Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer as outlined below, Insiders may
buy or sell Company Securities during the period commencing after one (1) full trading day following the public
release of earnings information for the most recently ended quarter and continuing through the third (3rd)
trading day of the ninth (9th) week of the current fiscal quarter, provided, however, that notwithstanding the
foregoing, any quarterly open window period may be closed at any time without notice for all Insiders or for any
specific person or entity if it is determined that such Insider or Insiders may have come into possession of
material non-public information. Note that regardless of the open window, an Insider may not buy or sell
image_01a.jpg
Company Securities at any time that such person or entity is in possession of material non-public information.
Further, any trades approved under this policy shall be commenced (i) during the open window (and not before)
and (ii) within five business days of approval or before the window is closed, whichever is earlier.
•Approved Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan.  Insiders may buy or sell Company Securities pursuant to a
written trading plan that is: (i) established when the Insider is not in possession of material non-public
information and during an open window period; (ii) executed in full compliance with Rule 10b5-1 under the
Exchange Act, and other applicable federal and state securities laws; and (iii) approved in advance in
writing by the Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer. All Rule 10b5-1 trading plans established by Insiders
will be subject to a waiting period between entry into such trading plan and the first trade under such plan.
For directors and officers of the Company, this waiting period will end on the later of (i) 90 days following
entry into such trading plan and (ii) two (2) full trading days following the public release of earnings
information in a Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for the quarter in which the plan is entered into (but no more than
120 days following entry into such trading plan). For other Insiders, this waiting period is 30 days. Entry
into an amendment to the material terms of an established Rule 10b5-1 trading plan (including any
amendment to the amount, price or timing of transactions under such plan) shall be treated like entry into a
new Rule 10b5-1 trading plan and subject to the requirements set forth above. Rule 10b5-1 includes
limitations on Insiders entering into multiple plans with overlapping transaction periods and single-trade
plans. Entry into multiple plans with overlapping transaction periods and single trade plans shall not be
approved except in the limited circumstances in which such plans are permitted under Rule 10b5-1. Prior to
amending, suspending or terminating any existing Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, Insiders must provide advance
written notice to, and secure written approval from, the Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer. Please note
that your broker may have more restrictive rules, so be sure to initiate any actions with respect to any Rule
10b5-1 trading plans early. The requirement for pre-clearance and the quarterly trading restrictions
described above do not apply to transactions conducted pursuant to approved Rule 10b5-1 plans.
Inapplicability of Policy.  This Policy does not apply to the following, except as specifically noted:
•Stock Option Exercises. Exercise of a stock option acquired pursuant to the Company’s compensatory
plans, or to the exercise of a withholding right pursuant to which a person has elected to have the Company
withhold shares subject to an option to satisfy all or part of the exercise price or tax withholding
requirements. This Policy does apply, however, to any sale of stock as part of a broker-assisted cashless
exercise of an option, or any other market sale by Insiders for the purpose of generating the cash needed
to pay the exercise price of an option or the tax withholding obligation.
•Restricted Stock Awards.  The vesting of restricted stock, or the exercise of a withholding right pursuant
to which you elect to have the Company withhold shares of stock to satisfy tax withholding requirements
upon the vesting of any restricted stock. The Policy does apply, however, to any market sale of restricted
stock by Insiders.
•401(k) Plan.  Purchases of Company Securities in the Company's 401(k) plan resulting from your periodic
contribution of money to the plan pursuant to your payroll deduction election. This Policy does apply,
however, to certain elections you may make under the 401(k) plan, including: (i) an election to increase or
decrease the percentage of your periodic contributions that will be allocated to the Company stock fund; (ii)
an election to make an intra-plan transfer of an existing account balance into or out of the Company stock
fund; (iii) an election to borrow money against your 401(k) plan account if the loan will result in a
liquidation of some or all of your Company stock fund balance; and (iv) an election to pre-pay a plan loan if
the pre-payment will result in allocation of loan proceeds to the Company stock fund. In all cases, any
elections you may make are subject to the terms or limits imposed by the Company’s 401(k) plan
documents.
image_01a.jpg
•Sales Directed by the Company.  Any market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay
the tax withholding obligation on an equity award if the sale decision is made by the Company pursuant to
authority granted to the Company under an equity incentive plan or award agreement under such a plan.
Requirement to Notify Chief Legal and Risk Officer and Receive Approval Prior to Engaging in any
Transactions Involving the Company’s Securities.  Each Insider and their Family Members and Controlled
Entities is required to notify the Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer, and obtain the written approval of the
Company, prior to engaging in any purchase, sale, gift, or trade of Company Securities, or any other transaction
that would result in any change in the beneficial ownership of Company Securities. Prior to the Company’s
public release of earnings information for the most recently ended quarter, the Company sends a notice to
Insiders informing them of the open window dates and reminding them of the requirement to notify and receive
approval from the Chief Legal and Risk Officer prior to any trades. For more details, see above section:
“Quarterly Open Window Periods.”
Prohibition of Hedging Transactions, Short Sales and Trading in Publicly Traded Options and Other
Derivatives.  Insiders are prohibited from engaging in any form of hedging or similar monetization transactions
involving Company Securities. Hedging or similar monetization transactions include, but may not be limited to,
the use of financial instruments such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds. In
addition, Insiders are prohibited from engaging in short sales of Company Securities and from trading in any
form of publicly traded options, puts, calls or other derivatives of Company Securities. Any questions as to
whether any proposed transaction may be prohibited by these policies should be directed to the Company’s
Chief Legal and Risk Officer.
Prohibition of Pledging of Company Securities.  Insiders are prohibited from engaging in any form of
pledging of Company Securities. Specifically, Insiders are prohibited from: (i) purchasing Company Securities on
margin; (ii) holding Company Securities in any account which has a margin debt balance; (iii) borrowing against
any account in which Company Securities are held; or (iv) pledging Company Securities as collateral for a loan.
Any questions as to whether any proposed transaction or arrangement may be prohibited by these policies
should be directed to the Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer.
Gifts of Shares.  Insiders must seek the approval of the Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer prior to
making any gift of shares.
Post-Termination Transactions
Following the termination of service to the Company as a Director or as a Company team member, you may not
purchase or sell Company Securities if you are aware of material non-public information until that information
has become public or is no longer material. If you have any doubts or concerns about your ability to trade in
Company Securities after your role with the Company ceases, please contact the Company’s Chief Legal and
Risk Officer.
Compliance
Persons subject to this Policy have ethical and legal obligations to maintain the confidentiality of information
about the Company and to not engage in transactions involving Company Securities while in possession of
material non-public information. Each individual is responsible for ensuring personal compliance with this Policy,
including ensuring their Family Members, other persons in their household, and any Controlled Entities are in
compliance. In all cases, the responsibility for determining whether an individual is in possession of material
non-public information rests with that individual. No action by the Company, the Chief Legal and Risk Officer, or
any other officer, Director or team member pursuant to this Policy (or otherwise) constitutes legal advice nor
does any such action insulate an individual from disciplinary action by the Company or liability under applicable
securities laws. You could be subject to disciplinary action by the Company and severe legal penalties for
image_01a.jpg
engaging in any conduct prohibited by this Policy or prohibited by applicable securities laws. The Company may
amend this Policy from time to time.
Questions
Any questions regarding this Policy or requests for assistance in complying with it should be directed to the
Company’s Chief Legal and Risk Officer prior to any transaction involving the Company’s Securities.
EX-21.1 7 a2024-q4ex211.htm EX-21.1 Document
EX21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF SLEEP NUMBER CORPORATION

Name of Subsidiary
Organized
under the Laws of
Select Comfort Retail Corporation Minnesota (USA)
Select Comfort Canada Holding Inc.
Minnesota (USA)
Select Comfort SC LLC Minnesota (USA)
Sleep Number Health Corporation Minnesota (USA)


EX-23.1 8 a2024-q4ex231.htm EX-23.1 Document
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-279825, 333-238236, 333-188766 and 333-167331 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 7, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of Sleep Number Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2024.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 7, 2025

EX-31.1 9 a2024-q4ex311.htm EX-31.1 Document

Exhibit 31.1
Certification by Chief Executive Officer
I, Shelly R. Ibach, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Sleep Number Corporation;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:
a.Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date:    March 7, 2025
/s/ Shelly R. Ibach
Shelly R. Ibach
Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2 10 a2024-q4ex312.htm EX-31.2 Document

Exhibit 31.2
Certification by Chief Financial Officer
I, Francis K. Lee, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Sleep Number Corporation;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:
a.Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date:    March 7, 2025
/s/ Francis K. Lee
Francis K. Lee
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


EX-32.1 11 a2024-q4ex321.htm EX-32.1 Document

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Sleep Number Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Shelly R. Ibach, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, does hereby certify, to her knowledge, that:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:    March 7, 2025
/s/ Shelly R. Ibach
Shelly R. Ibach
Chief Executive Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

EX-32.2 12 a2024-q4ex322.htm EX-32.2 Document

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Sleep Number Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Francis K. Lee, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, does hereby certify, to his knowledge, that:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:    March 7, 2025
/s/ Francis K. Lee
Francis K. Lee
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.